HUE UNIVERSITY

COLLEGE OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
------***------

NGUYEN VAN TUAN

TRANSLATION 1&2

HUE - 2006
 1

INTRODUCTION
An increasing number of universities in Vietnam have added courses in translation to their
curricula; however, the textbooks available for such courses are few. This unit has been
written with these courses in mind. The unit is designed to provide the learners with some
basic principles of translation which will be generally useful to translation courses in
universities and colleges, to help the learners avoid some errors they may encounter when they
translate a text, to provide the learners with essential English sentence patterns that could be
very useful for the learners in learning and practicing translating and to provide the learners 20
assignments related to the theory they have learned.
The desire of the author is to make available the principles of translation which have learned
through personal experience in translation and teaching translation, and through interaction
with colleagues involved in translation projects in many universities in Central Vietnam.
Since it is assumed that the students will be speakers of Vietnamese language, many of these
exercises involve translating from or into their mother tongue. The material is presented in a
way that it can be used in a self-teaching situation or in a classroom. An attempt has been
made to keep technical terms to a minimum. When technical vocabulary is used, every effort
is made to clarify the meaning of such vocabulary or to provide its meaning in Vietnamese.
This has been done so that the unit can be used by any student translator, even though his
exposure to linguistic and translation theory has been minimal.
This is an introductory unit. The lessons give an overview presenting the fundamental
principles of translation and the rest of the unit illustrates these principles. The overriding
principle is that translation is meaning-based rather than form-based. Once the learner has
identified the meaning of the source text, his goal is to express that same meaning in the
receptor/target language. Many examples of cross-language equivalence are used to illustrate
this principle.
Since the coursebook has been written for the students to learn either by themselves in
their distant learning course or in class with a teacher, there will be a coursebook and 20
assignments.
By the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. obtain general knowledge of the principles of translation .
2. get familiar with and effectively use the English sentence patterns in their translations.
On the completion of this coursebook, I would like to express my deep gratitude to Dr. Ton
Nu Nhu Huong for her encouragement. I would also like to be grateful to Dr. Tran Van Phuoc
and other colleagues of the College of Foreign Languages and the English Department for
their kind help.
Errors are unavoidable in this coursebook. Therefore, I appreciate and welcome any criticism
on the course book.
Hue, June 24th, 2001
Nguyen Van Tuan
 2

CHAPTER 1: THEORY OF TRANSLATION

LESSON 1: FORM AND MEANING

1.What is translation?
1.1. Translation is the expression in another language (target language) of what has been
expressed in one language (source language), preserving semantic and stylistic equivalencies.
(By Roger T. Bell).
1.2. Translation is the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a
representation of an equivalent text in a second language. (By Roger T. Bell).
The author continues and makes the problems of equivalence very plain:
Texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees (fully or partially
different), in respect of different levels of presentation (in respect of context, of semantics, of
grammar, of lexis, etc.) and at different ranks (word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase, sentence-
for-sentence).
However, languages are different from each other; they are different in form having different
codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language and these
forms have different meanings.
To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to change the forms. Also, the
contrasting forms convey meanings which cannot but fail to coincide totally; there is no
absolute synonym between words in the same language, why should anyone be surprised to
discover a lack synonym between languages.
Something is always lost (or might one suggest gain?) in the process and translators can
find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the
authors intentions. Hence the traitorous nature ascribed to the translator by the notorious
Italian proverb: Traduttore traditore.
Faced by a text in a language, we are able to work out not only the meaning of each word and
sentence but also its communicative value, its place in time and space and information about
the participants involved in its production and reception. We might take, as a light-hearted
model of the questions we can ask of the text, the first verse of a short poem by Kipling.
I keep six honest serving men;
(They taught me all I knew);
Their names were What? And Why? And When?
And How? And Where? And Who?
What? is the message contained in the text; the content of the signal.
Why? orients us towards the intention of the sender, the purpose for which the text was is
used. (Informing, persuading, flattering, etc.)
When? is concerned with the time of communication realized in the text and setting in its
historical context; contemporary or set in the recent or remote past or future.
 3

Where? is concerned with the place of communication, the physical location of the speech
event realized in the text.
How? refers to whether the text is written in a formal or informal way.
Who? refers to the participants involved in the communication; the sender and receiver.

1.3. Translation is rendering a written text into another language in a way that the author
intended the text. (By Bui Tien Bao- Hanoi National University)
Translators are concerned with written texts. They render written texts from one language
into another language. Translators are required to translate texts which arrange from simple
items including birth certificates or driving licences to more complex written materials such as
articles in journals of various kinds, business contracts and legal documents. (Bui Tien Bao-
Hanoi National University).

1.4. Translation, by dictionary definition, consists of changing from one state or form to
another, to turn into ones own or anothers language. (The Merriam-Webster Dictionary,
1974). Translation is basically a change of form. When we speak of the form of a language,
we are referring to the actual words, phrases, sentences, paragraphs, etc. The forms are
referred to as the surface structure of a language. It is the structural part of language which is
actually seen in print or heard in speech. In translation the form of the source language is
replaced by the form of the receptor/target language. But how is this change accomplished?
What determines the choices of form in the translation?

The purpose of this lesson is to show that translation consists of transferring the meaning of
the source language into the receptor language. This is done by going from the form of the
first language to the form of the second language by a way of semantic structure. It is meaning
that is being transferred and must be held constant. Only the form changes. The form from
which the translation is made will be called the source language and the form into which it is
to be changed will be called the receptor language. Translation, then, consists of studying the
lexicon, grammatical structure, communication situation, and cultural context of the source
language text, analyzing it in order to determine its meaning, and then reconstructing this
same meaning using the lexicon, grammatical structure which are appropriate in the receptor
language and its cultural context.

Let us look at an example. Assume that we are translating the Vietnamese sentence Cm
n bn gip ti tn tnh. into English. This Vietnamese sentence
has the verb gip tn tnh, but to convey the same meaning in English one
would use a noun phrase: your kind help. To do effective translation one must discover the
meaning of the source language and use the receptor language forms which express the
meaning in a natural way.
It is the purpose of this unit to familiarize the learners with the basic linguistic and
sociolinguistic factors involved in translating a text from a source language into a receptor
language, and to give them enough practice in the translation process for the development of
skills in cross-language transfer.
 4

2. Characteristics of language which affect translation

There are certain characteristics of languages which have a very direct bearing on principles
of translation. First, let us look at the characteristics of meaning components. Meaning
components are packaged into lexical items, but they are packaged differently in one
language than in another. In most languages there is a meaning of plurality, for example the
English -s. This often occurs in the grammar as a suffix on the nouns or verbs or both. In
Vietnamese, however, plurality is expressed in an isolated word nhng/cc. Many
times a single word in the source language will need to be translated by several words. For
example, a projector was called the thing that shows pictures on the wall by the Chipara
Bolivia.

Second, it is characteristic of languages that the same meaning component will occur in
several surface structure lexical items. In English, the word sheep occurs. However, the
words lamb, ram and ewe also include the meaning sheep. They include the addition
meaning components of young (in lamb, adult and male in ram and adult and female in
ewe. In Peru, lamb would need to be translated by sheep its child, ram by sheep big
and ewe by sheep its woman.

Third, it is further characteristic of language that one form will be used to represent several
alternative meanings. This again is obvious from looking in any good dictionary. For example,
the Readers Digest Great Encyclopedic Dictionary gives 54 meanings for the English word
run. Most words have more than one meaning. There will be a primary meaning-the one
which usually comes to mind when the word is said in isolation-and the secondary meaning-
the additional meanings, which a word has in context with other words. In English, we can say
the boy runs, using run in its primary meaning. We can also say the motor runs, the river
runs, and his nose runs, using runs in its secondary meanings.

This principle is not limited to lexical items for it is also true that the same grammatical
pattern may express several quite different meanings. For instance, the English possessive
phrase my house may mean the house I built, the house I rent, the house I live in, or the
house for which I drew up in my plans. Only the larger context determines the meaning.
Notice the following possessive phrases and the variety of meanings:
my car ownership
my brother kinship
my foot part-whole
my singing action
my book ownership or authorship
( the book I own, or, the book I wrote)
my village residence
( the village where I live)
my train use
 5

(the train I ride on)

Whole sentences may also have several functions. A question form may be used for a non-
question. For example, the question: Mary, why dont you wash the dishes? has a form of a
question, and may in some context be asking for information, but it is often used with the
meaning of command rather than a real question. A simple English sentence like He made
the bed. May mean either He made (as a carpenter would make) the bed, or He put the
sheets, blanket, and pillows in neat order on the bed.

Just as words have primary and secondary meanings, so grammatical markers have their
primary function and often have other secondary functions. The preposition on is used in
English to signal a variety of meanings. Compare the following uses of on with the
corresponding form used in Vietnamese.

John found the book on the floor. John tm thy cun sch trn sn
nh.
John found the book on mathematics. John tm thy cun sch vit v
mn ton.
John found the book on Tuesday. John tm thy cun sch vo
th Ba.
John found the book on sale. John tm thy cun sch
ang by bn.
Compare also the following uses of by
John was stopped by the policeman.
John was stopped by the bookstand.

In the first, by is used to signal the meaning that the policeman is the agent of the action. In
the second, by is used to signal that the bookstand is the location.

We have seen that one form may express many meanings. On the other hand, another
characteristic of languages is that a single meaning may be expressed in a variety of forms.
For example, the meaning the cat is black may be expressed by the following: the cat is
black, the black cat, and, the cat, which is black, depending on how that meaning relates to
other meanings. In addition, the meanings of Is this place taken? Is there anyone sitting
here? and May I sit here? are essentially the same. Also, the meaning is essentially the
same in the following English sentences:

Others blamed John because of the difficulty.

Others blamed John for the difficulty.
Others blamed the difficulty on John.
Others said John was responsible for the difficulty.
 6

Others accused John of being responsible for the difficulty.

We have seen that even within a single language there are a great variety of ways in which
form expresses meaning. Only when a form being used in its primary meaning or function is
there a one-to-one correlation between form and meaning. The other meanings are secondary
meanings or figurative meanings. Words have these extended meanings and in the same way
grammatical forms have extended usages (secondary and figurative function).

This characteristic of skewing; that is, the diversity or the lack of one-to-one correlation
between form and meaning is the basic reason that translation is a complicated task. If there
were no skewing, then all lexical items and all grammatical forms would have only one
meaning and a literal word-for-word and grammatical structure-for- grammatical structure
translation would be possible. But the fact is that a language is a complex set of skewed
relationship between meaning (semantics) and form (lexicon and grammar). Each language
has its own distinctive forms for representing the meaning. Therefore, in translation the same
meaning may have to be expressed in another language by a very different form.

To translate the form of one language literally according to the corresponding form in another
language would often change the meaning or at least result in a form which is unnatural in the
second language. Meaning must, therefore, have priority over form in translation. It is
meaning that is to be carried over from the source language to the receptor language, not the
linguistic forms. For example, to translate the English sentence he is cold hearted i.e. His
heart is cold (meaning he is unfeeling, has no emotional sympathy.) literally into Mambila in
Nigeria would be understood to mean, he is peaceful, not quick-tempered. And if translated
literally into Cinyanja in Zambia, it would mean, he is frightened.

The nature of language is that each language uses different forms and these forms have
secondary and figurative meanings which add further complications. A word-for-word
translation which follows closely the form of the source language is called a literal translation.
A literal translation does not communicate the meaning of the source text. It is generally no
more than a string of words intended to help someone read a text in its original language. It is
unnatural and hard to understand, and may even be quite meaningless, or give a wrong
meaning in the receptor language. It can hardly be called a translation. The goal of a translator
should be to produce a receptor language text (a translation) which is idiomatic; that is one
which has the same meaning as the source language but is expressed in the natural form of the
receptor language. The meaning, not form is retained.
The following is a literal translation of a story first told in the Quiche language of Guatemala:

It is said that being one man not from here, not known where the his or the he comes where.
One day the things he walks in a plantation or in them the coastlands, he saw his appearance
one little necklace, or he thought that a little necklace the very pretty thrown on the ground in
the road. He took the necklace this he threw in his mouth for its cause that coming the one
person another to his behind ness, for his that not he encounters the one the following this
way in his behindness not he knows and that the necklace the he threw in his mouth this one
 7

snake and the man this one died right now because not he knows his appearance the snake or
that the he ate this not this a necklace only probably this snake.

Now compare the above with the following less literal translation of the same story:
It is said that there once was a man not from here, and I do not know his town or where he
came from, who one day was walking in a plantation (or in the coastlands). He saw a little
necklace, or rather, what he thought was a very pretty little necklace, lying on the road. He
grabbed this necklace and threw this into his mouth because there was someone coming along
behind him, and he did not want the other person to see it. He did not know that the necklace
he threw into his mouth was really a snake. The man died in short order because he did not
recognize from its appearance that it was a snake. He did not know that what he had put in
his mouth was not a necklace, but rather a snake.
In the first, each quiche word was replaced by the nearest English equivalent. The result was
nonsense. In the second translation, the natural forms of English lexicon and grammar were
used to express the meaning of the Quiche story. Below the story is again rewritten in a more
idiomatic English style.

I am told that there once was a stranger from some other town who was walking in a
plantation along the coast. As he walked along he suddenly saw a very pretty little necklace
lying on the road. He snatched up this necklace and threw this into his mouth because there
was another person walking behind him and he did not want him to see the necklace. The
stranger did not know that the necklace was really a snake. The man died immediately. He
died because he did not realize that it was a snake. He did not know he put a snake into his
mouth rather than a necklace.

Anything which can be said in one language can be said in another. It is possible to translate.
The goal of the translator is to keep the meaning constant. Wherever necessary, the receptor
language form should be changed in order that the source language meaning should not be
distorted. Since a meaning expressed by a particular form in one language may be expressed
by quite a different form in another language, it is often necessary to change the form when
translating.
3. Notes
Form-based translation: dch da vo hnh thc hay cu trc
Meaning-based translation: dch da vo ngha, da vo ni dung cn
chuyn ti
Source language: ngn ng gc
Receptor language: ngn ng dch
Context: vn cnh/ ng cnh
Principle of translation: nguyn tc dch/k thut dch
Meaning component: thnh t ngha
 8

Lexical: (thuc v) t vng

Surface structure: cu trc b mt
Deep structure: cu trc su/cu trc ng ngha
Meaning/ sense: ngha
Primary meaning: ngha chnh/ngha gc
Secondary meaning: ngha phi sinh
Literal translation: dch tng t mt
One-to-one correlation: quan h mt i mt
Figurative meaning: ngha bng
Function: chc nng
Idiomatic translation: dch ng, dch st nghi
4. Self-study
4.1 Questions for discussion
1. What is translation? What definition do you think is the most appropriate? Can you give
your own definition of translation?
2. What is a literal translation? Can you give some examples of literal translations?
3. What is an idiomatic translation? Give some examples of idiomatic translations.
4. What characteristics of language affect translation?
5. What are the secondary meanings? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used
in a secondary sense.
6. What is the primary meaning? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used in a
primary sense.
4.2 Exercises
A. Identify change of meaning versus change of form. Some of the following pairs of
sentences differ in their form. Some differ in meaning. Indicate if the primary change is in the
form or in the meaning.
Example: They robbed the old man.
The old man was dropped by them.
Answer: Change of form
1. The students like to study translation.
The students like studying translation.
2. I bought a pair of horseshoes.
I bought a pair of leather shoes.
3. He saw the bird.
He heard the cat.
 9

4. Phillip went walking.

Phillip took a walk.
5. Go to bed.
I want you to go to bed.
6. I came; I saw; I conquered.
I came, saw, and conquered.
7. Two weeks later he came.
After two weeks he came.
8. There is a table in the book.
There is a book on the table.
9. The young man had an English grammar book stolen.
An English grammar book was stolen from the young man.
10. He was awaken by a thunderclap.
A thunderclap awakened him.
B. List as many grammatical forms as you can which realize the same meaning as the one
given below. Then put the same meaning into a language other than English in as many forms
as you can.
Example: the cat is black
the black cat
the cat, which is black
1. the jug water
2. John bought a car
3. a hot day
4. mothers long blue dress
5. Peters house
C. All of the following have the same grammatical form. With the change of lexical items,
there is a change of meaning which is signaled by that lexical item, apart from the referential
meaning of the word itself. What meaning is signaled in each of the following possessive
phrases? Answer by restating. How can that meaning best be expressed in another language
which you speak?
Example: The mans car - the man owns the car
The mans eye - the eye is part of the man
1. the doctors office
2. the doctors patient
3. the doctors book
4. the doctors brother
 10

5. the doctors hand

6. the doctors house
D. For each pair of sentences, state whether the two sentences are 1. the same in meaning or
2. different in meaning.
Example:
(a) It rained all night.
(b) Rain fell all night.
(a) There is a book on the table.
(b) There is a table on the book.
1. (a) John was very surprised when he heard the news.
(b) The news very much amazed John when he heard it.
2. (a) It was a hot day.
(b) The day was hot.
3. (a) Peters house
(b) The house that belongs to Peter
4. (a) He remained silent.
(b) He did not say anything.
5. (a) I bought cloth to make Mary a new dress.
(b) I bought a new dress for Mary.
6. (a) I bought vegetables in the market.
(b) I bought tomatoes and onions in the market.
7. (a) My parents are well.
(b) My mother and father are well.
8. (a) John is ill: he has a bad case of malaria.
(b) John is very ill indeed.
9. (a) There are four rooms in the house.
(b) The house has four rooms and a kitchen at the back.
10. (a) In my opinion, the government is doing well and making many improvements in the
country. But there are many people who do not agree that this is so.
(b) Opinions are divided concerning the government. Some say they are doing well and
making many improvements in the country. Others do not agree.

LESSON 2: KINDS OF TRANSLATION

1. Literal versus idiomatic

 11

Because a given text has both form and meaning, as discussed in the previous lesson, there are
two main kinds of translation. One is form-based and the other is meaning-based. Form-based
translations attempt to follow the form of the source language and are known as literal
translation. Meaning-based translations make every effort to communicate the meaning of the
source language text in the natural forms of the receptor language. Such translations are called
idiomatic translations.

An interlinear translation is a completely literal translation. For some purposes, it is desirable

to reproduce the linguistic features of the source text, as for example, in a linguistic study of
that language. Although these literal translations may be very useful for purposes related to
the study of the source language, they are of little help to speakers of the receptor language
who are interested in the meaning of the source language text. A literal translation sounds like
nonsense and has little communication value. For example:

Vietnamese: Mi bn v nh ti chi
Literal translation: Invite friend about house me play.

This literal translation makes little sense in English. The appropriate translation would be:
Would you like to come to my home?

If the two languages are related, the literal translation can often be understood, since the
general grammatical form may be similar. However, the literal choice of lexical items may the
translation sounds foreign. The following bilingual announcement was overheard at an airport
( Barnwell 1980:18)
Literal English: Madame Odette passenger with destination Domda is demanded on the
telephone.
This English version is a literal translation of the French.
French: Madame Odette, passager destination de Domda, est demande au telefon.
An idiomatic translation into English would be: Miss Odette, passenger for Domda. You are
wanted on the phone.

Except for interlinear translation, a truly literal translation is uncommon. Most translators who
tend to translate literally actually make a partially modified literal translation. They modify the
order and grammar enough to use acceptable sentence structure in the receptor language.
However, the lexical items are translated literally. Occasionally, these are also changed to
avoid complete nonsense or to improve the communication. However, the result still does not
sound natural. Notice the following example from a language in Papua New Guinea:

Ro abombo ngusifu pamariboyandi.

I my heart fastened-her. (literal)
I fastened her in my heart. (modified literal)
 12

The modified literal translation changes the order into English structure. However, the
sentence still does not communicate in clear English. An idiomatic translation would have
used the form: I never forgot her. Or Ive kept her memory in my heart.
A person who translates in a modified literal manner will change the grammatical forms when
the constructions are obligatory. However, if he has a choice, he will follow the form of the
source text even though a different form might be more natural in the receptor language.
Literal and modified literal translations consistently err in that they choose literal
equivalents for the words, i.e. lexical items being translated. Literal translations of words,
idioms result in unclear, unnatural, and sometimes nonsensical translations. In a modified
literal translation, the translator usually adjusts the translation enough to avoid the nonsense
and wrong meanings, but the unnaturalness still remains.

Idiomatic translations use the natural forms of the receptor language, both in the grammatical
constructions and in the choice of lexical items. A truly idiomatic translation does not sound
like a translation. It sounds like it was written originally in the receptor language. Therefore, a
good translator will try to translate idiomatically. This is his goal. However, translations are
often a mixture of a literal transfer of the grammatical units along with some idiomatic
translation of the meaning of the text. It is not easy to consistently translate. A translator may
express some parts of his translation in very natural forms and then in other parts fall back
into a literal form.

In one translation, the source text said, Nhiu du khch n-c ngoi gii
thiu cho chng ti v khch sn H-ng Giang. It was translated,
Many foreign tourists have introduced us about Huong Giang Hotel. It would have been
translated idiomatically, Huong Giang Hotel has been recommended to us by a number of
foreign tourists.

The translators goal should be to reproduce in a receptor language a text which

communicates the same message as the source language but using the natural grammatical and
lexical choices of the receptor language. The basic overriding principle is that an idiomatic
translation reproduces the meaning of the source language in the natural form of the receptor
language.
2. Translating grammatical features
Parts of speech are language specific. Each language has its own division of the lexicon into
classes such as nouns, verbs, adjectives and so on. Different languages will have different
classes and subclasses. It will not always be possible to translate a source language noun with
a noun in the receptor language. For example, English has many nouns which really refer to
actions while Vietnamese prefers to express actions as verbs rather than nouns.

In one translation, the source text said, There is a general agreement that the government
has given top priority to education. It was translated, C mt s ng chung
rng chnh ph dnh nhiu s -u tin cho gio dc. This would
 13

have been translated idiomatically, Ai cng ng rng chnh ph dnh

nhiu -u tin cho gio dc. Similarly, a translator in Papua New Guinea was
asked to translate the Eight Point Improvement Plan for Papua New Guinea. One point reads,
Decentralization of economic activity, planning and government spending, with emphasis on
agricultural development, village industry, better internal trade, and more spending
channeled through local and area bodies. Such sentences are very difficult for translators
who want to translate into the native language of the country. Words such as Decentralization,
activity, planning, government spending, emphasis development, trade would have to be
rendered by verbs in most languages. When verbs are used, then, the appropriate subject and
object of the verb may need to be made explicit also. The form in the receptor language is
very different from the source language form and yet this kind of adjustment, using verbs
rather than using nouns, must be made in order to communicate the message. An idiomatic
translation was made which used verbs as in the following.

The government wants to decrease the work it does for businesses and what it plans and the
money it spends in the capital, and wants to increase what people and groups in local area do
to help farmers and small businesses whose owners live in the villages, and help people in this
country buy and sell things made in this country and to help local groups spend the
governments money.

Most languages have a class of words which may be called pronouns. Pronominal systems
vary greatly from language to language and the translator is obliged to use the form of the
receptor language even though they may have very different meanings than the pronouns of
the source language. For example, if one is translating into Kiowa (USA), the pronouns will
have to indicate a different between singular, dual and plural person even though the source
language does not make this three-way distinction. Or if a translator is translating into
Balinese, he must distinguish degrees of honor even though nothing in the source language
indicates these distinctions. He will need to understand the culture of the Balinese and the
cultural context of the text he is translating in order to choose correctly.

In English, the first plural pronoun we is often used when the real meaning is second person
you. The reason for the use of we is to show empathy and understanding. The nurse say to the
sick child, Its time for us to take our medicine now. Or the teacher says, Were not going
to shout, quietly to our well walk places. Clearly , the pronouns do not refer to the nurse or
the teacher but to the children whom she is addressing you. In translating these pronouns into
another language, a literal translation with first person plural would probably distort the
meaning. The translator would need to look for the natural way to communicate second
person and the feeling of empathy carried by the source language.

Grammatical constructions also vary between the source language and the receptor language.
The order , for example, may be completely reserved. The following simple sentences from
Vietnamese is given with a literal English translations:
Ch sng u?
You live where ?
 14

C y th-ng mc o s mi vi silk mu xanh c nh.

She often wears a shirt silk blue small.
It will readily be seen that understandable translations into English requires a complete
reversal of the order: She often wears a small blue silk shirt.

It is not uncommon that passive constructions will need to be translated with an active
construction or vice versa, depending on the natural form of the receptor language. For
example, Vietnamese people tend to use active constructions to express their ideas whereas
English people prefer to use passive constructions.

English: Nguyen Du is considered to be a great poet. ( passive)

Vietnamese: Ng-i ta xem Nguyn Du l mt nh th v i.
(active)
English:
A: What has happened to all your money after the will was settled and the business was
sold?
(passive)
B: The usual thing, false friends, fast-living style and bad investment.
Vietnamese:
A: Chuyn g xy ra vi ton b s tin m bn c -c sau
khi gii quyt xong
chuyn chc th- v bn i c sn nghip. (active)
B: Cng l th-ng tnh thi, bn b gi di, n chi hoang n
v u t- sai ch.
The above translated sentences are only examples to show some types of grammatical
adjustments which will result if a translator translates idiomatically in the source language.
Certainly, there will be times by coincidence they match, but a translator should translate the
meaning not concern himself with whether the forms turn out the same or not.
3. Translating lexical features
Each language has its own idiomatic way of expressing meaning lexical items. Languages
abound in idioms, secondary meanings, metaphors, and other figurative meanings. For
example, notice the following ways in which a fever is referred to ( literal translations are
given to show the source language form):
Greek: The fever left him.
Aguaruna: He cooled.

Vietnamese: He cooled.
Or: The fever was no more in him.
 15

Ilocano: The fever was no more in him.

The English translations of all six would be : His fever went down, or His temperature
returned to normal.

All languages have idioms, i.e. a string of words whose meaning is different than the meaning
conveyed by the individual words. In English to say that someone is bullheaded means that
the person is stubborn. The meaning has little to do with bull or head . Similarly, in
Vietnamese to say that someone is cng u cng c means that the person is
stubborn. The meaning has little to do with u or c. Languages abound in such
idioms. The following are a few English idioms using in and into: run into debt, rush into
print, step into a practice, jump into a fight, dive into a book, stumble into acquaintance, fall
in love, break into society. In spite of all these combinations, one cannot say the following
break into debt, fall into print, rush into a fight, dive into debt, etc. The combinations are
fixed as to form and their meaning comes from their combination. A literal word-for-word
translation of these idioms into another language will not make sense. The form cannot be
kept, but the receptor language word or phrase which has the equivalent meaning will be the
correct one to use in the translation. The following idioms occur in Vietnamese. In the first
column is a literal translation from Vietnamese. In the second is an idiomatic translation. The
literal English is misleading.

LITERAL IDIOMATIC
I dont have my eye on you. I dont remember you.
He is as strong as a buffalo. He is as strong as a horse.
I have buried my head into my business. I have been busy with my work.

Translators who wants to make a good idiomatic translation often find figures of speech
especially challenging. A literal translation of strong as a horse might sound really strange in a
language where the comparison between a strong person and a horse has never been use as a
figure of speech. In Vietnamese it would be more natural to say strong as a buffalo. Similarly,
a literal translation of blind as a bat might sound really strange in a language where the
comparison between a blind person and a bat has never been use as a figure of speech. In
Aguaruma it would be more natural to say blind as a fox. There is a legend in which the sun
borrowed the foxs eyes and then returned to heaven taking the foxs good eyes with him and
leaving the fox with the suns inferior eyes. That is why they say, when the fox is trying to see,
he stretches back his head and looks with his throat. Figures of speech are often based on
stories or historical incidents.
Names of animals are used metaphorically in most languages. But the comparison is often
different and so the figure will be misunderstood unless some adjustment is made. For
example, when someone is called a pig in English, it usually means he is dirty or a greedy
eater. In Vietnamese, it has different meanings. It could means that the person is stupid or that
the person is a greedy. Care would need to be taken if pig were used metaphorically or a
wrong meaning might result in the receptor language.
 16

Some lexical combinations of the source language may be ambiguous. The meaning is not
clear. For example, It is too hot to eat, could mean any of the following: The food is too hot
to eat; the weather is too hot for us to feel like eating; the horse is too hot after running a race
and does not want to eat. In the process of making an idiomatic translation, such ambiguities
must often be resolved and only the intended meaning communicated.
4. Conclusion
It is obvious that translation is a complicated process. However, a translator who is concerned
with transferring the meaning will find that the receptor language has a way in which the
desired meaning can be expressed even though it may be very different from the source
language form.

Considering the complexity of language structures, how can a translator ever hope to produce
an adequate translation? Literal translation can only be avoided by careful analysis of the
source language: by, first of all, understanding clearly the message to be communicated. A
translator who takes the time to study carefully the source language text, to write analysis of it,
and then to look for the equivalent way in which the same message is expressed naturally in
the receptor language, will be able to provide an adequate, and some times brilliant
translation. His goal must be to avoid literalisms and to strive for a truly idiomatic receptor
language text. He will know he is successful if the receptor language readers do not recognize
his work as a translation at all, but simply as a text written in the receptor language for their
information and enjoyment.
5. Notes
Form-based translation : dch da vo hnh thc
Meaning-based translation: dch da vo ngha
Literal translation: dch tng t mt
Idiomatic translation: dch ng ngha
Interference : s can thip
Mother-tongue interference: s can thip ca ting m
To make adjustments: hiu nh/ iu chnh
Translating grammatical features: c tr-ng ng php dch
Parts of speech: t loi
Subclass: nhm nh
Indo-European language: ngn ng n-u
Pronominal system: h thng i t
6. Self-study
6.1 Questions for discussion
1. What are the differences between a literal translation and an idiomatic translation?
2. What should you do to translate a text idiomatically?
 17

3. What grammatical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give some
examples to support your ideas.
4. What lexical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give some examples
to support your ideas.
5. Why do you have to take the time to read the source language text carefully before
translating it?
6.2 Exercises
A. In each of the following pairs of sentences, which is more idiomatic English, a or b? How
would the meaning be expressed idiomatically in the language you speak?
1.(a) The storekeeper said that we will refund your money.
(b) The storekeeper promised to refund our money.

2.(a) A certain boy told me this little story at a party.

(b) He is one boy. He told the one little story. This is a game he said.
3.(a) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform as well. How
many children have shed hot tears about spelling?
(b) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform ,too. And how
many hot childrens tears have not been shed on spelling?
4.(a) He then reported his misfortune to the police, who are searching diligently for the thief.
(b) He then his mishap reported to the police, who are the thief searching intensively
B. Look for literalisms in the following translations into English and underline the words or
phrases that do not sound natural in English. Suggest a more idiomatic way of saying it. All
of these examples are from published translated material.
1. The third-year students often visit the schools in the city for the attendance of the class.
2. Foreign tourists usually at Kinh Do Hotel for their friends have introduced to them very
much about this hotel.
3. Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam, many foreign countries have been
investing in Vietnam.
4. After saying lies many times, he lost our belief in him.
5. Hue is famous about its delicious dishes and beautiful landscapes.
6. The participants discussed about the causes of pollution environment.
7. Every time my mother goes to work , I feel my house absent anybody.
8. One thing makes me proud of my village is a large green field that provides one part of life
for people.
9. A robbery took place of a motorcycle rider at Kampung early yesterday morning.
10. I left my village for three years, a time not long but like a century.
C. Each of the following are sentences written by some Vietnamese who are not yet fluent
English speakers. The forms used shows examples of how their mother-tongue language
 18

structures have been carried over into English. The same information is then given in
parenthesis in idiomatic English. What changes were made in correcting the English? These
changes point out some of the differences between Vietnamese and English.
1. Sir, the problems of before dont forget.
( Sir, please dont forget the problems we discussed before.)
2. If there is any means, send me a letter to Saigon.
(If there is any way to do so, send a letter to me in Saigon.)
3. I will think you time to time day and day.
( I will be thinking about you often every day.)
4. I am very grateful to inform you with this letter.
( I am very happy to be able to send/write you this letter.)

5. I am a man who has been to Hanoi for 12 years.

( I have now lived in Hanoi for 12 years.)
D. Translate the following Vietnamese sentences as idiomatically as possible.
1. Ch may o s mi ny u vy?
2. Cha ng ta ung n-c sng Hng, sng , sng Cu Long
v sng cht vi sng n-c ny. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t
ngn ng trn th gii li c s thng nht nh- ting m ca
chng ta. Trong ting Vit, th n-c (trong sng, trong h,
trong bin....) li ng ngha, ng m vi n-c trong
ngha t quc qu h-ng.
- cha ng: ancestors
- thng nht : uniformity
- ng ngha : synonym/ synonymous
- ng m : homonym
- trong ngha : to mean/ to signify
- t quc qu h-ng: homeland/ fatherland/ motherland
- sng cht: to try hard to protect them/ to spare no pain to protect them
3. Lt chim c mt vng t rng trn cao nguyn Lm Vin,
xung quanh ton l ni i hng v.
- chim c : take up/ to be situated/ to occupy
- cao nguyn : plateau
- xung quanh: to be surrounded by/ with
4. S pht trin kinh t ca Vit Nam phi -c xt trong hon
cnh chin tranh ko di. Hon cnh chin tranh y gy ra
 19

nhiu thit hi v sinh mng v ti sn cng nh- cc cng trnh

cng cng v ti nguyn.
- s pht trin kinh t : the economic development
- -c xt : to be viewed/ to be considered/ to be taken into account
- hon cnh chin tranh ko di : in the context of the long period of war
- gy ra thit hi : to cause damage to
- ti sn : property
- cng trnh cng cng : public facilities
- ti nguyn : resources
5. Mc d a v ca ph n c nhng b-c tin k diu,
nh-ng ng-i ta phi thc hin nhiu chuyn khc ci thin
tnh trng sc kho, dinh d-ng v gio dc cho ph n.
- a v : status
- c nhng b-c tin k diu: to be dramatically improved
- dinh d-ng : nutrition

6. Mng l-i truyn hnh ang xy dng rng khp c n-c.

Ngoi nhng i truyn hnh t-ng i hin i, c t lu i
nh- i truyn hnh H Ni v Thnh Ph H Ch Minh, cn c 25
i thuc cc tnh -c thnh lp vo nm 1988. Nhng i
truyn hnh ny s truyn nhng ch-ng trnh quan trng ca i
truyn hnh trung -ng v pht ch-ng trnh ca i mnh.
- mng l-i : network
- i truyn hnh : television station
- lu i: long-standing
- thnh lp : to establish/ set up
- truyn nhng ch-ng trnh : to relay the transmissions
- pht: to broadcast
7. Ngy nay th gii ang -ong u vi nhiu vn nghim
trng cho d c nhiu b-c tin ng k trong lnh vc khoa
hc, cng ngh v tri thc. Mt trong nhng vn l s
bng n dn s, c bit cc n-c ang pht trin. Dn s
ang tng theo cp s nhn trong lc sn xut hng ho li tng
theo cp s cng.
- -ng u : to face
- vn nghim trng : serious problem
- c nhiu b-c tin ng k : to take great strikes
 20

- s bng n dn s : population explosion/ population boom

- tng theo cp s nhn : to grow in geometric progression
- tng theo cp s cng : to grow in arithmetic progression
- sn xut hng ho : the production of goods
8. Charles Dickens l mt trong nhng nh vit tiu thuyt ln
nht th gii, thuc tr-ng phi hin thc ph phn th k 19.
iu m chng ta nh gi cao v nhng tc phm ca Dickens l
s ph phn v ti c v s t-ng phn gia giu v ngho ca
x hi t- sn Anh lc by gi. Th gii m ng ta miu t l
th gii ca giai cp trung l-u v h l-u Lun n.
- nh vit tiu thuyt : novelist
- tr-ng phi hin thc ph phn : the school of critical
realism
- nh gi cao : to value/ highly appreciate
- s ph phn : criticism
- ti c : evil
- s t-ng phn : contrast
- giu v ngho : wealth and poverty
- x hi t- sn Anh : the English boutgeois society
- giai cp trung l-u v h l-u : the middle and lower classes
9. Hi Lin Hip Ph N Vit Nam -c c i din Quc Hi
v ch tch hi -c quyn tham d cc cuc hp th-ng k ca
Hi ng B Tr-ng by t quan im ca Hi v ngh nhng
iu l lin quan n ph n.
- Hi Lin Hip Ph N Vit Nam : The Vietnams Women Union
- c i din : to be represented
- Quc Hi : the National Assembly
- -c quyn lm g : to have the right to do something
- cuc hp th-ng k : regular meeting
- Hi ng B Tr-ng : the Council of Ministers
- by t quan im : express ones points of view
- iu l : regulations
10. Gia nh Vit Nam chu nh h-ng r rt ca nn vn minh
nng nghip. Do chnh sch m ca, nn vn minh cng nghip
ang tc ng tng ngy, tng gi vo cuc sng gia nh Vit
Nam.
- chu nh h-ng : to be affected by
 21

- nn vn minh nng nghip : agricultural civilization

- chnh sch m ca : the open-door policy
- tc ng tng ngy tng gi : to have daily and hourly impact /influence on

LESSON 3: STEPS IN A TRANSLATION PROJECT

Before beginning an actual translation, it is important to have in mind the total translation
project and what is involved in producing a good translation. Each of these steps will be
elaborated on in more detail in the last section of the book.

1.Establishing the project

Before one considers beginning a translation project, there are a number of matters which
need to be clearly understood by all who will be involved. These can be summarized under
four Ts- the text, the target, the team, and the tools.
The text refers to the source language document which is to be translated. The desirability of
translating a particular text must be determined. Texts are chosen to be translated for various
reasons. Most often it is to communicate certain information to people speaking another
language, or it may be to share the enjoyment of the source text. The translator should
examine his reasons for choosing the text and the potential for its use by the receptor language
audience.
The target refers to the audience. For whom is the translation prepared? The form of
translation will be affected by questions of dialect, educational level, age level, bilingualism,
and peoples attitudes towards their languages. Will it be used in school, in business, or read
orally in a meeting or at home?
The team refers to the people who will be involved in the project. If a person is a competent
speaker of both the source language and the receptor language, it may be that the project can
be done completely by one person. But even so there should be other available for evaluation
and consultation. Most translation projects require a team, a number of people who are going
to contribute to the translation at some stage in the project. The working relationship between
these people needs to be established before the project gets underway. It may, however, also
change as the project moves along and new factors come into focus.
There are certain essentials to any translation project. Not all these need to be found in one
person. There are various kinds of programs which may be set up depending on the abilities
and backgrounds of those who will be involved. The team may consist of 1. co-translators,
where one is a specialist in the source language and the other a specialist in the receptor
language, or 2. a translator with capability to handle both source language and receptor
language matters and an advisor or consultant, or 3. a committee working together with
specific responsibilities delegated to each one. Which kind of program is developed will
depend on who is available and qualified to determine the meaning of the source language,
who is most skilled at drafting in the receptor language, and who has an understanding of
translation principles. The team may include the translators, a consultant, testers, and
reviewers.
 22

Tools refer to the written source materials which will be used by the translators as helps.
These include, in addition to the document to be translated, any dictionaries, lexicons,
grammars, cultural descriptions. etc.. .. of both the source language and receptor language
which are available. The team will want as much in formation available as possible while
translating. All of these tools should be brought to the translation site in preparation for the
project. For some projects, there will be a wealth of materials that can be used to help in
interpreting the source language text and in finding equivalents in the receptor language. For
other projects, there may be a scarcity of such material, but whatever is available should be
there to make the work easier.
2. Exegesis
Exegesis is used to refer to the process of discovering the meaning of the source language text
which is to be translated. It is the step which includes the preparation and analysis which must
be done before anything at all can be written in the receptor language. The text must be
understood completely. This is the process which takes place in moving from the source
language form to the meaning of the text.

The translator should begin by reading the text several times, then by reading other materials
that may help in understanding the culture or language of the source text. As he reads the text,
he will be looking for the authors purpose and the theme of the text. He will look for the
larger groupings or sections. He may want to outline the text. The purpose is to understand the
text as a whole. Once he has done this, he is ready to work on the material a section at a time.
The analysis of the source text will include resolving ambiguity, identifying implicit
information, studying key words, interpreting figurative senses, recognizing when words are
being used in a secondary sense, when grammatical structures are being used in a secondary
function, etc. It will involve doing the kind of analysis which this book is all about. The goal
of exegesis is to determine the meaning which is to be communicated in the receptor language
text. The translator carefully studies the source language text and using all the available tools,
determines the content of the source language message, the related communication situation
matters, and all other factors which will need to be understood in order to produce an
equivalent translation.
3. Transfer and initial draft
After a careful analysis of the source language text, as indicated above, the translator begins
drafting piece by piece, section by section. The transfer results in the initial draft. In preparing
this draft, the translator is transferring from the source language into the receptor language. As
he does so, he must always keep his target audience in mind.
Before any extensive drafting can be done, the key terms must be determined. Every text has a
set of words which re crucial to the content and correct communication of the theme. These
need to be decided upon and may need to be checked with other speakers of the receptor
language.
There are two ways of approaching the transfer and initial draft. Some translators prefer to do
a quick rough translation so that the material flows naturally. Then they go back and tighten
up the details to be sure that there is no wrong information, and no omissions or additions. In
this way, the receptor language text is more apt to be in the natural style of the receptor
language. Others prefer to prepare a proposition-like semantic draft, being sure that all the
information all the information is accounted for, and then reword it for naturalness; that is,
 23

reword it in the idiomatic form of the receptor language. Either method will lead to an
idiomatic translation if careful work is done.
It may be necessary to rework the initial draft several times before the team is satisfied that all
the adjustments needed have been made, that no information is wrong or omitted, that the text
communicates clearly in the receptor language, and that the form chosen will communicate to
the desired audience. While making and reworking this draft, the audience must always be
kept in mind. Once the translation team has sufficiently reworked the initial draft, they arrange
for copies to be made so that adequate evaluation.
4. Evaluation
The purpose of evaluation is threefold: accuracy, clearness, and naturalness. The questions to
be answer are: 1. Does the translation communicate the same meaning as the source language?
2. Does the audience for whom the translation is intended understand it clearly? 3. Is the form
of the translation easy to read and natural receptor language grammar and style? Those
helping with the evaluation should be mother-tongue speakers of the receptor language. There
are a number of kinds of evaluations which need to be done.
The translator will want to compare the translation with the source text at several points
during the translation process to be sure no additions, deletions or change of in formation have
crept in . Others may help with this work. It is especially advantageous to have a consultant
check over the material. The translator will want to have receptor language speakers read the
text and then tell back what the text communicated to them. As they read, there will be parts
that are hard to read or hard to understand. Any time there is an indication of a problem in
reading , this should be noted for further checking . Another way to check is by asking
questions of those who read the text , or to whom it is read. Questions need to be carefully
formed so that they bring out the theme, the authors purpose , and the relevant facts of the
text. Any wrong understanding should be noted and then checked with others as well. It is best
to have someone who has not worked on the translation, but know both the source language
and receptor language, translate back from the receptor language into the source language
without the reference to the original source language text. Does the back translation carry the
same information as the original source language text? Any difference will need to be checked
further.
It is very important that sufficient time and effort be given to evaluation. If many of the people
who will eventually be using the receptor language text can be involved in the evaluation
process, this will also create interest in the translated material when it is finally published.
5. Revised
After evaluation is done carefully, there will need to be a revised draft made on the basis of
the feedback received. Those with whom the translator has checked may have suggested many
rewordings, may have expressed misunderstanding, etc. The translation team now works
through this material , honestly accepting the evaluation , and rewording the material
accordingly. If any key words are changed, the text will need to be checked carefully for
consistency in the change made. If some parts were hard for people to read, they may need to
be made easier by more redundancy( or less redundancy in another language), by adding more
information to clarify participants or theme or whatever. How much re-drafting will be needed
will vary depending on the results of the evaluation.
6. Consultation
 24

In many translation projects, there are advisors or consultants who are willing to help the
translator. The translator(s) will expect that the consultant is interested in three
matters:1.accuracy of content 2. naturalness of style, and 3. effect on the receptor language
audience.
It is important that translators check their materials with a trained consultant after completing
a section or two of a long document. If they continue , and do large amounts of translation
work without this kind of a check, they will miss out on the training which a consultant can
give as they go over the material together. Asking a consultant to work through the material
with him will give the translator insights which will not only help his final draft of the
material being worked on, but will help him do better transfer drafts on the sections of the
document remaining to be done.
7. Final draft
The translator incorporates into the translated text the suggestions made by the consultant,
checks them again with mother-tongue speakers to be sure they are warranted, and makes any
other minor changes which have come to his attention. However, before he prepares the final
draft, decisions about format need to be discussed with the whole translation team, the
consultant, the potential publisher and those who will promote distribution.
Some matters may need special testing before the final draft is prepared. If the publication is
to include pictures, these will need evaluation. If a special size of print is being recommended,
it will need to be tested. A final editing for spelling and punctuation will need to be made.
When all matters are cared for, a number of copies should be prepared and distributed for
proofreading by various people before the actual printing takes place. Every translator wants
his final copy to be as accurate as possible. The time spent in careful checking and preparation
of the final draft will improve quality and will make the translation more acceptable to the
audience for whom it is being prepared.
8. Notes
Target: c gi
Target language audience: ng-i c bn dch
Dialect: ph-ng ng
Educational level: trnh hc vn
Bilingualism: song ng
To come into focus: ch / tp trung
Co-translator: ng-i cng dch
Specialist: chuyn gia
Tools: ti liu tham kho khi dch
Lexicon: t in t vng
Exegesis: hiu ngha vn bn tr-c khi dch
Initial draft: bn tho u tin
Revised draft: bn tho d-c hiu nh
 25

9. Self-study
9.1 Questions for discussion
1. Name and discuss the four Ts of a translation project.
2. Explain what is meant by exegesis.
3. What are the goals of the translator as he prepares the initial draft?
4. What is the purpose of the evaluation?
5. What kinds of evaluation checks can be made?
6. What is the consultant concerned about when he checks a translation?
7. How will the final draft be different from the revision draft done earlier?
8. How is the revision draft different from the initial draft?
9.2 Exercises
A. Read the English text and answer the questions.
DEFORESTATION
Population growth is one factor in rainforest destruction. However, it is a myth to assume that
the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more mouths is the main factor. The majority
of deforestation in Latin America, South-east Asia and the Pacific is caused by clearing land
to grow cash crops for export and by commercial logging operations, and not by shifting
cultivators or landless peasants. Each year commercial logging eliminates 45000 square
kilometers of forest, much of the timber being exported to the United States and Japan.

No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to grazing
land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt payments. These
heavy payments, which affect the poor the most, have arisen largely from external loans taken
out to finance the purchase of luxury items and arms by military and governing elite. The
establishment of large ranch-style cattle grazing properties is the principal reason for the
elimination of 20000 square kilometers of rainforest each year in Central or South America.
The cleared land is mainly devoted to the export of beef for the fast-food industries in North
America, Europe and Japan- the aptly named hamburger connection.
1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?
2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the Vietnamese meaning of the English words :
subsistence agriculture, cash crops, commercial logging operations, shifting cultivators,
landless peasants, affluent society, external debt payment, military and governing elites,
ranch-style cattle grazing property, hamburger connection ?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent Vietnamese structures of the following
English sentences?
a. However, it is a myth to assume that the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more
mouths is the main factor.
 26

b. No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to
grazing land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt
payments.
6. Translate the text into Vietnamese.
B. Read the Vietnamese text and answer the questions.
NON NC
Cha ng ta ung n-c sng Hng, Sng , Sng Cu Long v
tng sng cht vi sng n-c ny. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t
ngn ng trn th gii li c s thng nht nh- ting m ca
chng ta. Vit Nam th n-c( trong sng, h, bin.) li
ng ngha, ng m vi n-c trong ngha t quc qu
h-ng. Sng n-c v con ng-i y kt hp vi thin nhin v
lch s nh- mt khi bt t bt dit bi mt th xi mng tr-ng
tn. l lng yu n-c th-ng ni ca dn tc Vit Nam.
Trn th gii, c nhiu quc gia t tnh n sang tnh kia ni
l khng hiu nhau ri. Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u,
ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.
1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?
2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the English meaning of the Vietnamese words : cha
ng, sng cht, s thng nht, kt hp cht ch, xi mng tr-ng
tn, lng yu n-c th-ng ni, hiu nhau?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent English structures of the following
Vietnamese sentences?
a. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t ngn ng trn th gii li c
s thng nht nh- ting m ca chng ta.
b.Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u, ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp
nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.
6. Translate the text into English.
 27

LESSON 4: STRATEGIES FOR TRANSLATORS

The following strategies have been suggested by translators, commissioners of translations,

and others involved in translating as ways to approach difficulties in translations from English
into Vietnamese.

1. STRATEGY 1 : How to deal with non-equivalence at lexical level

It is often the case that no direct equivalents can be found in Vietnamese for English words. It
may be that the concept or idea is new to Vietnamese translators, as in the case of gender,
which is, in fact, a relatively new concept in general, and a very difficult concept to
understand and explain in many languages. It may also be that the concept is known or
understood but there is no specific word in Vietnamese used to express it. Another difficulty
is that, in addition to their concrete meaning, some words have special connotations that are
not conveyed by the Vietnamese word for the same thing. The strategies listed below can be
used to handle cases of non-equivalence.
1.1 Translating by a more specific word
In some cases, it may be appropriate or necessary to use a more specific word to translate an
English word into Vietnamese. This usually involves choosing among several different words,
as there may be many Vietnamese words that correspond to the general category or meaning
expressed by English word. For instance, Vietnamese has many words that mean to carry
with distinction being made depending on the size and shape of the object; its animate ( e.g. a
child as opposed to a box); and how it is carried (e.g. in the hand, or in the arms...). Similarly,
the English word for rice can be translated by many different Vietnamese words, depending
on whether one is planting it, harvesting it, cooking it, or eating it. In these cases, the English
word alone is not enough to determine the appropriate Vietnamese translation, and it is
necessary to examine the English context.
1.2 Translating by a more general word
In other cases, it may be appropriate to use a more general word to translate an English word
with no specific Vietnamese equivalent. For example, English makes distinctions among
mopeds, scooters, and motorcycles, the latter having larger wheels and engines than both
mopeds and scooters. Vietnamese, on the one hand, refers to all two-wheel, motorized
vehicles as xe my. Similarly, the English words paw, foot, or leg may all be
translated by the Vietnamese word chn, which does not suggest any problems of
comprehension in Vietnamese, as it should be clear from the context which of these words is
meant. Another example can be found in a manual on community development, which
translates the word matrix by the Vietnamese word ma trn. However, in
Vietnamese, ma trn has a specific use in mathematics only, and does not have the
additional sense of a model or a plan according to which something is developed. In this
example, matrix is better translated bn, which is a more general word used to
classify a written plan or formula.
1.3 Translating by cultural substitution
This strategy involves replacing a culture-specific item or expression with one of the different
meanings but similar impact in the translated text. Because of their self-described respect
 28

for the original text, most Vietnamese translators object to this strategy and tend to translate
directly, even though it is in appropriate. For example, a farmers manual that has been
translated into Vietnamese suggests the planting of different types of fruit trees which are not
even grown in Vietnam. The original manual, which was developed in other parts in Asia, was
not modified at all for the Vietnamese context. Though some translators argue that it is not the
responsibility of the translator to chance the text in this way, the translator is in fact playing
an important role in this task. Translators should be encouraged to consider the
appropriateness of the documents they are translating and suggest changes to make them more
culturally appropriate. However, this is not only the burden of the translator, but also of the
commissioners of the translation and the editor.
1.4 Translating by using a loan word plus explanation
There is some objection to this strategy in Vietnam, as many translator prefer to coin new
words in Vietnamese rather than borrow English words. However, this strategy is very useful
when the translator deal with concepts or ideas that are new to Vietnamese audience, culture-
specific items, and proper names of diseases or medicines that are widely known in English
names. For instance, HIV and AIDS are two loan words that are frequently used in
Vietnamese, as they are referred to by their English names in almost every part of the world.
Because these words have been in common used in Vietnam for a long time, they are often
used without any accompanying explanation. Whenever a loan word is used , it is better to
give an explanation. Another example is the acronym for oral dehydration salts, or ORS,
which is printed on every package and hence easily recognized; this is normally written in
English with an explanation in Vietnamese : ORS (mui b mt n-c)
1.5 Translating by using a paraphrase
This strategy can be used when we translate an English word or concept that does not exist in
Vietnamese, or when the Vietnamese term for it does not include all the meanings conveyed
by the English term for the same concept. For example, in the sentence: Pregnant women
should avoid alcohol., the English alcohol includes all alcoholic drinks in its meaning. The
Vietnamese word ru does not include beer in its definition, so the Vietnamese
translation should add the word beer to reflect the full meaning of the source language
sentence. Another example is that the English words abuse and neglect signify a whole
range of behaviors, some of which are not conveyed by the Vietnamese words alone. As a
result, the English sentence: Children should be protected from abuse and neglect. cannot
be translated as simply as tr em nn -c bo v khi s lm dng v
l l.. This translation does not account for their full meaning , which must be
unpacked for better understanding. This can be done by paraphrasing as a translator has
attempted in the following translation: tr em cn bo v chng li mi
hnh thc bo lc, gy tn th-ng hay xc phm, b mc hoc xao
nhng trong vic chm sc. Back translated roughly into English, this sentence
reads, : Children must be protected from all forms of violence causing harm or offense, and
from abandonment and negligence in their care.
1.6 Translating by omission
Though some translators may reject this strategy as too drastic, it is sometimes appropriate to
omit words or phrases that are not essential to the meaning or impact of the text. This is
especially true for words that would require lengthy explanations, awkward paraphrases, or
literal and unnatural translations, which would interrupt the flow of the text and could distract
 29

the reader from the overall meaning. For example, the sentence Much can be done even
without being physically present in the meeting. is best translated into Vietnamese by,
nhiu vic c th lm ngy c khi khng c mt ti cuc hp
which omit the word physically in the translation. The difference in meaning between
being physically present and being present is so minimal that it does not justify translation
into Vietnamese, which cannot easily express the slight emphasis implied here by the author,
and would not do so by emphasizing the physicality of a persons presence.

STRATEGY 2 : How to deal with idioms and set expressions

Idioms and set expressions can be dealt with in the ways similar to those mentioned above.
With idioms, however, there is another difficulty that the translator may not realize that s/he is
dealing with an idiomatic expression, since more idioms may make sense when translated
literally.
2.1 Using an idiom or a set expression of similar meaning and form
It is sometimes possible to find a Vietnamese idiom or expression with a similar meaning to
an English idiom or expression, and which is expressed in the same way. One example is the
idiom to fight like cats and dogs, which is expressed using the same words in Vietnamese:
ci nhau nh- ch vi mo.; another is Better than never., which is
translated : Th mun cn hn khng n. It is ideal if such a match can be
found, but this kind of correspondence is not common, and it is usually necessary to use other
strategies in dealing with idioms and set expressions.
2.2 Using an idiom or a set expression of similar meaning but different form
It is possible and easy to find a Vietnamese idiom with a similar meaning for an English
idiom or set expression. A good example can be found is the translation for to carry coals to
Newcastle: Ch ci v rng." ,which is translated as to carry firewood to the
forest. The meaning here is clearly the same for both idioms- to bring something to a place
that has an abundance of that thing- but the way in which each language expresses is bound to
be the culture of that language. It is far more cumbersome to translate this idiom literally into
Vietnamese with an explanation that Newcastle is a well-known coal-producing city in
England (as was suggested by some Vietnamese translators), which would unduly interrupt
the flow of the text and greatly diminish the idioms impact. By substituting a similar
Vietnamese idiom, then, the flow and the impact of the source text are retained in the
translation.
2.3 Translating by paraphrasing
When Vietnamese equivalents cannot be found, paraphrasing may be the best way to deal
with an idiom or set expression in English. A good example can be found in an article on
maternal mortality, which includes the sentence, But before the new estimates replace the
old as a way of packaging up the problem, it should be said that a mistake has been made in
allowing statistics such as these to slip into easy language. The expression packaging up the
problem caused the problems in translation, as it was misinterpreted to mean assembling or
gathering. However, even if this phrase were clearly understood, it would be difficult to find
a precise equivalent in Vietnamese. In fact, it would be difficult to restate concisely in
English. This phrase is best dealt with by paraphrasing, which in English could be understood
as something like summing up the problem by referring to it simply as a number, which does
 30

not reflect its true magnitude or impact. The expression to slip into easy usage is
problematic for the same reasons, and is also best dealt with by paraphrasing, as a literal
translation into Vietnamese would be meaningless.

2.4 Translating by omission

This strategy could be used when we translate words or phrases that would require lengthy
explanations, awkward paraphrases, or literal and unnatural translation. This strategy has also
be used when we translate phases which has two meanings one of the meanings may be
sacrificed for the other. For instance, a book entitled Being Positive-Living with HIV/AIDS
causes problems in translate because of the double meaning of being positive. The meaning
of the phrase could be that a person is suffering from positive HIV and that s/he should have
an optimistic outlook on life. This may be clear to the translator , who may interpret the
phrase to mean that this book is for and about people who are HIV positive. However, the
double meaning should be made clear through collaboration with the commissioner, after
which a choice must be made between the two meanings, for it would not be possible to
translate both meanings by one Vietnamese phrase. As the emphasis is on positive outlook on
life but not on the fact of being HIV positive, one translator has suggested the translation:
Hy Sng Yu i D Nhim HIV. This translation expresses the notion of
being positive about life without mentioning anything about being HIV positive status.
STRATEGY 3 : How to deal with voice, number and person
2.1 Voice
The passive voice is used very often in English and poses some problems in Vietnamese
translation. Passive voice can be translated from English into Vietnamese in the following
ways:

a. English : A is/was/has been done by B

Vietnamese: (i) A -c+ ng t+(bi B)

A -c/do+(B)+ng t

(ii) A b +ng t + bi B
A b +(B) + ng t
Example:
This house was built by Frank in 1930
NgI nh ny do Frank xy nm 1930

Tom is given a present by Mary

Tom -c Mary tng mt mn qu
 31

Tom was attacked by a stranger last night

Tom b mt k l mt tn cng ti hm qua

b.English : A is/was/has been done.

Vietnamese: (i) A -c+ ng t
(ii) A b+ ng t
(iii) Ng-i ta/ai + ng t + A
Example:
Tom has been promoted recently.
Tom mi -c bt gn y.
The CD has been broken.
Chic a CD b v/ Ai lm v chic a CD.
The positive and negative connotation is not often conveyed in English, so it is difficult to
know what way used to translate into Vietnamese.

Example: The children were given injections.

Vietnamese translation : Cc chu -c tim., or Cc chu b
tim.
depending on whether the receiving injection is considered a positive or negative experience.
On the other hand, when the positive or negative connotation of the sentence is clear it is more
appropriate to retain the passive voice in Vietnamese.
Example: The HMong people do not like to be called Meo. They prefer to
be called HMong.

Vietnamese: Ng-i dn tc H Mng khng thch b gi l dn tc

Mo. H
thch -c gi l dn tc H Mng.

In Vietnamese, there are some cases where one can see the words -c/b but they are not
translated into English passive sentences at all.

Example: - Anh y b ng. : He fell.

- Ch Lan b ho. : Lan has a cough.
- Hm nay chng ta -c nh chn no n.
 32

We had and enormous meal today.

2.2 Number
Though both languages have similar notions of number and countability, each language has its
own way to express these notions. In English, number is expressed as a grammar category;
that is, there are different grammatical forms for singular and plural nouns. In Vietnamese,
however, no such distinction is grammatically made.
Example : Ph n: can mean either woman or women

In Vietnamese, some plural markers such as cc, nhng, tt c,

mi" ,mi can be used in addition to the noun. cc generally means all of
the given category of things, whereas nhng refers only to some of the total number of
things being discussed. Mi emphasizes the identity of the individual member of the
category without indicating anything of their totality; mi expresses both the
individuality of the items and the totality of the category. If it is clear from the English context
which of these plural markers should be used in the Vietnamese, then the translator should
choose accordingly.
2.3 Person
Participants roles and forms of address are expressed in Vietnamese through a very
complicated system of personal pronouns based largely on kinship terms. Unlike English
pronouns, Vietnamese pronouns bear a number of semantic components depending on the
relationship within a family, age, sex, familiarity, social status, and even ones particular
mood or attitude in a given situation. These distinctions are not always explicitly expressed in
English and can usually be determined by the context in which the language operates. If it is
not possible to determine the distinctions of the English pronouns, the attention should be
focused on the tone and the overall purpose of the text to be translated.
Example: A book on health-care contains many sections written especially for children and
adults. In the sections for children the pronoun you is translated as em or cc em.
In the sections for adults, you should be translated as chng ta .

4. STRATEGY 4 : How to deal with non-subject sentences

( Vietnamese- English translation)
The following techniques could be used to translate the non-subject sentences in Vietnamese
texts:
4.1. Passive voice
4.2. It + to be + Adj + to infinitive
4.3. There + to be...
4.4. Use the subject that is found in the previous sentence(s)
Example:
Cn y mnh cng nghip ha, hin i ha.
 33

Industrialization and modernization should be

promoted.
Or: It is necessary to promote industrialization and
modernization
Vn ch-a c cch cha khi bnh AIDS.
There has been no cure for AIDS.

5. STRATEGY 5 : How to deal with newspaper headlines

Some main characteristics of newspaper headlines are as
follows.
5.1. Present tense = past events
5.2. Present participle = event in progress
5.3. To infinitive = future events
5.4. Past participle = passive voice
5.5. Nouns
5.6. Verb + noun
Example:
1. Chinese Professors Turn To Business
Cc gio s- Trung Quc chuyn sang kinh doanh
2. US President Visiting Vietnam
Tng thng Hoa K ang thm Vit Nam
3. Oil Price To Rise?
Gi du s tng
4. Three More Investment Projects Licensed This Year
Thm ba d n u t- na -c cp giy php trong nm nay
5. Investment Boom
Bng n u t-
6. See You In Court
Hn gp ti ta

LESSON 5: PATTERNS AND SOURCES OF ERRORS MADE

BY VIETNAMESE TRANSLATORS
What is mother tongue interference in translation?
In the narrow definition, interference in translation takes place when apparently, any feature
of the source language notably a syntactic structure, a lexical item, and idiom, a metaphor,
 34

word order or culture is carried over or literally translated as the case may be into the target
language(TL) text.
In a wider definition, interference includes cases when sentence length, punctuation, proper
names, culture words are evidently transferred in the translation in fact all cases where the
language of the translation is manifestly affected whether appropriately or not by the language
of the original.
When the mother tongue interference is an error, a false friend, a sign of the translators
ignorance, a mark of the effect of the source language (SL) or the SL culture, it can be
categorized as follows.
1. LINGUISTIC ERRORS
The linguistic errors can be divided into the following groups:
 35

1.1 Lexical Errors

Lexical interference traps are common enough but more invidious are innocent looking
collocations which appear to make sense until one asks oneself what they mean in particular
context.
E.g. in English to cook an account translated as nu s sch is meanigless and it
must be translated as gi mo s sch. Lexical interference is very dangerous
because it can distort the meaning of a sentence.
1.1.1 Context
The context itself determines the meaning of words. Therefore, their meaning should be
solved in the context. It is commonly known that a word may have equivalents and
accordingly the analysis of its meaning has to be made carefully in order to pick out the most
appropriate word. There are many ways of translating of some nouns related to professions,
classes, fields in society. For example, in a text written about Buddhism in which there are
two words clergy and death. Some translated transferred clergy as gio s and
death as ci cht for Buddha. It sounds strange and funny. In fact, clergy
translated as gio s for Catholicism but gii tng for Buddhism. The
word death is normally translated as ci cht but vua bng h in
Kings death and as for Buddhism this word should be translated as vin tch.
When translators are asked to translate these sentences into English
a. Kha Lun B tm ra Tn th gii vo nm 1842.
b. Ti ang tm cun sch.
c. Michael Faraday tm ra my pht in.
Obviously, there are many equivalents in English for the word tm such as seek,
look for, search for, find, find out. In addition, there are two more words related to
this meaning: to invent and to discover. However, in sentence (1) the word tm has
an equivalent in English as discover. In sentence (2) the word tm is understood as
look for, search for or seek. In sentence (3) the word tm has an equivalent as
invent.
The three above-mentioned sentences can be translated as follows.
1. The New World was discovered by Christopher.
2. I am looking for my book.
3. Michael Faraday invented the generator.
It is characteristic of word that a single lexical item may have several meanings. For example,
the word head in isolation means something like the upper part of the body. But the same
word used in the context of talking about a company or an organization has nothing to do
with the human body though the idea of the upper position of something still remains.
Example:
1. He is the former head of the Chemistry Section of the Australian Atomic Energy
Commission. ( leader)
2. Although he is the head of the company, he has no head. ( leader-intelligence)
 36

The following examples show that the translators do not treat words in context but rely on the
meaning in dictionary:
1. In 1999, some major commodities were stockpiled because of poor quality. It is not
accurate at all when stockpiled was translated l-u tr. In fact, due to poor quality,
major commodities were not sold out leading to stockpile. Therefore, the sentence should be
translated as Nm 1999 mt s mt hng ch yu b tn kho do cht
l-ng km.
2. The Prime Minister has also assigned relevant agencies to formulate a law on industrial
zones to provide a complete legal background/frame for the operation of Izs and EPZs in
Vietnam. was translated Th t-ng b nhim nhng chnh sch thch
hp -a ra lut v khu cng nghip cung cp mt bi cnh
hon ton hp php cho cc hot ng ca khu cng nghip, khu
ch xut Vit Nam. . This translation is quite vague in Vietnamese. In fact, a word
in source language has many equivalents in target language. The word assign is equivalent
with phn cng/ b nhim; relevant with thch ng, thch hp,
c lin quan; agency with i l, c quan, chi
nhnh; foundation nn mng, nn tng, c s. For this reason, in
this context it should be chosen the most appropriate equivalents to create an idiomatic
translation: Th t-ng giao cho cc c quan c lin quan ban
hnh b lut v khu cng nghip nhm cung cp mt s c s php
l hon chnh cho vic hot ng ca khu cng nghip v khu ch
xut Vit Nam.
In brief, the translators have a habit of translating literally and depending largely on the
meaning in dictionary due to the mother-tongue interference. In order to avoid committing
errors of context, words should be solved in context and the analysis of their meaning has to
be made carefully to pick out the most appropriate equivalent.
1.1.2 Word collocation
Word collocation consists of the associations a word acquires on account of the meanings of
words which tend to occur in its environment. Each of language has its own principle in word
collocation. For example, the word pretty often goes with girls and women, while the word
handsome often goes with boys or men. Some translators do not realize this, which leads to
wrong and funny collocation. For instance, in Vietnamese the word ung (drink) can go
with many different kinds of liquid including water, beer, alcohol, medicine and even poison.
However, in English these are clear distinction as follows:
Drink beer/ water/ wine/ coffee.
Take medicine/ poison.
Another example indicates that in Vietnamese the word ni (say) can be collocated
with li tm bit goodbye, li cho hi hello, di a lie,
s tht the truth, ting Php French. However, in English it is quite
different.
Say hello/ goodbye/ yes/ no.
Tell a lie/ the truth/ a story.
 37

Speak English/ French/ Chinese.

In Vietnamese, the word n can be collocated with many different nouns such as
c(fish) chim ( bird), s- t (lion), gia sc (cattle). On the contrary, in
English there are many words meaning n as follows.
A flock of birds/ sheep: n chim/ cu
A herd of cattle/ buffaloes: n gia sc/ tru
A pack of dogs/ calves: n ch/ b
A school of fish/ chickens: n c/ g
A pride of lions/ deer : n s- t/ nai

Similarly, the word decision can be collocated with many word such as to make/ to
reach/ to arrive at/ to come to... a decision. The following examples show the wrong
collocations of some translators:
1. Chnh ph tin thc hin nhiu bin php nhm ngn chn
vic bun lu ma ty.
(The government has made many measures to stop the drug smuggling.)
2. Chng ti phi hon thnh nhim v tr-c khi t kim tra cht
l-ng sn phm.
( We have to complete our duty before the investigators control the product quality.)
3. Sau khi nghin cu th tr-ng, chng ti quyt nh -a ra
th tr-ng mt sn phm gy n t-ng c sc cnh tranh vi hng
ngoi nhp.
(After making a market research, we decided to launch an impressive product which can
compete against the imported ones.)
4. T khi M b lnh cm vn Vit Nam, nhiu n-c trn th gii
x u t- vo cc lnh vc khc nhau.
(Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam many foreign countries have been
investing in many different fields.)
It is the mother tongue interference that leads to the mechanic collocation which is
unacceptable in target language. In fact, each language has its own principles of word
collocation. Neither English nor Vietnamese is an exception. As a result, the above-mentioned
examples should be translated more accurately and idiomatically as follows.
1. The government has made many measures to stop the drug smuggling. should be
corrected as The government has taken many measures to stop the drug smuggling.
2. We have to complete our duty before the investigators control the product quality. should
be corrected We have to fulfill our duty before the investigators control the product quality.
 38

3. After making a market research, we decided to launch an impressive product which can
compete against the imported ones. should be corrected After doing a market research, we
decided to launch an impressive product which can compete against the imported ones.
4. Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam many foreign countries have been
investing in many different fields. should be corrected Since the USA lifted the embargo
against Vietnam many foreign countries have been investing in many different fields.
In a word, it is inevitable for the translators to obey the principles of English and Vietnamese
word collocations. In order to avoid this type of errors, the translator should read as many
English books and magazines to take notes of collocated words under the English standard.
1.1.3 Misuse of personal pronouns and prepositions
In Vietnamese, there are many ways to express the thoughts and feelings or attitude which
differ from those in English. The social status, age, sex, and the family order are distinguished
clearly and systematically. This is reflected in a distinguished clearly and systematically. This
is reflected in a number of words for addressing such as c, ng, b, bc, c,
ch, thm, d, d-ng, cu, anh, ch, ngi, qu v, my, em,
.. such words are generally expressed by English people in one word you.
The following examples show clearly that the translator sometimes do not master the
relationship between the speaker and the hearer leading to a funny translation. A mother was
taking care of her child in hospital. She said: I love you very much, dear. Which was
translated as Em yu anh lm , c-ng . instead of M yu con
lm, c-ng .
In Vietnamese, each preposition has a fixed meaning which does not change regardless of the
noun, adjective or verb proceeding it. On the contrary, the meaning of a preposition in English
depends on its preceding word. This difference leads to errors in using prepositions of TL. For
example, the Vietnamese preposition v can be expressed by different prepositions in
English:
a talk on history : mt cuc ni chuyn v lch s
be disappointed in : tht vng v
be interested in : quan tm v
lay emphasis/ stress on : nhn mnh v
be worried about : lo lng v
be proud of/ take pride in : t ho v
be famous for : ni ting v
instead of disappointed about, proud about, famous about as the translator may use.
These are the typical errors made by the translators:
1. According to Mr Thien, his plant currently produces lubricants under the API (American
Petroleum Institute) standards
(Theo ng Thin th hin nay nh my ca ng ang sn xut
du nhn d-i tiu chun ca
 39

Vin xng du M.)

2. It is so easy to be misunderstood when talking on the phone.
( Ni chuyn trn din thoi th d b hiu nhm.)
3. Ta n Nhn Dn quyt nh kt n chng 15 nm v ti bun
lu ma ty.
(The Peoples Court decided to condemn them to 15 years imprisonment about the drug
smuggling.)
4. L gio vin -u t trong nhiu nm, ng Nam c nhiu kinh
nghim v vic ging dy hc
sinh.
(As a qualified teacher for many years, Mr.Nam is experienced about educating and
teaching the pupils.
5. Chng ti thnh tht chia bun v vic ra i ca b bn.
(We really condole with you about the loss of your father.

As can be seen from the above-mentioned examples, the translators tended to choose the
English prepositions basing on Vietnamese meanings without paying attention to their
variations. These errors could be corrected as follows.

1. According to Mr Thien, his plant currently produces lubricants under the API ( American
Petroleum Institute) standards should be translated (Theo ng Thin th hin nay
nh my ca ng ang sn xut du nhn theo tiu chun ca Vin
xng du M.)
2. It is so easy to be misunderstood when talking on the phone. is equivalent with (Ni
chuyn qua in thoi th d b hiu nhm.)
3. Ta n Nhn Dn quyt nh kt n chng 15 nm v ti bun
lu ma ty. should be translated (The Peoples Court decided to condemn them to
15 years imprisonment for the drug smuggling.)
4. L gio vin -u t trong nhiu nm, ng Nam c nhiu kinh
nghim v vic ging dy hc sinh. should be translated (As a qualified
teacher for many years, Mr Nam is experienced in educating and teaching the pupils.
5. Chng ti thnh tht chia bun v vic ra i ca b bn.
should be translated (We really condole with you for the loss of your father.
Due to the mother tongue interference, the translators found themselves in a confusing
situation when they use prepositions n English. In order to avoid this type of errors the
translators should learn the prepositions going with nouns, adjectives or verbs by heart. If they
do not know how to use prepositions exactly, they tend to the Vietnamese ones into English or
vice versa. As a result, the translators should be provided with as many structures with
 40

prepositions systematically as possible to help them take notes and draw out the formation and
rules.
1.1.4 Misuse of synonyms
Some translators depend largely on the meaning in dictionary picking out the synonyms
without paying much to the context. In fact, the pairs of synonyms share at least one sense in
common but do not share all their senses. To some extent, they can hardly substitute for each
other. The misuse of synonyms makes the meaning of one of the following sentences
unacceptable.
You have my deep/ profound sympathy.( acceptable)
The river is deep.( acceptable)
The river is very profound. (unacceptable)
Another example shows that some translators do not realize the connotational meaning, which
leads to the distorting of the meaning of the sentence. Take famous(ni ting) and
notorious (kht ting) as an example. While famous means well-known/
celebrated, and therefore contains some features of positive meaning, notorious means
well-known especially for unfavorable reason & negative meaning.
The following can be seen as the misuse of the synonyms by some of the inexperienced
translators.
1. Cu b ny rt b-ng bnh.
(This boy is very stubborn/unyielding.) ( right)
2. Ng-i Vit Nam c tinh thn bt khut.
(The Vietnamese people are really stubborn.) (wrong)
3. Chnh ph c k hoch xy hng ngn ngi nh cho ng-i v gia
c-.
(The government plans to build thousands of homes for homeless people.) ( wrong)
In Example 1 stubborn synonymous to unyielding means cng u/b-ng
bnh in Vietnamese.
In Example 2 stubborn fails to evoke the features of positive meaning which praises the
Vietnamese people on their heroism expressing the speakers admiration. In contrast, it
expresses the speakers anger and discontent.
In Example 3 home and house are places where one lives, meaning nh in
Vietnamese. However, in terms of the connotational meaning they are quite different. House
refers to the building or structure while home refers to the atmosphere or feeling found in
the house.
Example:
- There is no place like home.
(Chng c ni u nh- nh.)
- Home is where the heart is.
(Nh l ni con tim tr ng.)
 41

Most of the synonyms have the same meaning in certain context. If a translator use synonyms
without referring to the context,(s)he can make wrong & funny for his readers. In order to
avoid the misuse, the translator should carefully take the synonyms into consideration before
using them. In addition, it would be better for the translator to consider the differences of the
pairs of synonyms when translating.
1.1.5 Idioms & terminologies
The meanings of idioms are not definitely related to grammatical rules or the lexical meaning
of each word because they feature the metaphor and figures of speech. For example, wet
blanket should be translated ng-i ru r instead of ci chn -t or to
read ones palm translated as xem ch tay instead of c ci g lng
bn tay.
In fact, idioms can be translated satisfactorily by considering the context, if not, it is difficult
to find the exact meaning. An English idiom must be translated into Vietnamese by an
equivalent one. It is very important to be aware that we must not choose the equivalents of
every word forming the idiom but we do find the equivalent ways of expression which exist in
both languages. If we stick to each word, the meaning becomes strange, unnatural and funny.
For instance, to sell like a hot cake is usually translated as bn t nh- tm
t-i. Instead of bn nh- bnh nng. There is no time like present. is usually
translated as vic hm nay ch ngy mai instead of khng c thi
gian nh- by gi. Live and learn is usually translated as cn sng cn
hc instead of sng v hc.
The following errors were found in some of the translated texts and should be corrected.
1. Every time, we have our childrens birth certificates signed at the local Peoples
committee, we have to go though a lot of red tape. was translated as Mi khi nh h
k giy khai sinh ti y ban nhn dn ph-ng, chng ti phi i
qua nhiu bng .

2. At first we intended to stay at home. On the second thought, we decided to go out. was
translated as Thot u chng ti c nh nh. Trong ln suy
ngh th hai chng ti quyt nh i ra ngoi.
3. She rarely saves her time to do her homework. She often lets the grass grow under her
feet. was translated as C y him khi tit kim thi gian lm bi
tp nh. C th-ng c mc d-i chn.
The above-mentioned translations could be improved as follows.
1. Every time, we have our childrens birth certificates signed at the local Peoples
committee, we have to go though a lot of red tape. should be translated as Mi khi
nh h k giy khai sinh ti y ban nhn dn ph-ng, chng ti
phi lm nhiu th tc giy t r-m r.
2. At first we intended to stay at home. On the second thought, we decided to go out. should
be translated as Thot u chng ti c nh nh. Sau khi suy
i tnh li, chng ti quyt nh i ra ngoi.
 42

3. She rarely saves her time to do her homework. She often lets the grass grow under her
feet. should be translated as C y him khi tit kim thi gian
lm bi tp nh. C th-ng n-c n chn mi nhy.
In addition to this, due to the limited knowledge of social background and some special fields,
some translators mistranslated the terminologies causing vagueness, inaccuracy to readers. It
is not very easy for some translators to translate the following terminologies if they are not
familiar with business texts.
- cash flow: l-u l-ng tin mt
- insurance policy: hp ng bo him
- acknowledgement: giy bo cho bit nhn -c
- credit terms: nhng iu khon tn dng
- hard currency: ng tin mnh
- marginal: bin t chnh lch gia gi mua v
gi bn)
- total working capital: tng s vn l-u ng
- sales promotion campaign: chin dch khuyn mi
In conclusion, some inexperienced translators committed the lexical errors mentioned above
including those of context, word collocation, prepositions, synonyms and idioms &
terminologies. They are committed by those who have little knowledge of both source
language(SL) and target language (TG). At the same time, they thought that although English
is different from Vietnamese, both languages have a one-to-one correlation of lexical items. In
practice, in terms of translation, it can be chosen the only one appropriate equivalent from this
into that language. Even more, that equivalent hardly keeps the meaning of the word itself but
that of context.
In some dictionaries, the authors present series of synonyms of SL in comparison with TL.
However, the synonyms are those of the context in which the are operating . Another problem
is that some translators did not realize the linking meaning of word units. It is obvious that
these units link together to create a larger unit of meaning in a given text to be translated. The
linking meaning itself does not exist in separate word units but in the link of the units
constituting the whole text.
1.2. Structural Errors
Each language has its own division of lexicon into classes such as nouns, verbs, adjectives,
adverbs, etc. It is not always possible to translate a SL noun with a noun in TL.
In English, there is a tendency of using more nominal structures while verbal structures are
used more in Vietnamese. Some translators keep the same structures when translating, leading
to vagueness in TL texts. For example, Thank you for your pretty present. was translated as
Cm n anh v mn qu ng yu. instead of Cm n anh tng
em mn qu ng yu.
In addition, there is also a tendency of using more passive constructions in English than in
Vietnamese. For instance, The USA is said to be a powerful country. was translated as:
 43

M -c ni l mt c-ng quc. instead of Ng-i ta ni rng

M l mt c-ng quc.
The following examples of structural errors were made by some of translators.
1. The Vietnamese Airlines has coped with difficulties due to the regional financial crisis.
( Hng khng Vit Nam gp phi nhng kh khn do cuc khng
hong ti chnh vng trm trng.)
2. Schools teach mathematics because of its very important roles.
( Tr-ng hc dy ton v tm quan trng ca n.)
3. Thank you for your letter.
( Cm n l th- ca em.
4. Hue was recognized as the worlds cultural heritage by UNESCO in 1994.
( Hu -c xem l di sn vn ha th gii bi UNESCO vo nm
1994.)
5. I was rewarded with a trip to Nha Trang by my parents after a year of hard work.
(Ti -c th-ng mt chuyn i n Nha Trang bi b m ca
ti sau mt nm lm vic vt v.)
The above-mentioned translations do not sound Vietnamese, lacking the coherence and
smoothness, not conveying the desired meaning of the SL sentences. It would be more
idiomatic to translate as follows.
1. Do nh h-ng ca cuc khng hong ti chnh trm trng
trong khu vc, nn Hng Hng Khng VN phi -ng u vi nhng
kh khn.
2. Tr-ng hc dy ton v ton hc ng vai tr rt quan
trng.
3. Cm n em vit th- cho em.
4. UNESCO cng nhn Hu l di sn vn ha th gii vo nm
1994.
5. Sau mt nm hc hnh chm ch, b m th-ng cho ti mt
chuyn du lch n thnh ph Nha Trang.

As can be seen from the examples mentioned above, some translators focused on the
structures of SL so much that they fail to convey all the implicit meaning of TL. In fact, it is
not necessary to keep the form at all. The most important thing is that the translations must be
done on the basis of the TL grammar that is familiar to the readers. This principle suggests
that the translator should not depend largely on the structures of the SL but break them ,
conveying the meaning as much as possible in an appropriate structures in the TL.
Another problem is that some translators was not aware of the relationship between form and
function of language. It is commonly known that in some languages, on function is expressed
by many forms and vice versa. For example, in English the way of giving an advice could be
expressed by a number of structures : Why dont you..?, You should/ ought to.., If I were
 44

you, Id.., Youd better or I advise you to.. In addition, some translators did not realize
the conversational implicature understood implicitly as follows.

1. Whats the time? ( Why are you so late?)

2. Are you my teacher? ( You want to teach me.)
3, Why dont we go to the cinema? ( a suggestion)
4. Why did you say so? ( You should not have said so)
5. Unless he has done the work to my satisfaction, I will not pay him for this.(If
he has not done.)

Those sentences should be translated as follows.

1. C bit my gi ri khng?
2. My i lm thy ca tao ?
3. Chng ta i xem phim h?
4. L ra anh khng nn ni nh- vy!
5. Nu hn khng lm vic va ti , th ng hng
ti tr l-ng cho hn.

As mentioned in the previous part, the structural difference between the SL and the TL is
likely to make it difficult for the translators. The translators were not aware of dividing or
combining the sentences within a text to be translated. If they try to keep the same punctuation
of the SL text, the correspondent TL text will have clumsy, run-together, long and complex
sentences. It is much better to divide long sentences into short ones aiming at creating
coherence, attraction for readers in the translations.
These are the translated sentences with their structural errors made by some of inexperienced
translators.

1. The dividing gap between the rich and the poor as well as corruption and social unrest
caused by the relocation of people in industrialized areas, have made many people hesitate in
further changes.
(Khong cch ln gia ng-i giu v ng-i ngho cng nh- s
tham nhng v tnh trng bt an ca x hi gy ra do s phn b
li dn c- cc khu cng nghip lm cho nhiu ng-i phi do
d khi chp nhn nhng thay i ln.)

2. It is also necessary to invest in increasing capability of battery production establishments

to meet the demand for automobile and motorbike manufacturing and assembling in
accordance with the localization program.
 45

( N cng rt cn thit u t- vo vic tng nng sut ca

nhng c s sn xut c qui p ng nhu cu dy chuyn sn
xut vo vic ch to t v xe my ph hp vi ch-ng trnh
trong n-c.)

3. It takes much time to deliver goods to remote areas by backward means of transport.
(N ly nhiu thi gian phn phi hng ha n cc vng xa
xi bng cc ph-ng tin giao thng lc hu.)

All above translated sentences should be corrected as follows.

1. The dividing gap between the rich and the poor as well as corruption and social unrest
caused by the relocation of people in industrialized areas, have made many people hesitate in
further changes.
(S thay i ch ti cc vng cng nghip ha lm cho
khong cch gia ng-i giu v ng-i ngho cng nh- s tham
nhng v tnh trng bt an ca x hi ngy cng ln. Chnh iu
ny lm cho nhiu ng-i phi min c-ng nhng thay i ln
hn na.)

2. It is also necessary to invest in increasing capability of battery production establishments

to meet the demand for automobile and motorbike manufacturing and assembling in
accordance with the localization program.
( u t- vo vic tng nng sut ca nhng c s sn xut c
qui p ng nhu cu dy chuyn sn xut vo vic ch to
t v xe my ph hp vi ch-ng trnh trong n-c l rt cn
thit.)

3. It takes much time to deliver goods to remote areas by backward means of transport.
( Phi mt nhiu thi gian phn phi hng ha n cc vng
xa xi bng cc ph-ng tin giao thng lc hu.)

In order to overcome this type of structural errors, the most effective way for translators is to
master the structures of bot languages. It is clear that a translator who is proficient in English
cannot help being good at Vietnamese and vice versa.
2. STYLE ERRORS
Styles play an important role informal translation and strongly affect the second language
meaning. Due to the context, text-type and audience, the levels of language in translation can
be different - the informal language used in informal situations ; colloquials used in spoken
language; familiar language used among friends, relatives, members in a family; formal
 46

language used in formal texts such as speeches in conference, legal documents, business letter
& documents, research papers.
The examples given below clearly indicate that the same massage could be expressed in
different styles.
 47

1. Drop me a line. ( informal language )

2. Remember to write me a letter. ( neutral)
3. I look forward to your letter. ( informal language )
4. They can escape from family suprvision. ( formal)
5. Their parents cant keep an eye on them. (colloquial)
6. They are completely armed. ( formal)
7. They are armed to teeth. ( colloquial)

Style error is an acute problem to the translators. There are translators did not master the
difference when using various styles such as conversational, academic, scientific, literary
styles. Many translators failed when coming across the unfamiliar styles due to being unaware
of degrees of formality (informal or formal style), usage of vocabulary ( informal, colloquial,
formal)

These are some style errors taken out from some Vietnamese- English translations.
1. Nu chng ti t hng vi s l-ng ln, liu doanh nghip
anh c bn vi gi r khng?
(If we place substantial orders, can your enterprise get us with soft price?)
It is impossible to use informal style in a business letter. Instead of using soft price , the
translator should use cheaper price.
2. Thi tit Hu khng thch hp cho ng-i gi. Ma h tri
nng nh- thiu t, trong khi ma ng lnh n x-ng ty.
(The weather in Hue is favorable for the old. It is burning hot in summer while it chills to the
bones in winter.)
It is impossible to use informal style to tanslate a formal text. Instead of using burning hot ,
the translator should use exceedingly hot.
3. CULTURAL ERRORS
Culture could be understood as the total set of beliefs, attitude, customs, behaviour, social
habits etc. of the member of a particular society. In the broad sense, it includes mode of
production, production activities, community organization, spiritural life, knowledge of nature
and society, emotions, and moral conceptions. Language is regarded as both a component of a
culture and network through which other elements of culture operate. Language , therefore
uses almost all other cultural elements so as to perfect its universal and self-sufficient nature.
It could be said that we will not translate from this to that language perfectly unless we know
its relation to its culture.

It is common ly known that ao dai is a traditional costume of the Vietnamese women and
we never find an equivalent word in English to translate ao dai. However, some translators
translated mechanically ao dai into a dress. How funny it is! It would be preferredcto
 48

writing down ao dai to express the cultural feature to making foreign people misunderstand
ao dai asa dress.
* Trang phc truyn thng ca ng-i ph n Vit Nam l
chic o di t-ng tr-ng cho s duyn dng. should be translated as
The traditional costume of the Vietnamese women is ao dai which symbolises the
grace.

Translation is a kind of activity which inevitably involves at least two languages and two
cultural traditions." As this statement implies, translators are permanently faced with the
problem of how to treat the cultural aspects implicit in a source text (ST) and of finding the
most appropriate technique of successfully conveying these aspects in the target language
(TL). These problems may vary in scope depending on the cultural and linguistic gap between
the two (or more) languages concerned.
The cultural implications for translation may take several forms ranging from lexical content
and syntax to ideologies and ways of life in a given culture. The translator also has to decide
on the importance given to certain cultural aspects and to what extent it is necessary or
desirable to translate them into the TL. The aims of the ST will also have implications for
translation as well as the intended readership for both the ST and the target text (TT).

Considering the cultural implications for a translated text implies recognising all of these
problems and taking into account several possibilities before deciding on the solution which
appears the most appropriate in each specific case. Before applying these methods to the
chosen text, this essay will examine the importance of culture in translation through a
literature review. The different general procedures of treating the cultural implications for
translation will be examined as well as analysing the ST and the aims of the author. The
translation process will also be treated using specific examples found in the ST before
discussing the success of aforementioned theoretical methods applied to the TT.

Although corresponding to cultural categories examined, the title will be considered

separately in order to determine the pertinence of conserving, highlighting, or excluding
certain aspects. Due to these considerations, the title will be considered after the other aspects
as all other cultural implications need to be examined before reaching relevant conclusions.
 45

CHAPTER 2: ASSIGNMENTS

ASSIGNMENT 1:
I.THEORY:
1. What is translation? What definition do you think is the most appropriate? Can you give
your own definition of translation?
2. What is an idiomatic translation? Give some examples of idiomatic translations.
3. What are the secondary meanings? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used
in a secondary sense.
4. What is the primary meaning? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used in a
primary sense.
II. EXERCISES:
A. Identify change of meaning versus change of form. Some of the following pairs of
sentences differ in their form. Some differ in meaning. Indicate if the primary change is in the
form or in the meaning.

Example:
They robbed the old man.
The old man was dropped by them.
Answer: Change of form

1. The students like to study translation.

The students like studying translation.
2. He saw the bird.
He heard the cat.
3. Go to bed.
I want you to go to bed.
4. I came; I saw; I conquered.
I came, saw, and conquered.
5. The young man had an English grammar book stolen.
An English grammar book was stolen from the young man.
B. List as many grammatical forms as you can which realize the same meaning as the one
given below. Then put the same meaning into a language other than English in as many forms
as you can.
 46

Example:
The cat is black
The black cat
The cat, which is black
1. The water jug
2. John bought a car
3. A hot day
4. Mothers long blue dress
5. Peters house

C. All of the following have the same grammatical form. With the change of lexical items,
there is a change of meaning which is signaled by that lexical item, apart from the referential
meaning of the word itself. What meaning is signaled in each of the following possessive
phrases? Answer by restating. How can that meaning best be expressed in another language
which you speak?
Example:
The mans car - the man owns the car
The mans eye - the eye is part of the man
1. The doctors office
2. The doctors patient
3. The doctors book
4. The doctors brother
5. The doctors hand
6. The doctors house
D. For each pair of sentences, state whether the two sentences are 1. the same in meaning or
2. different in meaning.
1. (a) It rained all night.
(b) Rain fell all night.
2. (a) There is a book on the table.
(b) There is a table on the book.
3. (a) John was very surprised when he heard the news.
(b) The news very much amazed John when he heard it.
4. (a) It was a hot day.
(b) The day was hot.
5. (a) Peters house
(b) The house that belongs to Peter
 47

6. (a) He remained silent.

(b) He did not say anything.
7. (a) I bought cloth to make Mary a new dress.
(b) I bought a new dress for Mary.
8. (a) My parents are well.
(b) My mother and father are well.
9. (a) John is ill: he has a bad case of malaria.
(b) John is very ill indeed.
E. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Ch may o s mi ny u vy?
2. Lt chim c mt vng t rng trn cao nguyn Lm Vin,
xung quanh ton l ni i hng v.
3. Mc d a v ca ph n c nhng b-c tin k diu,
nh-ng ng-i ta phi thc hin nhiu chuyn khc ci thin
tnh trng sc kho, dinh d-ng v gio dc cho ph n.
4. Ngy nay th gii ang -ong u vi nhiu vn nghim
trng cho d c nhiu b-c tin ng k trong lnh vc khoa
hc, cng ngh v tri thc. Mt trong nhng vn l s
bng n dn s, c bit cc n-c ang pht trin. Dn s
ang tng theo cp s nhn trong lc sn xut hng ho li tng
theo cp s cng.
5. Charles Dickens l mt trong nhng nh vit tiu thuyt ln
nht th gii, thuc tr-ng phi hin thc ph phn th k 19.
iu m chng ta nh gi cao v nhng tc phm ca Dickens l
s ph phn v ti c v s t-ng phn gia giu v ngho ca
x hi t- sn Anh lc by gi. Th gii m ng ta miu t l
th gii ca giai cp trung l-u v h l-u Lun n.

ASSIGNMENT 2:
I.THEORY:
1. What are the differences between a literal translation and an idiomatic translation?
2. What grammatical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give some
examples to support your ideas.
II. EXERCISES:
A. In each of the following pairs of sentences, which is more idiomatic English, a or b? How
would the meaning be expressed idiomatically in the language you speak?
1. (a) The storekeeper said that we will refund your money.
(b)The storekeeper promised to refund our money.
2. (a) A certain boy told me this little story at a party.
(b) He is one boy. He told the one little story. This is a game he said.
 48

3. (a) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform as well. How
many children have shed hot tears about spelling?
(b) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform,too. And how
many hot childrens tears have not been shed on spelling?
4. (a) He then reported his misfortune to the police, who are searching diligently for the
thief.
(b) He then his mishap reported to the police, who are the thief searching intensively.
B. Look for literalisms in the following translations into English and underline the words or
phrases that do not sound natural in English. Suggest a more idiomatic way of saying it. All
of these examples are from published translated material.
1. Foreign tourists usually at Kinh Do Hotel for their friends have introduced to them very
much about this hotel.
2. Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam, many foreign countries have been
investing in Vietnam.
3. Hue is famous about its delicious dishes and beautiful landscapes.
4. The participants discussed about the causes of pollution environment.
5 . A robbery took place of a motorcycle rider at Kampung early yesterday morning.
C. Each of the following are sentences written by some Vietnamese who are not yet fluent
English speakers. The forms used shows examples of how their mother-tongue language
structures have been carried over into English. The same information is then given in
parenthesis in idiomatic English. What changes were made in correcting the English? These
changes point out some of the differences between Vietnamese and English.
1. Sir, the problems of before dont forget.
( Sir, please dont forget the problems we discussed before.)
2. If there is any means, send me a letter to Saigon.
(If there is any way to do so, send a letter to me in Saigon.)
3. I will think you time to time day and day.
( I will be thinking about you often every day.)
4. I am very grateful to inform you with this letter.
( I am very happy to be able to send/write you this letter.)
5. I am a man who has been to Hanoi for 12 years.
( I have now lived in Hanoi for 12 years.)
D. Translate the following sentences into Englisgh.
1. Thc M l cng trnh thu in c cng sut thit k
150.000 Kw, sn l-ng in trung bnh hng nm 600 triu Kw
gi.
 49

2. xy dng cng trnh ny cn phi o p gn 15 triu m3

t , p hn 350.000 mt khi tng lc, khong 220.000
mt khi b tng ct thp v lp t gn 7.000 tn thit b v
kt cu kim loi.
3. Vi khi l-ng cng vic ln nh- vy, nh-ng chnh ph quyt
nh phi hon thnh vic thi cng trong hai nm do nhu cu
cung cp in cho cc a ph-ng pha Nam tr nn ht sc
cp bch.
4. T ngy khi cng n nay, cc n v thi cng thc hin
-c khong 90% khi l-ng o t, khong 40% khi l-ng b
cng ct thp.
5. Theo ng Nguyn B Mn, Tr-ng ban Qun l cng trnh, th
hu ht cc hng mc cn bn u t ng yu cn v tin
thi cng.
6. Trung tun thng 11/1993, Th t-ng V Vn Kit n kim
tra tnh hnh thi cng cng trnh thu in thc M.
7. Nhng ng-i lnh o cng trnh khng nh vi Th t-ng
rng c y c s m bo khi ng t my s 1 vo
thng 6 nm 1994.
8. Vic chn dng sng B tin hnh vo thng 12 ny.
9. Nh- vy s c mt s trng hp c ngha l cng mt thi
im vi vic khi ng t my s 1 thu in thc M, h
thng ti in 500 Kw Bc Nam cng -c hon thnh.
10. Vi cc cng trnh ny, nm 1994, min Nam thot khi
tnh trng i in.
E. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1. Although the state budget for teaching aids at schools of all levels has been icreased since
1990, it is still far below the demand to fully equip schools and improve training quality.
2. President Putin affirmed that Russia has always attacted importance to its relations with
Vietnam, its traditional friend and stragic partner in Southeast Asia.
3. It is projected to extend integration opportunities to 3000 disabled children in three
provinces, one in mountainous areas, one in the central coast and one in remote areas.
4. They discussed a series of measures intended to ensure comprehensive cooperation in
economy, trade, science and technology.
5. Efforts are being made to raise womens awareness of their rights to have labour safety or
hygiene conditions at work through an expanded communication network.
6. It is more likely that schools in the southern provinces have more computer labs used in
teaching foreign languages than schools in the northern provinces.
7. There have been four foreign invested projects in education, with investment capital from
the World Bank and the Asian Development Bank.
 50

8. Of 50 foreign language students surveyed recently by the Vietnam Courier, 38 said they are
not interested in working for foreign invested companies.
9. Vietnam and China agreed to set up negotiations for the signing of a land border agreement
delineating the sea boundary in the Bac Bo ( Tonkin ) Gulf no later than 2000.
10. Most recently the government has offered incentives like tax reduction or preferential
loans to employers who have employed a large number of women.
 51

ASSIGNMENT 3:
I. THEORY:
1. What lexical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give
some examples to support your ideas.
2. Why do you have to take the time to read the source language text carefully
before translating it?
II. EXERCISES:
A. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Ngay t nhng ngy u thng Chp ( m lch) Tt lng
vng vng ngoi thnh H Ni.
2. C l b con nng dn ngoi thnh l ng-i cm nhn thy
Tt hn ai ht bi t vic vun xi rau qu, c hoa cho vic v
bo ln, g u nhm phc v tt.
3. Nu i t pha Kinh Bc xung, ta s nhn thy bt ngn hoa
xun, nht l layn khoe sc mu.
4. St vi vng Ni Thnh l vng hoa Nht Tn , Nghi Tm,
Qung B vi nhiu loi : o hng thm, qut vng mng, tim
tm vilt v rc hoa ng tin.
5. Vi ba nm tr v tr-c, ni y l rng hoa, p ng
nhu cu ca ng-i H Ni v hoa cnh.
6. B con vng ny l nhng ngh nhn c truyn thng trng
hoa lu i.
7. Tic thay, t trng hoa hin nay b thu hp dn do s
chuyn h-ng lm n ca khng t ngh nhn.
8. Ng-i th bn t b ngh, ng-i th t b vn hoc l lin
kt vi ng-i b vn hn hp xy dng cc bit th sang trng
dng lm khch sn mi ni phc v khch n-c.
9. Ca hng, ca hiu mc ln nh- nm loi hng ho t bnh
dn n cao cp.
10. Chng cn nghi ng g na, H Ni thi m ca ang i
thay, ang pht trin. Mong sao H ni v ng-i H Ni mi mi
xng danh vi mnh t ngn nm vn hin.
B. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.
1. The centerpiece of the festivities was a show entitled A Flock of Birds to Good Land
staged simultaneously on the three different grand stages in the downtown area.
2. The whole area around the temple was virtually packed with people, leaving only a small
opening for the rituals to proceed.
3. To reduce the costs while increasing accessibility of education for disabled children, the
government has launched a program of community-based education and integration.
 52

4. In recent years, to restore public order, Hanoi removed a number of unofficial marketplaces
into designated areas. But out of the four marketplaces targeted, only Dong Tam market was
moved from the Dong Da residential quarter to the Dai La area.

5. Besides the investment from the State budget, all the schools had to look for other
financial sources to buy teaching equipment. However, these sources made up only 13% and
21% of the state budget for general education schools and universities respectively.
6. State budget revenues have approximately achieved the level originally set. Regular
expenditure has been ensured, while irregular spending in support of area hit by storms, floods
and droughts have been made. The budget deficit has been kept at a permissible level of 3.6%
of GDP in 1998, down from 4.2% in 1997.
7. The economic development of Vietnam has to be viewed in the context of long periods of
wars. It is the context of long periods of wars that has caused loss of peoples lives and
damage to property, public facilities and resources.
8. The television network is being established throughout the country. Apart from the
relatively modern and long-standing television stations in Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, 25
provincial stations were set up in 1988. These relay the important transmissions of the central
TV stations and broadcast their own program.
9. The Vietnams Women Union is represented in the National Assembly and its president is
entitled to attend the regular meeting of The Council of Ministers where she can express the
Women Unions view-points and propose the regulations related to the Union.
10. The Vietnamese families have been affected by the agricultural civilization. Due to the
open-door policy, the industrial civilization has exerted a daily and hourly effect on the life of
Vietnamese families.

ASSIGNMENT 4:
I. THEORY:
1. Name and discuss the four Ts of a translation project.
2. Explain what is meant by exegesis.
II. EXERCISES:
A. Read the English text and answer the questions.
Deforestation
Population growth is one factor in rainforest destruction. However, it is a myth to assume that
the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more mouths is the main factor. The majority
of deforestation in Latin America, South-east Asia and the Pacific is caused by clearing land
to grow cash crops for export and by commercial logging operations, and not by shifting
cultivators or landless peasants. Each year commercial logging eliminates 45000 square
kilometers of forest, much of the timber being exported to the United States and Japan.

No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to grazing
 53

land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt payments. These
heavy payments, which affect the poor the most, have arisen largely from external loans taken
out to finance the purchase of luxury items and arms by military and governing elite. The
establishment of large ranch-style cattle grazing properties is the principal reason for the
elimination of 20000 square kilometers of rainforest each year in Central or South America.
The cleared land is mainly devoted to the export of beef for the fast-food industries in North
America, Europe and Japan- the aptly named hamburger connection.
1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?
2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the Vietnamese meaning of the English words :
subsistence agriculture, cash crops, commercial logging operations, shifting cultivators,
landless peasants, affluent society, external debt payment, military and governing elites,
ranch-style cattle grazing property, hamburger connection ?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent Vietnamese structures of the following
English sentences?
a. However, it is a myth to assume that the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more
mouths is the main factor.
b. No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to
grazing land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt
payments.
6. Translate the text into Vietnamese.
B. Read the Vietnamese text and answer the questions.
NON NC
Cha ng ta ung n-c sng Hng, Sng , Sng Cu Long v
tng sng cht vi sng n-c ny. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t
ngn ng trn th gii li c s thng nht nh- ting m ca
chng ta. Vit Nam th n-c( trong sng, h, bin.) li
ng ngha, ng m vi n-c trong ngha t quc qu
h-ng. Sng n-c v con ng-i y kt hp vi thin nhin v
lch s nh- mt khi bt t bt dit bi mt th xi mng tr-ng
tn. l lng yu n-c th-ng ni ca dn tc Vit Nam.
Trn th gii, c nhiu quc gia t tnh n sang tnh kia ni
l khng hiu nhau ri. Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u,
ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.

1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?

2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
 54

4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the English meaning of the Vietnamese words :
cha ng, sng cht, s thng nht, kt hp cht ch, xi mng
tr-ng tn, lng yu n-c th-ng ni, hiu nhau?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent English structures of the following
Vietnamese sentences?
a. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t ngn ng trn th gii li c
s thng nht nh- ting m ca chng ta.
b.Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u, ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp
nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.
6. Translate the text into English.
ASSIGNMENT 5:
I. THEORY:
1. What are the goals of the translator as he prepares the initial draft?
2. What is the purpose of the evaluation?
3. What kinds of evaluation checks can be made?
II. EXERSISES:
A. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.
1. In the human history, science has been seen as having a mission to liberate people from
ignorance and superstition, to lessen human misery, and to increase human understanding of
the world.
2. The News Atlantic hailed the scientists of the time as merchants of light who would
penetrate the darkness and open the way to mans control over nature. At that time, utopian
invetions such as aircrafts, submarines, and telephones were foreseen.
3. People involved in the computer industry believe we are experiencing a computer
revolution. Why is this revolution occuring? What will be its social consequences? To answer
these questions , it is necessary to consider briefly the history of computers.
4. The forerunner of modern computer goes back some 5000 years to the first calculating
machine invented by the Chinese- the abacus. Until the 17th century, Europe had nothing to
rival the abacus for speed and accuracy of calculation.
5. Computers were developed simultaneously in Germany, England and the USA to aid the
speedy and accurate calculations necessary to decode the enemys messages during the Second
World War.
6. Many of the jobs now being performed by people in the manufacturing and service sectors
of our economy can be done faster and more cheaply by modern computers or electronic
devices controlled by computers.
7. Robot machines are replacing assembly line workers in manufacturing. They have already
done so in the Fiat car factory in Italy and the Nissan car plant in Japan. By 1980, 50 robots
were in use in Australia by companies such as General Motors, Ford, Nissan and Simpson
Pope.
 55

8. Firms that do not adopt the new computer technology are enable to compete with their
cheaper electronic rivals. Such has been the fate of the $200 million a year Swiss watch
industry, which was wiped out by electronic watches in a couple of years.
9. With the mechanization of some work processes, the new factories initially resulted in
large-scale structural unemployment. Previously, much sought-after, skilled, cottage
industry artisans suddenly found themselves redundant and de-skilled by the new technology.
10. The heroic image of science grew through the 18th and 19th centuries. The Industrial
Revolution, which started in England in the late 18th century, strongly reinforced faith in a
technological society, although the social costs and benefits were far from equal share.
B. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Vnh Dung Qut nm pha ng bc huyn Bnh Sn, tnh
Qung Ngi. Vnh c chiu di 18 km v -c che ch kn o bi
cc dy ni t nhin.
2. B pha nam vnh l mt vng t bng phng, c kt cu a
l n nh vi din tch hng chc cy s vung.
3. Ni y s hnh thnh cc khu cng nghip nng v ho cht,
nh my lc du, khu ch bin hi sn, khu ch bin nng sn,
khu cng nghip nh v mt khu dn c- th hin i vi
khong 60 vn dn.
4. Mt diu kin thun li na l Dung Qut nm cch -ng b,
-ng st, -ng ti in v cp quang xuyn Vit khong 12 km.
Vic cung cp n-c ngt cho khu ny l ht sc thun li vi
tr l-ng l 3 t mt khi /nm, vi ngun n-c t sng Tr
Bng.
5. Ngy nay chng ta ang tri qua mt cuc bin i x hi
rt su sc nh- s thay i trong cuc cch mng cng nghip
ln th nht. Do vy, vic nh ngha li khi nim vic lm c
l l cn thit.

ASSIGNMENT 6:
I.THEORY:
1. Name some kinds of errors that a translator could make when he/she translates a text.
2. Why does a translator often make structural and lexical errors when he/she translates a
text?
3. Give some examples of errors in word collocation that a translator could make when he/she
translate a text.
II. EXERCISES:
A. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Do ph sa bi p ca dng sng Cu Long lam phong ph
va la y p ny, t-ng tr-ng cho ngun l-ng thc ca c
 56

n-c cng nh- phong cch sinh hot k cn sng n-c ca c- dn

trong vng.
2. T nhng dng sng rng ln n nhng m-ng rch mnh mai
ch tin cho nhng chic thuyn nh b ra v, Sng Cu Long cho
ta mt cnh quan honh trng khi n chy vo Vit Nam, trm
cui cng ca hnh trnh 4500km ni ca ng bin ng.
3. iu ng qu l kiu bo lun h-ng v t quc, gn b vi
gia nh qu h-ng, t n-c, yu qu v gi gn bn sc vn
ho v hun c nn tnh cch con ng-i Vit Nam.
4. Ngoi vic gip ng-i thn n-c nh, nhiu kiu bo
cn ng gp xy dng qu h-ng, h-ng ng vic cu tr nhng
ni trong n-c b thin tai v tham gia cc vic ngha vi
truyn thng nhiu iu ph ly gi g-ng.
5. Tr-c nm 1988, nh h-ng ca h thng ngn hng i vi s
pht trin v qun l kinh t v m l khng ng k. khuyn
khch h thng ngn hng hot ng c mc ch hn, chnh ph
ra cc bin php mi bao gm t chc li h thng ngn
hng, -a vo cc chnh sch tn dng hn nh, chnh sch mi
v li sut v cho php t do bun bn vng trn th tr-ng.
6. Chnh ph xc tin mt cuc ti thit ton din v l-ng
bng ca cng nhn vin nh n-c bng cch chnh n li nhng
khon bao cp cho ng-i tiu dng trn danh ngha hoch nh
li ch l-ng. Mc d mc l-ng ti thiu hng thng tng,
nh-ngl-ng thc t vn gim xung ng k do lm pht.
7. Cuc iu tra do hi ph n Vit Nam tin hnh cho thy
rng nhng ph-ng php trnh thai truyn thng ang -c p
dng rng ri. Cuc iu tra cho thy rng 39% ph n c gia
nh dng ph-ng php hin i, ph-ng php th-ng dng nht l
t vng trnh thai
B. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1.The nuclear energy proponents also pressed the theme that it was inevitable that the world
would increasingly go nuclear. It is suggested that the opponents were standing against the
tide of history and were akin to the Luddites at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution,
who broke machines.
2. Doctors have shown for the first time they can rebuild the immune systems of people
infected with the AIDS virus, dramatically increasing the blood cells that HIV destroys.
3. In the field of medicine training, what was done in the past years has been remarked by
distinguished fact that many specialists and medical colleges in different countries set forth
the necessity for reconsidering training subjects for health workers.
4. Today, the physicians should be considered as men of health. Hence, the responsibility of
the physicians is to know how to discover, cure, and rehabilitate the health of the individuals
and the community.
 57

5. It is obvious that a healthy body helps a sound mind because it is the sound minds that
direct the orientation of the values systems. A healthy man should be healthy not only
physically but also mentally.
6. Nowadays people are inclined to worry too much about their physical health. However, I
would like to lay stress on the importance of psychological health. Being mentally healthy is
very important, and a truly healthy man is one who can enjoy the proper equilibrium between
his body and mind.

ASSIGNMENT 7:
Translate the following texts into English
1.Nhng thnh tu ca qu trnh i mi trong thp nin va
qua to ra nhng c hi cho ph n t -c mc ch ca
mnh. Cuc sng ca ph n -c ci thin v ph n bt nhc
nhn hn. Cc dch v x hi gip ph n bt nhc nhn trong
cng vic nh v to Iu kin cho ph n tham gia vo cc hot
ng x hi .
2. Hi ph n Vit nam I din cho ph n Vit Nam trong c
n-c i mi t chc v cch lm vic v vy thu ht ngy
cng nhiu ph n tham gia vo cng tc x hi. H ph n gip
cho ph n gii quyt nhng kh khn trong cuc sng hng ngy.
Hi cng trnh ln nh n-c nhng iu lut v chnh sch
nhm pht huy mi tim nng ca ph n trong tin trnh i
mi.
3.Nhn ra nhng nhn t to nn vic hc ngoi ng nhanh v
hiu qu ngy cng tr nn quan trng v a s ng-i hc l
ng-i ln rt lo lng khi hc mt ngoi ng chuyn ngnh s
dng trong th-ng mi,nghin cu v ngoI giao. Nhu cu hc
mt ngai ng c hiu qu cn -c xem xt theo kha cnh ng-i
hc, ng-i dy v ch-ng trnh ging dy.
4.Sc hp dn ln nht i vi du khch l bn sc vn ha ca
dn tc Vit Nam. Hng nghn di tch lch s, di tch cch mng
-c nh n-c xp hng, trong hng trm di tch c gi
tr lch s v ngh thut cao. Vit Nam l mt cng ng ca 54
dn tc vi nhiu phong tc, tp qun, vn ha ngh thut dn
gian c sc. S hin din ca hng trm lng ngh truyn thng
sn xut ra hng nghn loi sn phm th cng m ngh ni
ting.
5. Nu du khch n vi cc vng dn tc thiu s th cn c
th tham d vo nhng sinh hot vn ha k th ca vng ni
rng nhit i. Mt l hi m tru chng hn. S phi c mt
tr-c l hi hng tun cng ng-i dn i tm tre sa nh
rng, lm cy nu xua ui ma qu. Trong nhng ngy du
khch cn -c quan st cch chn cc v r-u cn v nht l
vic chn tru m.
 58

6. Phc li x hi l chnh sch x hi ln ca Vit Nam da

trn truyn thng t-ng thn t-ng i gip ln nhau c t
ngn x-a. Nguyn tc c bn ca chnh sch ny l kt hp trch
nhim ca nh n-c, ca cng ng v mi c nhn t v-n ln
ha nhp vI x h. Chnh sch ny ang tng b-c m ra cho
mi i t-ng vi nhiu hnh thc khc nhau.
7. S lc hu v nguy c tt hu hn v kinh t ang l ni
trn tr canh cnh trong lng mi ng-i Vit Nam trong n-c
cng nh- ang sinh sng n-c ngoi. Nu tt hu xa hn c
ngha l rI vo s phn ca mt n-c cung cp nguyn liu v
nhn cng trong s phn cng lao ng quc t, chu lp v ,
thua thit trong hp tc cnh tranh. thc l mt thch thc
ln i vi dn tc Vit Nam trong bi cnh quc t ngy nay.
8. Bn cht nhn vn ca tr-ng phi ngoi giao Vit Nam l
mt nt c th. Mc d l nn nhn ca bit bao nhiu cuc xm
l-c, nh-ng ng-i Vit Nam khng bao gi mt I lng nhn i.
Hn th na , chnh lng nhn I l nhn t to nn sc mnhca
dn tc v nn ngoI giao Vit Nam. Nguyn TrI , ng-i anh
hng dn tc ca th k 15 lI ph-ng chm l-u truyn cho
mI n hm nay :
Ly I ngha thng hung tn,
Ly ch nhn thay c-ng bo.

ASSIGNMENT 8:
Translate the following text into English
C l Bc Kinh l ni tp trung quyn lc chnh tr nh-ng
Th-ng Hi cng c quyn t ho l mt th th-ng mi. Bc
Kinh c l l ni tp trung quyn lc chnh tr nh-ng danh hiu
mt th th-ng mi li thuc v Th-ng Hi. Nhng a im
lch s ch mi c t gn 80 nm tr-c Th-ng Hi, tuy th
hu ht du khch u b chinh phc tr-c v quyn r ca thnh
ph c bit ny, ni m mi tr-ng l tt c. Ch ring ci
tn Th-ng Hi cng dy nn mt ln sng nh nim thch th
v tn. Th-ng Hi vn l mt thnh ph nh chuyn ngh nh
c v dt mi cho n na th k 19 khi n bt u pht trin
nh- mt trung tm cng nghip v th-ng mi. Nhng ng-i ch
hng bun v cc ng c vin chnh tr t khp ni trn th
gii v y v pht trin n thnh mt trong nhng thnh ph
quc t snh iu nht th gii. T nhng nm 1920 tr i, n
tr nn ngy cng tai ting nh- l mt ni m bt c vic g
cng c th xy ra.
Cc ngn hng v cc cng ty th-ng mi loi t xy dng
cho h nhng tr s chnh sang trng trng ra ni m sau l
nhng cnh ng la mnh mng tri di hai b sng Hong Ph.
 59

Ton b di t ny vn cn tn ti sau nhng thi k san bng

t v ngy nay n lm nn mt bo tng m c o v kin
trc ca nhng nm 1930. Mt cuc tn b dc b l khng th
thiu i vi nhng ai n thm ni y, / Du khch khng th
b qua mt cuc tn b dc b khi n thm ni y, ni m
vn -c nhiu ng-i cng nhn l thnh ph trng im ca
Trung Quc.
Nhng to nh chc tri, bao gm mt vi to nh cao nht th
gii mc ln chnh ni m x-a kia la tng mc. im
ni bt nht l thp truyn hnh Hn Ngc Vin ng - nu thi
gian cho php, mt ci nhn ton cnh t nhng tng cao ca
thp s l mt k nim kh qun.
D-i s nh-ng b ca ng-i Php tr-c y, tng on qu kh
nh- vn cn hin hu u trong nhng bit th tao nh v
nhng con -ng rp bng cy. Vng qua gc , khch sn Ho
Bnh v ban nhc Jazz ng knh ca n l nhng chng tch
ni ting ca mt thi k ho hip. Nh-ng Th-ng Hi cng cn
c nhiu khch sn tuyt vi khc t nhng nm 1930, phn ln
ang -c phc hi nhng nt ng yu t thi hong kim tr-c
y ca chng.

Th-ng Hi s hu mt trong nhng bo tng tht s ln ca th

gii, -c m ca vo nm 1996. Trong mt thi gian ngn khng
th tham quan ht to nh gi tr ny -c, nh-ng thm ch ch
cn mt gi trong nhng phng tr-ng by ng, iu khc
v gm cng em li nhng k nim kh phai.

ASSIGNMENT 9:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
In a keynote speech at H Ni National University (HNU) yesterday, leader Jiang urged the
youth of Vietnam and China to work for strengthening the friendship between the two
countries and contribute to peace and development in Asia and the world.

A bright future will be created by you, the young people, and the future belongs to you, the
Chinese General Secretary and State President told the students.

Jiang stressed that a better future awaited China-Vietnam relations in the 21st century, and
joint efforts by the youth of both countries cannot be separated from this.

The younger generation in both our countries must stick to their ideals and work tirelessly for
socialism, he said.
 60

The youth of China and Vietnam need to inherit and bring into full play the revolutionary
spirit of their elders, to be persistent in ideology, study hard, to strive for the cause of
developing socialism, and for the wealth and prosperity of their respective motherlands, he
said.

He expressed his hope that the Chinese and Vietnamese young people will cherish, maintain
and promote China-Vietnam relations, have more exchanges and learn from each other to
enhance mutual understanding. He pledged that the Chinese party and Government would
fully back such exchanges.

In history, both Vietnam and China have suffered invasion by the imperialists but we both
successfully fought off the imperialists, liberated our peoples and unified our countries, said
Jiang.

He said that the friendship between Vietnam and China derives not only from history but also
the fact, as noted by H Ch Minh, that the two peoples are comrades and brothers.

The foundation of China-Vietnam ties was mutual trust, long-term stability, the pre-condition,
and friendly neighborliness, the guarantee, he said.

Comprehensive co-operation is the bridge and the target a prosperous future, he added.

Jiang left Hanoi yesterday Central Vietnam where he toured the ancient imperial capital of
Hu, recognized by the UNESCO as a World Heritage Site, and met with leaders of the port
city of Nng.

He is scheduled to visit the ancient port town of Hi An and the Ho Th Textile Company
before concluding his three-day visit to Vit Nam.

ASSIGNMENT 10:
Translate the following text into English
i vi mt t nc cn nhiu kh khn nh chng ta, th vn tit kim chng lng ph
phi lun c coi l quc sch. Nhng trong thc t, nhng nm qua khp ni, vn cn trn
lan nhng hin tng lng ph. No l lng ph trong qun l, s dng ngn sch, lng ph
trong u t xy dng c bn, lng ph trong qun l t ai, tr s lm vic, lng ph trong
lnh vc doanh nghip Nh nc v ri lng ph cn len li trong dn chng vi nhng th tc
ci xin y tn km

Lng ph thc s v ang l vn bc xc ca x hi, l mt trong nhng nguyn nhn

gy nh hng ln ti nn kinh t ca t nc. Bi v trong nm u (1998) sau khi c php
 61

lnh thc hnh tit kim, chng lng ph c U Ban thng v Quc Hi kha X thng qua
ngy 26-02-1998 v c hiu lc thi hnh t ngy 1-5-1998, qua s liu bo co ca 12 B, c
quan ngang B, s chi thc nm 1998 gim so vi quyt ton nm 1997, c th nh: Hi ngh
ph: 12,8 t ng; cng tc ph: 12,43 t ng, chi ph in thoi, fax: 9,57 t ng; chi ph sa
cha ln TSC: 80,94 t ng; chi mua sm ti sn c nh phc v chuyn mn nghip v:
153,7 t ng. D ton NSNN nm 1999 tip tc thc hin tit kim 10% d ton chi thng
xuyn. Mt s khon chi thng xuyn gim mnh t 30% n 70% nh chi mua sm thit
b lm vic, chi hi ngh l tn

Nhng s liu gim chi trong khi thc hin Php lnh thc hnh tit kim chng lng ph
thi gian qua, thc s l nhng con s bit ni, cho thy tn hiu ng mng v s chuyn
bin trong cng tc ny, song iu cng chng t by lu nay vic chi tiu cn qu bung
lng, nn tht cht li cc khon chi tiu l vic cn lm.

Qua thanh tra ti chnh, bo co quyt ton hng nm pht hin nhiu c quan n v hnh
chnh s nghip, doanh nghip vi phm cc nguyn tc qun l hnh chnh. Mt trong nhng
vn chi tiu c coi l bc xc v c th ni l ht sc tn km hin nay l: Chi tiu i
vi cc l n nhn hun huy chng, ngy thnh lp ngnh, hi tho Mi cuc nh m
nh vy tn khng bit bao l tin ca, no tin thu hi trng, tin n ung, qu biu Vo
dp cui nm ny, ngi ta cn thy cc nh hng cht kn bi cc thng hu ht l cc
cn b ch ngi dn thng th ly u ra ngn qu m vui v nh vy! Trong khi cuc
sng ca nhng ngi dn t do cn ang vt v bn chi tng ngy vi nhng chi tiu
hn hp th vic tit kim chng lng ph trong c ch chi bao cp l vic nht thit cn phi
lm.
ASSIGNMENT 11:
Translate the following texts into Vietnamese
GAZA CITY -Israel and palestinians negotiated through the night in what US envoy Dennis
Ross termed "a good evening of work" aimed at breaking an impasse over Israel's delayed
pullout from the West Bank town of Hebron.

Ross left Palestinian leader Yasser Arafat's office early yesterday - three hours after he arrived
- but negotiators stayed behind to corntinue talks.

"The meeting was positive (and) constructive," Arafat said. He added that he and Ross
"solved some of the obstacles which were between me and him," apparently referring to his
own suggestion last week that Ross was biased toward Israel.

Ross, who was to leave later yesterday, agreed that "We had a good set of discussions."
Referring to the negotiations, he said : "This has been a good evening of work, but there are
still issues to be overcome."
 62

Inside Arafat's headquarters, the Palestinian team led by chief negotiator Saeb Erekat
continued deliberations with Israel's delegation, led by Maj. Gen. Shaul Muhfaz and Yitzhak
Molcho, a top advisor to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. The talks began on Sunday
afternoon in Jerusalem and moved to Gaza.

Israeli media speculated that if the meeting was successful, Ross might delay his departure
and Netanyahu and Arafat might hold a summit either yesterday or today.

Israel was to have pulled out of Hebron - the last West Bank city under occupation in March,
but delayed it after a series of terrorist attacks in Israel. Netanyahu, a hardliner elected in May,
has delayed the pullout further, trying to tighten security for the 500 settlers who live in the
town of 130,000 Arabs.

The Palestiians have refused to reopen the existing agreement, and also seek to link the Israeli
redeployment to a further pullout elsewhere in the West Bank that was also promised in the
signed autonomy accords.

In Hebron on Sunday, the army rounded up about 100 Palestinians after two fire bombs were
thrown at a Jewish enclave without causing injuries. They were questioned and held at
gunpoint for about an hour, but most were released. The army spokesman said several
Palestinians were arrested.

A Palestinian walking past the Beit Hadassah enclave was hit and injured by a metal ladder
that fell or was thrown from the roof, and he was taken to the city hospital.
HCM CITY - The number of foreign tourists arriving in Viet Nam has been increasing year
after year. On average, it grows by 30 per cent a year, according to recent statisties released
from Viet Nam Tourism Administration.
Though the number of tourists is on the rise, occupancy rates of hotels have dropped
significantly as compared to previous years. Over the past six years, joint - venture hotels and
guest houses operated at an average capacity rate of 85 to 90 per cent. They are now operating
at a capacity rate of only 60 per cent. A rate which is much worse than that of state - owned
hotels and private guest - houses.
One of the main reasons for the decline in hotel capacity rates is the muchrooming of joint -
venture hotels which has caused severe competition among hotels for room - rates and hotel
services.
Several hotels have become burdens to their owners, with low gross earnings and high taxes,
many are about to be forced to close down.
Most foreign visitors have come here eager to experience something new and to travel to
places of wild and natural beauty during their stay. For this reason, Viet Nam's tourist industry
needs to reorganise its management and set goals in order to satisfy the current demands of
tourists.
 63

Though there has been growth in the number of tourists over the past several years, the
number of visitors that come for a second visit is low. It is evident that the attraction of Viet
Nam's tourist industry is still inadequate and tourist sites, transport and accommodation
facilities have not yet reached international standards.The country now has some 22 provinces
and cities which have completed detailed master plans for tourist resorts.

However, these projects are yet to be developed and are still under discussion. Even though
each year the government has spent tens of billion of dongs on upgrading national historical
relics and tourist resorts, due to a lack of management expertise and investment knowledge,
these sites have failed to help boost the development of the tourist industry. To improve
quality of tourist resorts and to boost hotel operations, Viet Nam's tourism industry now
requires more investment from the government.
Translate the following text into English
Cng ngy cng c nhiu ng-i Vit nam tm cch i hc n-c
ngoi bng chi ph ring ca mnh. T gia nm 1992 dn thng 5
nm nay, s ng-i t b tin ra hc cn t, nh-ng hy vng s
l-ng s tng trong vng 5 nm ti v nn kinh t Vit Nam tt
hn v chnh ph hp l ha cc th tc lm cho vic hc t tc
d dng hn. Nh-ng cuc qung co ln nht nhm thc y nhng
ng-i Vit Nam mnh dn u t- tin bc cho bn thn hoc con
ci ca mnh -c hc trong mt nn gio duc t chun quc
t l nh vo vic m mt cuc trin lm c bit v gio dc
n-c ngoi t chc ti thnh ph H Ch Minh v H Ni trong
hai thng va qua. -c gi l Educasia, cuc trin lm
cao cc tr-ng i hc, cc tr-ng h-ng nghip v cc nh
cung cp thit b tr-ng hc ca cc n-c Anh, Php, c, Hoa K
v Thy S. Cuc trin lm cp n ch-ng trnh o to v
nn gio dc m cc sinh vin t tc Vit Nam ang tm kim v
li gii p ca nhng c s o to ny n-c ngoi i vi
nhng thc mc ca sinh vin. Cc kha hc v vin thng,xy
dng bng c gii, ngnh khch sn du lch v nu n -c
c bit cao.
Cho n by gi hu ht nhng sinh vin Vit nam i ra n-c
ngoi hc thm theo hc bng quc t hay ca mt chnh ph n-c
ngoi cp. Hng nm Vit Nam gi i khong 77 sinh vin v 100
chuyn vin bc cao ra n-c ngoi thng qua nhng ch-ng trnh
hc bng -c chnh thc bo tr. Phn ln nhng sinh vin i
hc t tc i hc Nga, mt s i cc n-c ng u v mt
s rt t i hc H Lan, B, Hoa K, an Mch v Thi Lan.
Nh-ng vo thng t- nm nay, cc sut hc bng ring dnh cho
cc sinh vin n-c ngoi Nga v ng u tm ngng. Hin
 64

nay c nhng iu kin dnh cho sinh vin Vit Nam mun hc
n-c ngoi l phi tt nghip ph thng v phi theo hc cc
kha hc ngoi ng ph hp v phi c kin thc v vi tnh. Tuy
nhin vn cn thiu nhng thng tin v cc rc ri m sinh vin
t tc n-c ngoi th-ng gp phi, c bit l vn v thi
gian v trnh m cc kha hc i hi. c nhng lng ph
v thi gian cng nh- tin bc khng th trnh khi.

ASSIGNMENT 12:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
The United States is a country of immigrants. These immigrants come from all over the
world. They speak many different languages. In the past, new immigrants had a hard time in
American schools. They could not understand their school work in English, so they often
became discouraged and dropped out of school. They were not able to get good jobs without a
good education.
Now, many schools in the United States have bilingual programs. ("Bi" means "two" and
"lingual" means "language".) For example, a school with many Spanish-speaking students
might have a bilingual program. The Spanish-speaking students study their subjects in both
English and Spanish. A school with a large Chinese population might have an English
Chinese bilingual program. Students in bilingual programs continue their general education
and learn English at the same time. After a period of time, they can take all of their classes in
English with English speaking students.
Bilingual education is "controversial." This means some people like it, and other people do
not like it. The people in favor of bilingual education say, "It helps students to understand
their school work in history, mathematics, science, etc., at the same time, they are learning
English." These people say bilingual education helps students succeed in school. They can get
better jobs and be better citizens after graduation.
The people against bilingual education say, "It's a waste of time and government money.
English is the national language of the United States." Everyone living in the United States,
they say, should learn to speak English as quickly as possible. They say, "Bilingual education
is too expensive." In other words, the government spends too much money on bilingual
education. They want to put the money for bilingual programs into English programs. In such
programs, everyone will learn English a lot faster. At least, those against bilingual education
think so.
Translate the following text into English
Ng-i ngho th-ng c nhiu con hn nhng ng-i thuc gii
trung l-u v th-ng l-u. V dn cc n-c km pht trin th
c nhiu con hn dn ca cc n-c pht trin. Ngy cng c
nhiu chuyn gia v dn s thy -c mi quan h khng kht
gia s con trong gia nh v s pht trin kinh t.
 65

Ti mt vi vng, dch v k hoch ha gia nh ca chnh ph

c l khng c i vi dn ngho do iu kin a l. Chng hn
nh- ng-i dn nng thn sng qu xa trung tm k hoch ha
gia nh. Do vy h khng nhn -c thng tin v cch thc hn
ch sinh . Nhn chung th dn thnh th c nhiu thng tin
hn dn nng thn. Dn thnh th -c h tr dch v k hoch
ha gia nh, v h c gia nh t con hn. V th chng ta c
th ni rng v tr a l ni m ng-i dn sng ng mt vai
tr qan trng trong vic quyt dnh mt gia nh nn sinh bao
nhiu con: Gia nh sng thnh th th c t con hn gia nh
sng nng thn.
Nhng l do khc l g? S pht trin kinh t gia nh, hay
mt phm vi ln hn l ca mt n-c, l mt nhn t quan trng
trong vic quyt nh s con trong gia nh. Ng-i c nhiu
tin th c t con. Ng-c li, ng-i ngho n-c km pht
trin mun c nhiu con. Ti sao? Do h phi l thuc vo s
chm sc ca con ci khi v gi. H khng c bo him, tin
h-u, hay s gip ca chnh ph. Khi h gi c th ai s gip
h. Cu tr li rt n gin. H c th v s quay sang nh con
ci gip . Con ci ca h by gi tr thnh ng-i ln v
ang i lm vic. Tt c con ci ca h u phi chia s v
gnh vc trch nhim chm sc cha m. i vi nhiu ng-i
ngho, mt gia nh ng con l mt cch thc hoch nh cho
t-ng lai. Chng ta c th ni rng gia nh ng con l ngun
bo him cho tui gi.

ASSIGNMENT 13:
Translate the following text into English
Cc nh xut khu c uy th ca Trung Quc ang cha tm ngm
ca mnh vo Vit Nam, nhn ra n-c lng ging ph-ng nam nh-
chn mui cho mt k hoch qung co trong vic mua sm hng
ha tiu dng v my mc, cc nh qun l iu hnh Trung Quc
pht bin nh- th vo hm th nm.
Cc nh qun l Trung Quc ni trong bui l khai mc hi
ch t chc ti H Ni : Nh-ng Vit Nam c mt kinh
nghim lu di tr-c khi nhn ra hng xut khu ca mnh vo
Trung Quc tng ln khi mt vi sn phm l c th xm nhp vo
th tr-ng Trung quc m rng hn.
Khong 60 cng ty Bc Kinh tr-ng by nhng mt hng ca
h t chi bng nha r tin v cc trang tr cho n
 66

cc loi xe c ti hi ch H Ni, mt hi ch u tin trin

lm cc mt hng Trung Quc k t khi hai n-c c quan h tr
li vi nhau.
Jeep- Bc Kinh, mt lin doanh sn xut t Trung-M, hi vng
s chen chn vo th tr-ng xe hi ang ln mnh ti Vit Nam,
nh-ng ang i mt vi mt s cnh tranh khc nghit vi th
tr-ng xe hi Nht Bn xy phng tuyn xung quanh
y, ng Guo Fengli, ph ch tch cng ty Xut Nhp Khu t
Bc Kinh pht biu nh- vy.
Theo li ca ng Guo th th tr-ng y ang m ra kh
nhanh cho cc sn phm ca chng ti, c bit l khi gi c
ca chng ti thc s cnh tranh -c vi cc i th ca chng
ti.
BAIEC ang mong mun thit lp quan h mu dch vi Vit Nam
nh-ng cng ang phi i u vi vic tm kim cc mt hng
thch hp buon bn, mc d l ng Guo ngh l c th tm ra
li gii p cho mt vn bnh th-ng.
Cng ty Trung Quc d kin trao i xe hi ly l-ng thc, v
s l-ng thc ny s em bn Nam Trung Quc. Tuy nhin h vn
thch trao i nhng mt hng c gi tr cao hn.
Chng ti khng bit nhiu v nhng g m Vit Nam mi
cho. ng Guo ni n iu ny, mt quan im -c cc nh
doanh th-ng khc nhc li nhiu ln. Nhng ng-i nn nng bn
hng hn l mua hng.
Vic bun bn qua bin gii tng vt k t ngy hai n-c m
li bin gii vo nm 1991. Ni mt cch chnh thc th, vic
bun bn hai chiu c gi tr khong 500 triu la d cho
vic bun bn bt hp php c th cao hn nhiu. Trung quc
-c h-ng mt gi tr thng d- to ln.
Trong chuyn ving thm Trung Quc tun tr-c, Ph th t-ng
Phan Vn Khi ku gi hai bn thay th vic bun bn qua bin
gii bng nhng tha hip chnh thc gia cc cng ty th-ng
mi v cc nh ch to m cch lm ny s lm tng gi ca cc
sn phm Vit Nam.
Vit Nam mun y mnh hn na vic xut khu than v du kh
cho cc trung tm sn xut ang bng pht Nam Trung Quc, ni
xa ngun nng l-ng ca Trung Quc c hng ngn cy s.
 67

ng Phan Vn Khi cn nhn mnh thm v gi go v cc mt

hng thc phm khc v pha Vit Nam nhp nhiu hn na cc my
mc ch to v cc cng ngh khc ca Trung Quc.
 68

ASSIGNMENT 14:
Translate the following text into English
Dn s ca A Rp Xa U i l 8853000 ng-i. a s l nhng
ng-i A Rp Hi gio. Hay ni cch khc, h l nhng tn Hi
gio. A Rp l mt quc o. V vua ca n-c ny va l mt
ng-i lnh o chnh tr va l mt nh lnh o tn gio ca
t n-c. Do lut ca chnh ph -a ra l lut ca Hi gio,
v ngn ng ca n-c ny l ting A Rp.
o Hi rt quan trng i vi nn gio dc ca A Rp. Tr-c
nm 1950, hu nh- ton b nn gio dc ca A Rp l nn gio
dc tn gio. Hc sinh hc Kinh Koran, sch kinh thnh ca do
Hi. Chng phi c gng nh nhng iu trong cun sch ny cng
nhiu cng tt. Tr-c nm 1949, khng c bt k mt tr-ng cao
ng hay i hc no m ch c mt vi tr-ng tiu hc v trung
hc n-c ny.
Vo nm 1953, chnh ph A Rp thnh lp B Gio Dc. y thc
s l b-c m u cho mt nn gio dc hin i cho n-c ny.
Khi nhng k s- pht hin ra du A Rp th t n-c ny tr
nn giu c. Cc nh lnh o ca n-c ny bt u nhn thy
rng cng ngh Ph-ng Ty l cn thit gip t n-c pht
trin. Cc nh lnh o vn tin rng nn gio dc tn gio l
rt quan trng, nh-ng mt n-c hin i khng th pht trin
cng ngh m ch da vo mt h thng gio dc tn gio truyn
thng. H quyt nh b sung cc mn hc khc vo h thng gio
dc. H mun kt hp nn gio dc tn gio truyn thng vi nn
gio dc cng ngh hin i ca Ph-ng Ty.
Tn gio vn l mt yu t quan trng trong nn gio dc ca A
Rp. Tuy nhin hin nay hc sinh, sinh vin A Rp cng hocj tt
c cc mn hc khc nh- : ngn ng ( c bit l ting Anh),
lch s, khoa hc, ton hc, vi tnh v.v.. Tr-c nm 1950 ch
c 20000 hc sinh, sinh vin A Rp. Nm 1982 con s ny ln
ti 1780000. H thng gio dc ca A Rp pht trin nhanh hn
bt k mt n-c no trn th gii. Tt c cc tr-ng hc a
Rp l min ph. Chnh ph cng cho sinh vin cao ng v i
hc thm tin nhm ng vin h. Tuy nhin cc nh lnh o
tn gio khng thch cho ph n i hc. H cho rng ph n c
hc c th gy nhng nh h-ng xu cho gia nh v x hi. Do
vy, lm cho cc nh lnh o tn gio chp nhn cho ph n
i hc th chnh ph phi dt vic gio dc ph n theo cc tn
ch ca cc nh lnh o tn gio.
 69

Ph n theo hc cc tr-ng cao ng v c bit l theo hc

cc khoa v ph n cc tr-ng i hc dnh ring cho ph n.
Gio vin y l n. V khng c gio vin n nn chnh
ph cho php gio vin nam ging dy ph n A Rp thng qua
ph-ng tin truyn hnh. Tr-c ht, ph n theo di cc bi
ging trn v tuyn v sau h c th ni chuyn vi thy
gio qua in thoi hi v nhng thc mc. Thy gio v sinh
vin n khng -c php gp nhau.
Sau khi tt nghip, ph n A Rp c nhiu c hi xin vic
ging nh- nam gii. H tr thnh cc gio vin, bc s, cc nh
hot ng x hi, cc nh khoa hc v nhiu vic khc na. Ni
lm vic hu nh- cng tch ri ph n vi nam gii. iu c
ngha l ph n v nam gii khng -c php lm vic cng mt
ch ch tr bnh vin. Ph n A Rp muons c nhiu c hi tm
vic lm hn. Nh-ng mt vi ph n khng mun cng lm vic vi
nam gii. Trong mt bi bo gn y dng trong mt tp ch c
tn gi Tp Ch Trung ng, mt vi sinh vin n ni rng h
thc s khng mun lm vic cng nam gii.

ASSIGNMENT 15:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
After getting high on the hopes of striking black gold off the shores of Vietnam, the world's
oil giants have now glumly awoken to the hazards- - the immense coot of investment and, so
far, the meagre rewards.
The mood was subdued among foreign companies exhibiting their technological wares this
week at the second International Oil and Gas Fair in Hanoi.
"The results aren't bad, but they, are not as great as some had hoped, "said Melchior de
Matharel, head of Southeast Asia operations with the French firm Total.
If caution is now the watchword, disappointed foreign petroleum companies may draw
comfort from the recent. "encouraging" discoveries of oil made by Mitsubishi Oil and the
Malaysian firm Petronas Carigali, and of gas made by British Petroleum (BP), off the coast of
southern Vietnam.
"Oil exploration is plainly hazardous. But the good news is that the Vietnamese basin is oil-
bearing", Matharel said. Prospectors enthusiasm was abruptly dampened last May, when BHP
Petroleum of Australia announced the reserves at the Dai Hung ("Great Bear") site, 375
kilometers (235 miles) southeast of Ho Chi Minh City, were far smaller than projected.
BHP initially estimated the site to contain 700 million to 800 million barrels of oil, but has
now downgraded it to 100 million to 200 million. Production is scheduled to begin neat
month, at a modest level of 25,000 barrels per day.
That was a tough -blow for BHP. It has already invested 240 million dollars in Vietnam- - and
half of it went into the first phase of the Dai Hung project.
 70

BHP headed an international consortium, selected in April 1993, to develop the field at a total
cost estimated at 1.5 billion dollars. BHP holds 43.75 percent of the consortium, with
Petronas holding 20 percent, and state - owned PetroVietnam 15 percent. The remaining
21.25-percent share is equally split between Total and the Japanese firm Sumitomo.
For the moment, it is the Japanese- the main buyers of Vietnam's crude oil- who appear to
have had the best luck.
The Japan Vietnam Petroleum Co. (JVPC), a branch of the Mitsubishi Oil group, announced
in June a "very promising" discovery at the Rang Dong (:Dawn) site.
According to the results of an exploratory well, the field may be "of the same caliber" as
neighbouring Bach Ho ("White Tiger") the only site now being commercially exploited in
Vietnam. Bach Ho's reserves are estimated at a maximum of :300 million barrels.But et will
take at least another year and other drillings to precisely determine the scope of the Japanese
discovery, industry experts in Honoi cautioned.
Pessimists say it will take four to five years in all to gauge Vietnam's oil potentially.
Gas exploration and exploitation have also proven to be a risk business, although fortune has
so far smiled on British Petroleum, which announced in September the discovery of two gas
pockets, estimated to be 57 billion cubic metres (1,995 billion cubic feet), in Nam Con Son,
south of Ho Chi Minh City.
BHP and the Norwegian national company, Statoil, bought shares in the offshore concession,
held by the Indian state firm Oil and Natural Gas Co. (ONGC), in 1992.
The consortium, with ONGC holding 55 percent, BP 30 percent. and Statoil five percent, has
conducted exploration and tests under a shared - production contract with PetroVietnam,
which in turn has taken a five percent stake on the interests of each of the European partners.
Translate the following text into English
Vic hng hc ca mt b phn tu v tr con thoi iu khin
bng phn lc vo hm th t- buc c quan NA SA phi hon mt
cuc kho st tri t bng radar khi chuyn bay nghin cu mi
sinh 10 ngy ca tu Endeavour bay qua mc na phi trnh.
C quan Qun Tr Hng Khng v Khong Gian Quc Gia cho bit
vn ny l mt tr lc i vi phng th nghim Radar tr
gi 384 triu la, nh-ng khng gy ra mt nguy him no i
vi cc nh du hnh v tr. Cc vin chc ni rng b phn chm
in t kim tra nhin liu b hang, khng pht hin -c mt
h thng r ritrong b phn ddaayr b nghi l nguyn nhn lm
ng-ng hot ng nm b phn khc gi l vcn (verniers) cn
thit chnh li cho ng -ng i ca tu con thoi trong
quyx o v ch dn chnh xc kh c trong khoang hng n mc
tiu trn hnh tinh.
Kelly Humphries, ng-i thuyt minh chuyn bay, vo chiu hm
th t- gi s gin on mang tnh khoa hc ny l s ngh
 71

tm thi trong lc cc k s- trn mt t vi ngh ra mt

cch cc my tnh ca con thoi khng n b phn kim
tra nhin liu b hng.
Theo ng Rich Jackson, Gim c iu khin chuyn bay th con
tu Endeavour vi 38 b phn y ln hn s tiu th qu nhiu
nhin liu v loi tr iu mong i con tu s lm lan ra tai
ha thin nhin quanh a cu.
Vo chiu hm th t-, tu con thoi bay theo ph-ng thc t li
(hoa tiu t ng) v phi hnh on lm vic theo hai ca
sut 24 gi lin k t lc ct cnh khi Florida vo hm th
su, h-ng mt gi ngh gii lao bt ng.
ng Jackson d on rng khong phn mm s sn sng lm vic
vo chiu th ba, khong 24 gi sau khi trc trc k thut xy
ra.
Ni vi cc phng vin ti trm kim sot chuyn bay ti
Houston, ng Jackson cho bit: B phn cht hng v nhm
kim sot chuyn bay ang l vic rt tch cc phc hi vic
kim sot cc vecn v gim thiu nh h-ng trong thi gian c
s c.
Cc nh khoa hc ni rng s trc trc ny khng lm h- hng
cc hnh nh, nh-ng s phi mt mt thi gian lu n gp 5 ln
x l cc d liu ra a v my tnh ca chng.
 72

ASSIGNMENT 16:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Britain is divided into 651 constituencies and people in each constituency select one person to
represent them in the House of Commons. The simple majority system of voting is used in
parliamentary elections in Britain and voting is by secret ballot. There are moves to have this
changed to a preferential system.
Voting is voluntary. All British people who are 18 years of age or over and not legally barred
from voting can vote.
Members of the Royal Family peers and peeresses who are members of the House of Lords
and foreign nationals are not allowed to vote. People who are disqualified include those who
are kept in hospital for mental health reasons people serving prison sentences and people
convicted within the previous five years of corruption.
Candidates
Anyone aged 21 or over holding British citizenship, or a citizen of another commonwealth
country or the Irish Republic, who is qualified. May stand for election to Parliament. People
who are not qualified are members of the House of Lords, elegy of the Church of England,
Church of Ireland, Church of Scotland and the Roman Catholic Church. Neither are
bankrupts, public
servants and officials and those who have been sentenced to more than one years
imprisonment. Candidates in a constituency have to pay a sum of money, about 1,000, as a
deposit and if they get at least 5% of the votes they will get the money back.
General Elections
In theory, the election for or seats in the House of Commons takes place every five years.
But, elections are usually held before the end of the five-year term. The Prime Minister has the
right to decide when to hold a general election. Then the queen formally dissolves parliament
and calls for the election of the new one.
Britain is divided into areas called constituencies of roughly equal population. General
elections often happen on a Thursday and people still go to word as usual. Therefore, the
hours of voting are flexible, from 07:00 to 22:00; to give voters are given a ballot paper with
the names of the candidates for that constituency, usually in alphabetical order, and sometimes
with a brief description of the candidates backgrounds or their parties. After that, spoiled
ballots are eliminated. The legal ballot papers are counted and the candidate with the most
support is the winner and becomes the Member of Parliament for the constituency.
The Campaign
Three weeks before a general election is the time for the campaign. The campaign takes place
in every constituency all over Britain. Candidates resort to different means to attract their
supporters.
Canvassing
Canvassing means local party workers go from door to door and ask people how they intend
to vote. In this way, candidates can know peoples voting intentions and attitudes so that they
can adapt their campaign tactics. Party workers also revisit those who have promised to
support their party and urge them to do so on polling day.
 73

Public meetings
Candidates have the right to hold public meetings whenever and wherever available during an
election campaign. They invite guests including influential members of their parties, and well-
know people such as writers, actors and actresses, who support them, to the meetings and try
to influence voters. Such meetings are often covered in detail by the media.
The mass media
Because newspapers and magazines in Britain are privately owned and financially
independent of the political parties, the owners and the editors can decide to support any party
they like, but radio and television are required to be impartial. News programmes cover all
aspects of the major parties campaigns. On these occasions, candidates appear on television
and radio day and night. They are televised in factories, school, youth centers, and the farms,
giving speeches about their party policies. Talkback radio allows people to pose questions to
political leaders, and reports and commentaries from journalists holding interviews with
leading figures from all the parties are broadcast.
Manifestos
The main parties publish manifestos during the election campaign. Manifesto are often
launched by each party at a press conference and inform people of their policies and what they
will do if they win the election. Manifestos might include the past achievements of the party
and can attack the policies of the their opponents.

ASSIGNMENT 17:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Ha Noi- Ha Noi is trying to nearly double its Gross Domestic Product (GDP) to US$1,100 per
capita over the next five years.
The ambitious projection has been based on the current annual GDP growth rate of 11.9 per
cent.
Participants at yesterdays Ha Noi Communist Party Conference were told if the current
growth rate continues as expected, it should reach 15 per cent by the turn of the century.
This should translate into a doubling of the GDP.
The conference was also told the traditional rural and small industry base of the capital citys
economy had rapidly been replaced by industrial endeavor and the trading and services
industries, and that about 19 per cent of Hanoi families could now be classified as well-off.
Last years average GDP was estimated at $650 per capita compared with $470 in 1991.
The sharp rise was due to massive investments from both foreign and domestic sources
estimated as VND32, 570 (about $3.257 billion), according to a senior Ha Noi party official.
Deputy Secretary of the Ha Noi Party Committee Le Xuan Tung told participants at the
conference yesterday that part of the investment was spent on transfer of new technology and
renovating equipment in existing industrial plants. The major part of the investment, however,
was for setting up new joint ventures with foreign partners.
By the end of 1995, up to 210 foreign investment projects had been licensed to operate in Ha
Noi involving $3.3billion of prescribed capital. Of this amount $1.3billion has been
consumed, Tung said.
 74

This has helped Ha Noi along its chosen path to restructure its economic base towards
industries and services rather than rely on its traditional agricultural and small industry
underpinning.
The proportion of industries and that of trade and services in Ha Noi GDP in the 1991-1995
period rose sharply to 33.1 per cent and 61.6 per cent respectively.
Meanwhile the agricultural share fell to just 5.3 per cent of the total GDP share, Tung said.
Tung said the change in the economic face of Hanoi was because of the sharp increase in the
annual growth rate for the past five years.
He said that a growth rate of 11.9 per cent was ensured year after year, which is almost double
the figure set for the same period by the Ha Noi Party Committee back in 1991.
Tung told participants that by the year 2000 the growth rate would reach 15 per cent per year
and GDP per capita would be estimated at $1,100.
By that stage the industrial share in Ha Noi GDP should reach 40 per cent, up seven per cent
on the current rate.
Five industries have been targeted as the key industries for the city, Tung said.
They include mechanical engineering and electrical equipment production; textiles, garments
and leather goods; the food processing industry electronics; and construction materials.
In the next five years Ha Noi would need up to $9 billion in investment to develop new
industrial zones, renovate existing industrial zones and build more high rise buildings in the
inner city for office space, trade centers and entertainment centers.
Hanoi has about 10 established and five new industrial zones.
Many of the existing industrial areas need intensive-investment to replace old technology, and
expand their premises for more plants.
However the deputy party secretary for Hanoi reminded participants to the conference that
more effort was needed to keep development in line with what he termed as a socialist-
oriented market economy.
Ha Noi authorities had failed to pay due attention to the consolidation of socialist production
relationships while the administration at all levels remained weak and the role of the Party
in different economic and social organizations remained limited, he said.
Tungs comments were supported by Party General Secretary Do Muoi, who also addressed
the conference.
The party leader told the Ha Noi conference that despite its initial success, Ha Noi should be
more aware of economic development and human resource development.
About six per cent of Hanois population remained unemployed which, Do Muoi said, was a
challenge Ha Noi had to tackle.
Part of the solution was to set up production groups, which could be engaged in small
industries and the services industry.
Deputy Secretary Tung said that in the 1991-1995 period the number of well-to-do families
increased to nearly 19 per cent while those families classified as financially needy dropped to
about two per cent.
 75

ASSIGNMENT 18:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Gardening is a traditional occupation in Vietnam and appeared at the same time or earlier than
water rice cultivation. But VAC (abbreviation for vuon (garden), ao (pond for keeping
fish) and chuong (husbandary) is an economic model that was introduced only 10 years ago.
Foreigners who have come to Vietnam to learn about VAC in Vietnam say it is not very
efficient in production scale and performance, but is a uniform cultivation model bringing
both economic benefit and environmental advantages. From its first days of operation VAC
has continually cemented its role in the national economic development.
VAC now operates in 53 provinces, with over 10 million farmer households using the model.
In recent years, VAC has been expanded in most localities throughout the country. Tens of
thousands of hectares (on average) farms were set up in 13 midland and mountainous
provinces) and -orchards were expanded to 350000-400,000 ha.
This application of VAC became the main fruit suppliers for the country, simultaneously
meeting export demand. According to the FAO, Vietnam's fruit output is at nearly four
million tones per year, world's fruit output per capital at 65 kg, Asia Pacific 31 kg and
Vietnam 61 kg.
VAC has now become significant for the country's poverty alleviation and hunger eradication
campaign providing on - the - spot jobs, prevention of malnutrition, permanent agriculture and
settlement and for plantations for bare hills and barren land.
Living standards of VAC households have improved greatly with revenue from VAC
operations usually providing 60% of household's total income. VAC output value accounts for
one of third of agricultural output value and will probably in-crease further.
VAC has made rapid growth in the last 10 years, but has not penetrated all rural areas. If
intensive cultivation and crop specialization was carried out through out the country,
Vietnam's fruit output could reach 8 million tones per year in the 21st century.
VAC should be considered as a national agricultural programme. If VAC is encouraged to
reach its full potential, it will certainty obtain further effective growth contributing to the
national economy and the environmental protection.
 76

ASSIGNMENT 19:
Translate the following text into English
Hm th Hai va ri, cc nh nghin cu cho rng h c bng
chng kt lun rng ph-ng php iu tr thc nghim bng
cch truyn huyt t-ng lm cho bnh pht trin chm lai cho
bnh nhn nhim HIV d-ng tnh v ko di thm thi gian sng
cho cc bnh nhn AIDS.
Tuy nhin, ng Abraham khoa huyt hc ca H Cambridge, ni
rng mc d cch cha bnh min nhim th ng l s t ph
trong vic iu tr bnh AID S v khng gy phn ng ph no,
th cng khng nn m t n nh- mt ph-ng php cha tr.
Trong phn trnh by ca mnh ti mt hi ngh Lun n ng
ni:Dt khot khng phi l mt ph-ng php cha tr.
Chng thy g l cha tr c, nh-ng hnh nh- n l hnh thc
cha tr tt nht.
ng Karpasni vic nghin cu ca Php v M v cch cha bnh
min nhim th ng -c thng bo ti hi ngh lm cho
nghin cu ban u ca ng vng chc hn.
ng tuyn b trong mt cuc phng vn qua in thoi rng:
Vic nghin cwuws c tnh cht m mm v hn ch bng thuc
trn an chng t rng vic cha tr ny c li cho bnh nhn
mc bnh AID S v ko di thm thi gian sng ca h.
ng ni rng nhng nghin cu do cng ty Hemacare Califonia
v hai bnh vin Pa ri tin hnh cng cho they rng cch cha
tr min nhim th ng gip lm chem. Li s tn cng d di
cuarv bnh AIDS cc bnh nhn khi xt nghim they c HIV
d-ng tnh, loi vi rt gy ra bnh cht ng-i ny.
Qua cch cha tr min nhim th ng, hng thng cc bnh
nhn -c truyn na lt huyt t-ng ly t ng-i khe mnh c
nhim HIV d-ng tnh. Mu -c ly ht cc hng cu v bch
hang cu v khng c vi rt HIV, nh-ng c scws khng trung
ha cao dit -c vi rt.
ng Karpras ni l ln u tin vo nm 1985 ng pht hin
nhng ng-i khe mnh nh-ng b nhim HIV c sc khng ny
mc cao trong mu trong khi cc bnh nhn AID S mt cc khng
th trung ha ny c kh nng chng li bnh truyn nhim.
Bn bnh nhn Cambridge l nhng ng-i u tin -c cha
tr theo cch ny v sau cc th nghim trn qui m nh -c
 77

tin hnh Lun n vo nm 1988 v 1989. Tuy nhin ng

Karpras ni rng ng khng nhn -c quyx dnh cho cc nghin
cu ny n-c Anh do vic nghin cu phi -c tin hnh
M v Php.
Th nghim ca Hemancare nghin cu tnh hiu qu ca cch
cha tr min nhim th ng -c tin hnh trn 220 bnh nhn
AIDS hn 3 nm. Trong 12 thng u cuc thc nghim cho they
mc t vong gim rt nhiu trong khi bnh nhn -c truyn
huyt t-ng, trong khi bnh nhn trong nhm kim ch bng thuc
trn an khng -c cha tr th t l t vong cao gp 5 ln.
Nhm -c iu tr c 1 ng-i b cht trong s 21 ng-i,
trong nhm ng-i -c iu tr bng thuc trn an th c 6
trong tng s 30 b t vong.
Hn na, s bnh ly nhim do bnh AID S gy ra thp hn nhiu
trong nhm -c iu tr v chnh bn thn nhng ng-i hin mu
hnh nh- h cng they c li. Cc nh nghin cu cho rng vic
hin mu c v nh- kch thch vic sn sinh cc khng th trung
ha trong mu ca cc bnh nhn nhim HIV d-ng tnh.
ng Karpras ni rng cc nghin cu ca Php cng em li
nhng kt qu t-ng t. ng ni l cc nghin cu tiu biu ca
M v Php cho bng chng kt lun u tin l cch cha tr
min nhim th ng l mt ph-ng php iu tr bnh AIDS hu
hiu.

ASSIGNMENT 20:
Translate the following text into English
Hm khc, b li k v mt gio s b bit. Vo mt m, ng
ta thc gic v thy mt ng-i l mt ang da vo cui
gi-ng ng. Mt cht lo s, v gio s bnh tnh hi xem
ng-i mun g. Th-a, con mun x-ng ti, vi mt ging
khn khn, ng-i n ng p. V gio s bo ng-i rng hy
i n sng mai v lc ny khng tin x-ng ti. Ng-i n
ng li th-a: Ln tr-c con n x-ng ti, nh-ng v xu h,
con khng nhc n mt ti li con gy ra, v iu ny
lun m nh trong tm tr con cho n gi. V gio s bit
y l mt tr-ng hp rt ti t. Ng-i n ng thiu
thnh tht khi x-ng ti v c l ng ta s phi nhn lnh ti
cht.V gio s chong dy v chun b o qun. n lc ting
g bt u gy ngoi sn, ng nhn quanh nh-ng khng thy ng-i
 78

u c, ch ngi thy mi g chy. ng nhn li gi-ng nh-ng

cng khng thy du i bn tay ang b chy. L do l v ng-i
n ng thiu chn thnh lc x-ng ti. Cu chuyn
li trong ti mt ni kinh hong.
iu ti t nht l lc b Ryan by cho chng ti cch phn
xt l-ng tm. Chng ta ku tn c Cha Tri c v c khng?
Chng ta c phi tho knh vi cha m khng? (Ti hi b ta
l c phi knh trng ng b khng v b bo l c!) C yu
th-ng hng xm nh- chnh cho bn thn mnh khng? (Ti li
ngh n s tin m Nora c -c vo th su hng tun.) Tnh
li th ti cng vi phm 10 iu rn, tt c ch v b ni
ti. V n by gi ti c th nhn ra rng chng no ni ti
cn trong nh ti, chng ti vn cn tip tc phm ti.
Ti s x-ng ti n mt hn va. Ngy c lp i, ti gi v
au rng, hy vng s vng mt ca ti s khng gy s ch .
Nh-ng vo lc 3 gi, khi ti ang cm thy yn n th mt anh
chng chy dn, cng vi li nhn ca b Ryan bo rng ti phi
x-ng ti vo ngy th by t nh nguyn cng v nhng ng-i cn
li. Ti t hn na, m ti khng i cng ti m li l Nora.
Gi y, Nora c cch lm ti au n m m khng h bit.
Nora nm ly tay ti khi chng ti xung chn i, mm c-i
bun b. Ch y t v th-ng hi ti nh- th ch ang -a ti
n bnh vin cho mt ca m.
i Cha i! Xin hy gip chng con! Nora rn r. M cng
chng c g ng tic v em u phi l mt a b ngoan phi
khng Jackie? i, Jackie, tim ch ang nhi au v em y! Em
s ngh nh- th no v ti li ca mnh nh? Ny, ng qun
x-ng ci ti em phm vi b y nh!
em i! , va ni ti c git tay mnh ra khi tay Nora.
Em khng mun i x-ng ti u
Sao li khng, em phi i Jackie ! Nora cng p li vi
ging iu y v th-ng hi . Em phi i, nu khng cha x
s n nh tm em y. C Cha mi bit, ch khng cm thy ti
cho em cht no c. Em c nh ci ln em c git ch bng
con dao ct bnh m khng? V c nhng li l em ni na?
Ch khng bit ri Cha s lm g vi em. C th Cha s gi em
cho c Gim Mc.
 79

Mi tn by gi ti vn cn nh l ti suy ngh mt cch

cay ng n th no. Ti ngh nu ti c i x-ng ti th ch
y s khng bit n mt na nhng g ti s phi ni v lc y
ti bng hiu ti sao ci anh chng trong cu chuyn ca b
Ryan x-ng ti mt cch khng thnh tht. D-ng nhuwtooi cng
cm thy rt xu h v mi ng-i khng ngng ch trch anh
chng y.
Ti vn cn nh nh- in ci i c con dc dn xung nh th.
Ti cn nh c nhng nh t d-ng tri di hai bn ngn i nm
xa xa ci thung lng bn b sng. Trong cnh t-ng y, khi quay
nhn li nhng khong khng ca nhng ngi nh nm cch nhau,
ti bng lin t-ng n ci nhn cui cng ca Adam v v-n a
ng.
Khi Nora ko ti xung ht nhng bc tam cp n sn nh
th, ch y bng i ging. Nora tr nn hung d v c c nh-
chnh con ng-i tht ca ch y. n ri Nora ct cao
ging rt t mn ri quay manh ng-i i nhanh vo ca nh th.
Khi sp b-c i, ch khng qun nm mt cu na: V tau hi
vng Cha s cho my c tht nhiu kinh hi li. ng l h-
n.
Ri th ti bit mnh b lc lng tht s. Ti ang ng
tr-c Ta phn xt. Khi ti b-c vo, cch ca vi nhng
knh y mu sc bng ng sm sau l-ng ti. nh mt tri vt
tt nh-ng ch cho bng ti thm su. Gi c xo xc bn
ngoi lm cho s im lng bn trong d-ng nh- v ra lnh gi
d-i chn ti. Nora ngi , i din vi cu b Jackie, bn
cch ta x-ng ti. Tr-c Nora c thm hai c gi na. Ri bng
nhin, mt bng en trng rt thm hi ang di n ng sau
l-ng ti c nh- th kp ti vo gia ti khng th no thot
-c du ti c can m n u. Ci bng en mi n - mt
ng-i n ng- ng , vng tay li, mt di ln cao cu
nguyn vi mt ging rt i thng hi. Lc y ti t hi mnh
liu ng y c phi l ng-i cng ging ni ti khng. Bi v
ch c b mi khin cho mt chng trai phi c- x mt cch thm
th-ng nh- vy. Nh-ng d sao, anh y vn tt hn ti. t ra anh
ta n y x-ng ti. Cn ti, c th ti s khng x-ng
ti mt cch thnh tht, ri ti s b cht i trong bng m
v lin tc tr v ph phch c.
 80

ASSIGNMENT 21:
Translate the following texts into Vietnamese
1. Generally, after a time of stagnation, HCMC' s private textile embroidery industry has
recovered and develop somewhat since 1991. Yet development is not stable because most
private units work according to foreign orders. Consequently, they can't control their
production plan, and labour price for making garments is limited by foreign partners (the
labour cost of 1995 is equal to 65 - 70% of that in 1991 - 1992). Due to the very nature of the
industry, the average wage of those working in this branch is only about VND 400,000 per
month. Under the current fierce competition, the amount of 15% of total wages for social
insurance and 2% for medical insurance that enterprises must contribute, if the proposed
social insurance scheme comes into effect, will push up production costs to very high levels,
making it difficult for Vietnamese ventures to compete effectively and occupy the market.
To help private textile embroidery businesses survive, Mr. Nam has suggested, the State
should amend the contribution rate of non - State ventures to Social Insurance schemes, as
follows:
- Social Insurance: 10% by enterprise, 3% by employee.
- Medical Insurance: 1 % by enterprises, 1 % by employee
The State should also issue a regulation concerning employees who are trained and recruited
by an enterprise, and are obligated to work for at least two years. It is necessary that
employees working at non-- State ventures should be given a work card. Employer agreement
may be required if an employee want to leave his or her job.
All members of HCMC's Textile - Embroidery Association agree on the implementation of
contributing a part of total wages to Social and Medical Insurance, in compliance with the
Labour Code.
2. Business leaders of big companies in HCMC have voiced difficulties they are facing with
in the fierce competition against foreign companies, especially world giants.
At a meeting on "How to encourage foreign investment and protect domestic production" held
in HCMC last week, producers of Tico and Lux Detergent, P/S Cosmetics, Tribeco Soft
Drink, Viet Thang Textiles, Saigon Beer and HCMC Poultry Company, had the same opinion
that local enterprises are not in an equal footing in competing with foreign counterparts as
they do not enjoy tax incentives as foreign-invested enterprises.
Only a year after the US embargo was lifted, soft drink giants such as Coca Cola and Pepsi
Cola, which have enjoyed superior advantages in capital, marketing policies and preferences
under the Foreign Investment Law, have gradually eaten into the market shares of local
producers. Other products are also in the same situation. Saigon Beer has to compete fiercely
with breweries of foreign Joint-ventures. Local detergent producers, although capable of
meeting domestic demand to the year 2000, have driven into the corner by giants such as
Procter & Gamble and Unilever.
To protect domestic production, local producers have proposed several measures to the
Government. First, the State should devise specific development plans for foreign investment
in terms of business field and geographical area and should not encourage foreign investment
in products, which local enterprises can produce such as soft drink, detergent, paper and
 81

cigarettes. Second, licenses should be granted only to JVs or 100% foreign-owned enterprises,
which involve in projects requiring large capital, advanced technology or producing goods for
export. Third, a law should be enacted against unfair competition that can lead to monopoly,
dumping or price inflation that does not benefit consumers. Fourth, there should be a policy to
encourage domestic investment and to grant domestic enterprises the same tax incentives as
foreign investors enjoy. Fifth, a campaign to motivate local consumers to use domestic goods
should be launched, creating conditions for domestic enterprises to develop.

ASSIGNMENT 22:
Translate the following text into English
Ng-i ngho th-ng c nhiu con hn nhng ng-i thuc gii
trung l-u v th-ng l-u. V dn cc n-c km pht trin th
c nhiu con hn dn ca cc n-c pht trin. Ngy cng c
nhiu chuyn gia v dn s thy -c mi quan h khng kht
gia s con trong gia nh v s pht trin kinh t.
Ti mt vi vng, dch v k hoch ha gia nh ca chnh ph
c l khng c i vi dn ngho do iu kin a l. Chng hn
nh- ng-i dn nng thn sng qu xa trung tm k hoch ha
gia nh. Do vy h khng nhn -c thng tin v cch thc hn
ch sinh . Nhn chung th dn thnh th c nhiu thng tin
hn dn nng thn. Dn thnh th -c h tr dch v k hoch
ha gia nh, v h c gia nh t con hn. V th chng ta c
th ni rng v tr a l ni m ng-i dn sng ng mt vai
tr qan trng trong vic quyt dnh mt gia nh nn sinh bao
nhiu con: Gia nh sng thnh th th c t con hn gia nh
sng nng thn.
Nhng l do khc l g? S pht trin kinh t gia nh, hay
mt phm vi ln hn l ca mt n-c, l mt nhn t quan trng
trong vic quyt nh s con trong gia nh. Ng-i c nhiu
tin th c t con. Ng-c li, ng-i ngho n-c km pht
trin mun c nhiu con. Ti sao? Do h phi l thuc vo s
chm sc ca con ci khi v gi. H khng c bo him, tin
h-u, hay s gip ca chnh ph. Khi h gi c th ai s gip
h. Cu tr li rt n gin. H c th v s quay sang nh con
ci gip . Con ci ca h by gi tr thnh ng-i ln v
ang i lm vic. Tt c con ci ca h u phi chia s v
gnh vc trch nhim chm sc cha m. i vi nhiu ng-i
ngho, mt gia nh ng con l mt cch thc hoch nh cho
t-ng lai. Chng ta c th ni rng gia nh ng con l ngun
bo him cho tui gi.
 82

ASSIGNMENT 23:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Indonesia will face a record food deficit this year as a result of lower harvests and a
financial crisis that has raised the cost of imports, two UN food agencies said yesterday.
In a joint report, the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the world Food
programme (WFP) said large - scale international assistance would be needed to meet a short
fall in rice, the country's main staple food.
" FA0 - WFP urge donor countries to assist Indonesia in managing its drought- and financial
crisis- related food problems " the report by the two Rome - based organizations said. Steep
food price increases and rapidly growing unemployment were adding large numbers of people
to those already living below the poverty line, the report added.
" Approximately 7,5 million poor Indonesians in 15 provinces may experience acute food
short ages during the upcoming dry season ". said the report on the world's fourth - most
populous country whose economy has been shattered. The report was based on findings of an
11-- member mission from the two agencies, which visited the country from March 9 to April
1 in 1998. This years yield would be about 47.5 million tones, 3.6 percent below last year's
production.
The shortfall was due to one of Indonesia's worst droughts this century. The report said the
Indonesian government planned to import about 1.5 million tones of rice between April and
September but this would still leave a deficit of two million tones.
The shortfall would have to be made up by the international community in order to help the
country to revive its battered economy.
The major challenge facing the country was to ensure the food supply for some 7.5 million
poor people since rice and overall food prices have increased by about 60 percent in the last
12 months, the report said.

ASSIGNMENT 24:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Vietnam on Wednesday said it would join the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
(ASEAN) next year, dispelling speculation that Hanoi might put off membership until it. was
better prepared.
"Vietnam is now actively preparing all necessary conditions to become a full member of
ASEAN next year," Deputy Prime Minister Phan Van Khai told business people over lunch
organised by the Switzerland - based World Economic Forum (WEF), which is hosting a three
day meeting here.
Khai said that Hanoi would also participate in other regional organisations and would join the
17 - member Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum "When it is possible".
 83

In Jakarta, Vietnamese Deputy Foreign Minister Vu Khoan was quoted as saying that his
country would file an application for ASEAN membership by the end of this month or early in
November.
Khoan, who was speaking after meeting Jakarta - based ASEAN Secretary - general Ajil,
Singh, said he did not expect any difficulties in joining, as quoted by the Antara news agency.
APEC 's members include the ASEAN countries- - Brunei; Indonesia, Malaysia, the
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand- - as well as the United States, Canada, Japan and China.
An informal APEC leaders meeting will be held in Indonesia next month.
Vietnam, which gained observer status in ASEAN in 1992, has said it is keen to become a full
member of the group, which has ambitious programmes for cooperation, including the launch
of an ASEAN Free Trade Area within 10 years.
ASEAN officials had hoped that Vietnam might join ASEAN before leaders of the group 's
six current members hold their next summit in Thailand in December 1995.
"There are already regulations for cooperation in ASEAN. Once we are a member we will
follow all regulations," Khai told reporters later, adding that Hanoi would work with others in
Southeast Asia to ensure regional peace.
Khai said his government would push ahead with reforms to improve conditions for foreign
investment by putting a new legal framework and better administrative procedures in place.
"We deeply understand that Vietnam is facing great challenges of global economic
competition and so must try hard to do away with the danger of being left far behind by
neighbouring countries, "he said
ASSIGNMENT 25:
Translate the following texts into Vietnamese
1. Ngnh sn xut pht trin ng k trong thi k ti thit nn kinh t ca Philippines sau
Chin tranh Th gii th II. Vic kim sot hng ho nhp khu ca chnh ph thc y s
pht trin ngnh cng nghip nh sn xut cc mt hng tiu dng cho th trng trong nc.
Vo nhng nm 70, chnh ph xy dng bn c khu kinh t nhm tng cng sn xut
hng ho xut khu. Cc ngnh cng nghip trong cc khu ch xut ny c khuyn khch
sn xut cc mt hng xut khu truyn thng. Nhng c khu kinh t ny thu ht vn u
t ca nc ngoi vo Philippines mt phn nh vo chnh sch min thu cho cc doanh
nghip c vn u t nc ngoi. Xy dng thnh cng nhng c khu kinh t ny to tin
cho s ra i cc khu cng nghip c qui m ln hn. Chng hn nh, cn c hi qun
Subic Bay ca M trc y nay tr thnh mt khu thng mi-cng nghip khng l
Manila. Mt khu cng nghip-thng mi ln vi c s h tng hin i v c min thu
thu ht cc ngnh cng nghip sn xut hng xut khu v u t nc ngoi.

2. Vit Nam n lc duy tr s n nh chnh tr x hi, pht trin kinh t v quan h ngoi
giao trong nhng nm gn y. Nhng thay i tch cc ca lut php nh hng khng
nh n tnh hnh sn xut, ti chnh v thng mi. Nh nng nghip thch ng vi th
trng t do nn Vit Nam c xp l nc xut khu go ln th hai trn th gii sau Thi
Lan. Ti Thnh ph H Ch Minh v vng ph cn nhng hot ng dch v v sn xut
pht trin v thay i nhanh chng. Kinh t pht trin mnh mt phn nh vo ngun u t
vn v cng ngh ca gn 2 triu Vit Kiu cc nc trn th gii. a s h quay tr v
Vit Nam u t v lin lc vi b con.
 84

3. Ch 1 nm sau khi lnh cm vn ca M -c bi b, cc cng

ty n-c gii kht khng l nh- Coca-cola, Pep si- Cola -c
h-ng -u i v vn, chnh sch tip th v cc -u i khc
theo lut u T- N-c Ngoi, nn cc cng ty ny dn dn
thm nhp th phn ca cc nh sn xut trong n-c. Cc sn
phm khc cng ri vo hon cnh t-ng t. Bia Si Gn phi
cnh tranh quyt lit vi cc cng ty bia lin doanh vi n-c
ngoi. Cc nh sn xut bt git trong n-c, mc d c th p
ng nhu cu trong n-c n nm 2005, nh-ng li b cc cng ty
khng l nh- Procter & Gamble v Unilever dn vo th b.

4. bo v vic sn xut trong n-c, cc nh sn xut trong

n-c ngh vi chnh ph mt s bin php. Th nht, nh
n-c nn c k hoch pht trin dnh ring cho vic u t- n-c
ngoi v lnh vc kinh doanh v phn b theo vng a l v
khng nn khuyn khch u t- n-c ngoi vo vic sn xut ra
cc sn phm m cc doanh nghip trong n-c c kh nng sn
xut -c nh- n-c gii kht, bt git, giy v thuc l. Th
hai, vic cp giy php nn -c p dng cho cc cng ty lin
doanh hay cc doanh nghip c vn u t- n-c ngoi tham gia
vo cc d n i hi c nhiu vn, cng ngh cao hay sn xut
cc mt hng xut khu. Th ba, l nn c mt o lut chng
i vic cnh tranh khng lnh mnh c th dn c quyn kinh
doanh, ph gi lm hi ng-i tiu dng.

5. Trong ting Vit, t nc va c ngha l quc gia, va c ngha l nc, mt lin kt

v ngn ng m mi rng buc cng thy r rng sau mt chuyn i thm vng t ph nhiu
nht Vit Nam: ng bng sng Cu Long. Do ph sa bi p ca dng sng Cu Long lm
phong ph va la y p ny, tng trng cho ngun lng thc ca c nc cng nh
phong cch sinh hot k cn sng nc ca c dn trong vng. i vi du khch, ng bng
sng Cu Long l mt trong nhng a ch tham quan p nht ng Nam , kt hp ci k
o ca vng sng nc lung linh vi cnh quan y phn khi ca mt nn vn ho vui ti
th hin qua cch sinh hot ca dn a phng cng hot ng thng mi. Trong khi nhng
thnh ph ln nh Cn Th, M Tho, Long Xuyn lp thnh th vng cho cc tnh ca ng
bng sng Cu Long th mng li knh rch mnh mng li l ci duyn c mt khng hai
ca vng ny. Sinh hot vui nhn ca vng ny khng ging my vi cch sinh hot ca
Thnh ph H Ch Minh. Tuy nhin iu khng c ngha l phi kh khn lm mi ti
c ng bng sng Cu Long thot khi ci n o no nhit ca thnh ph ln nht
Min Nam ny. Ch mt chng ba gi ng h bng xe trn Quc l 1 l bn l bn n
M Tho, th ph ca tnh Tin Giang v l im xut pht tt cho cuc thm d vng ng
bng ny.
 79

CHAPTER 3: ASSIGNMENT KEYS

ASSIGNMENT 1:
II. EXERCISES:
A.
1. change of form
2. change of meaning
3. change of form
4. change of meaning
5. change of form
B
6.the jug contains water/ the jug of water/
7. a car was bought by John/ John owned a car/ A car belonged to John.
8. the day is hot/ the day, which is hot
9. a blue long dress of mother/ mother has a blue long dress
10. the house of Peter/ Peter is the owner of the house/ Peter owns the house
C.
1. the place where doctor works/ the docter owns the office
2 someone is treated by the doctor
3. thec doctor owns the book
4. the relative of the doctor/ the kinship
5. the hand is part of the doctor
6. the doctor owns the house
D.
1. the same in meaning
2. different in meaning
3. the same in meaning
4 . the same in meaning
5. the same in meaning
6. the same in meaning
7. the same in meaning
8. different in meaning
9. the same in meaning
10. different in meaning
E.
 80

1. Where did you have/ get your shirt made?

2. Da Lat, which is surrounded by the great/imposing hills and mountains, takes up/covers/is
situated in a large area on the Lam Vien Plateau.
3. Despite the great improvement in the woman status, other things must be done to improve
womens health, nutrition and education.

4. Nowadays, the world has been facing a number of serious problems in spite of the fact that
there have been dramatic progress in science, technologyand knowledge. One of the problems
is the population explosion/boom in the developing countries. The population is growing in
geometric progression while thee production of goods is growing in arithmetic prgression .

5. Charles Dickens, who belongs to the school of critical realism, is one of the greatest
novelists in the world. What we value in his works is the criticism about evils and the contrast
between the wealth and poverty in the English bougeois society of his time. The world he
describes is that of the middle and lower classes in London.

ASSIGNMENT 2:
II.
A. 1. b. 2.a 3. a 4.a
B.
1. Foreign tourists usually at Kinh Do Hotel for this hotel has been recommended by their
friends.
2. Since the USA lifted the embargo against Vietnam, many foreign countries have been
investing in Vietnam.
3. Hue is famous for its delicious dishes and beautiful landscapes.
4. The participants discussed the causes of pollution environment.
5 . A motorcycle rider was robbed at Kampung early yesterday morning.
C.
1. change word order
2. change structure/ change word collocation
3. change set expression
4. change the meaning of the verb and adjective
5. omitting relative clause
D.
1. Thac Mo is a hydroelectric works with a designed of 150000 KW, annually produce 600
million KWH/ has an average annual output of 150000 KWH.
2. To construct this, nearly 15 million cubic meters of earth and stone must be dug up and
banked up; over 350000 cubic meters of filtering layers were embanked; about 220000 cubic
 81

meters of concrete were used and nearly 7000 tons of equipment and metal structures were
installed.
3. Despite such enormous volume, the government has decided to have the construction
finished in two years since the demand in power supply of southern localities has become very
pressing.
4. So far, the construction units have carried out about 90% of the dug-up earth volume,
concreted some 40% of the concrete volume.
5. According Mr. Nguyen Ba Man, head of the work managing committee, nearly all the basic
items have met the demand in construction speed.
6. In mid November 93, the Prime Minister Vo Van Kiet came to inspect the building of Thac
Mo Hydroelectric works.
7. The field leaders assured the Prime Minister that they already have grounds to ensure the
operation of Turbine 1 in June 1994.
8. The task of blocking the current of Song Be River will start in December.
9. Thus, there will be a significant coincidence when Turbine 1 of Thac Mo Hydro-electric
Plant starts operating. The North-South 500 KV transmission line will also be completed
simultaneously.
10. With these sources of power in 1994, the South will basically free itself from the hunger
for electricity.
D.
1. Mc d k t nm 1990, ngn sch nh n-c dnh cho cc
tr-ng hc -c tng ln nh-ng vn cn rt thp so vi nhu
cu trang b y cho tr-ng hc v ci tin cht l-ng o
to.
2. Tng thng Putin khng nh rng n-c Nga lun coi trng
mi quan h vi Vit Nam , ng-i bn truyn thng v l i tc
chin l-c ng Nam .
3. Ng-i ta lp d n tng thm c hi hi nhp cho 3000
tr em khuyt tt ba tnh , mt vng ni, mt vng duyn
hi Min Trung v mt vng su vng xa
4. H tho lun mt lot cc bin php nhm mc ch bo
m s hp tc ton din v kinh t, th-ng mi, khoa hc v k
thut.
5. Ng-i ta ang thc hin mi n lc nng cao nhn thc
ca ph n v vic h c quyn -c h-ng s an ton lao ng ,
hay iu kin v sinh lao ng thng qua mng l-i truyn
thng m rng.
6. R rng rng cc tr-ng hc cc tnh pha nam c nhiu
phng my v phng thc hnh -c dng vo vic ngoi ng hn
cc tr-ng cc tnh pha Bc.
7. c bn d n u t- n-c ngoi cho gio dc. Vn u t-
ch yu t Ngn Hng Th Gii v Ngn hng Pht trin Chu .
 82

8. 38 trong s 50 sinh vin ngoi ng -c bo Vietnam Courier

ni rng h khng thch lm vic cho cc cng ty -c n-c
ngoi u t-.
9. Vit Nam v Trung Quc ng m cc cuc m phn k
kt mt hip nh v lnh th v bin gii v mt hip nh v
lnh hi tr-c nm 2000.
10. Mi y chnh ph d-a ra bin php khch l nh- gim
thu hoc cho vay -u i cho nhng ch nhn s dng nhiu cng
nhn n.

ASSIGNMENT 3:
Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1. Since early in the last lunar month, Tet has already roamed around the vicinities of Hanoi.
2. The peasants in the suburbs are probably the ones to feel the presence of Tet before anyone
else because all their tasks from taking care of vegetables, fruits, grass, flowers to fattening
pigs and poultry are for Tets sake.
3. Moving down from Kinh Bac, we will see immense fields of flowers especially gladioli of
all colors.
4. Adjacent to the inner city are flower districts: Nhat Tan, Nghi Tam, Quang Ba with a
number of varieties: dark pink peach blossoms, juicy golden kamquat, purplish violet and
bright red gerbera .
5. A few year ago, here was a vast land of flowers sufficiently meeting the need of ornamental
plants for Hanoi people.
6. The local inhabitants have long been artisans devoting their lives to growing flowers.
7. It is a regret to see the narrowing flower acreage due to a change in business of a number of
artisans.
8. Some have sold their land and left their occupations forever. Others have turned to building
luxury villas rented out as mini hotels to foreign tourists with their own capital or in
cooperation with those who have capital.
9. Stores and shops have musroomed, selling all kinds of goods from the most popular to the
top-graded ones.
10 No wonder why Hanoi has changed and been developed in the open-door time. Hopefully,
Hanoi and its people will always deserve the land of age-old culture.
B
1. Mn trnh din chnh ca l hi l mt mn din mang tn
t Lnh Chim u d-c trnh din ng thi ba sn khu ln
khu trung tm.
2. Ton b khu vc quanh n tp trung c kn ng-i, ch cha
my khong nh cho nhng nghi l -c tin hnh.
 83

3. gim bt chi ph trong vic tng kh nng tip cn cu

tr em tn tt vi gio dc, chnh ph pht ng ch-ng
trnh gio dc v hi nhp cng ng.

4. Trong nhng nm gn y lp li trt t cng cng, H

Ni di mt s khu ch tm n nhng vng -c qui nh.
Nh-ng trong s 4 khu ch -c qui nh , th ch c ch ng
Tm -c di t khu dn c- ng a sang khu vc i La.

5. Ngoi vic u t- t ngn sch nh n-c, tt c cc tr-ng

hc phi tm cc ngun ti chnh khc mua dng dy hc.
Tuy nhin, cc ngun ny ch bng 13% ngn sch nh n-c dnh
cho cc tr-ng ph thng v 21% cho cc tr-ng i hc.
6. Tng thu nhp ngn sch nh n-c t xp x mc ra ban
u. Nhng ngun chi tiu bnh th-ng vn -c m bo, trong
khi cc khon chi bt th-ng cho cc vng b bo, lt, hn
hn vn -c thc hin. Vic thm ht ngn sch nh n-c -c
gi mc cho php l 3,6% tng thu nhp quc ni vo nm 1998,
thp hn nm 1997 l 4,2%.
7.. S pht trin kinh t ca Vit Nam phi -c xt trong
hon cnh chin tranh ko di. Hon cnh chin tranh y gy
ra nhiu thit hi v sinh mng v ti sn cng nh- cc cng
trnh cng cng v ti nguyn.

8. Mng l-i truyn hnh ang xy dng rng khp c n-c.

Ngoi nhng i truyn hnh t-ng i hin i, c t lu i
nh- i truyn hnh H Ni v Thnh Ph H Ch Minh, cn c 25
i thuc cc tnh -c thnh lp vo nm 1988. Nhng i
truyn hnh ny s truyn nhng ch-ng trnh quan trng ca i
truyn hnh trung -ng v pht ch-ng trnh ca i mnh.

9. Hi Lin Hip Ph N Vit Nam -c c i din Quc Hi

v ch tch hi -c quyn tham d cc cuc hp th-ng k ca
Hi ng B Tr-ng by t quan im ca Hi v ngh nhng
iu l lin quan n ph n.

10. Gia nh Vit Nam chu nh h-ng r rt ca nn vn minh

nng nghip. Do chnh sch m ca, nn vn minh cng nghip
ang tc ng tng ngy, tng gi vo cuc sng gia nh Vit
Nam.

ASSIGNMENT 4:
 84

A.
1. to give information
2. about invironmental protection / to be more exact, it is about deforestation.
3. It depends on the leaners ability.
4. yes/ a bilingual dictionary and the context could help to discover the meanings of these
words.
5.yes
6. ` NN PH RNG
S gia tng dn s l mt nhn t gy ra nn ph rng nhit
i. Tuy nhin, nu cho rng vic m rng mt nn nng nghip
t cung t cp nui sng nhiu ming n hn l nguyn nhn
chnh, th y l mt gii thch v cn c. i b phn rng
Chu M La Tinh, N v Thi Bnh D-ng b tn ph l do vic
khai hoang trng cc loi nng sn xut khu v do cc hot
ng bun bn g , ch khng phi do nn du canh, du c- v t
in gy nn. Hng nm hot ng bun bn g ph hu 4500
km2 rng, phn ln g -c xut khu sang M v Nht.
Mi lin h gia nn ph rng v nhu cu thnh lp x hi phn
vinh -c thy r nt nht Trung M v Brazin ni nhng cnh
rng nhit i b bin thnh ng c chn th v vic nui
gia sc mang li cc khon li nhun xut khu gip tr n n-c
ngoi. Khon n n-c ngoi khng l ang nng ln vai dn
ngho ch yu -c dng trang tri cho cc khon mua sm xa
x ca chnh ph v qun i. Vic xy dng cc in trang chn
th rng ln l nguyn nhn chnh dn n vic ph hu 2000 km2
rng nhit i hng nm Trung v Nam M. t khai hoang ch
yu dng cho vic nui b xut khu phc v cho ngnh cng
nghip thc n nhanh Bc M, Chu u v Nht- vng xng vi
tn gi l vng giao l-u hamburger
A.
1. to give information
2. about Vietnam,its language and people
3. It depends on the leaners ability.
4. yes/ a bilingual dictionary and the context could help to discover the meanings of these
words.
5.yes
COUNTRY
Our ancestors drank the water from the Red River, Da River, Me Kong River and tried hard/
spare no pain to protect them. Just think about the fact that very few languages in the world
enjoy the uniformity as in the case of our mother tongue. In Vietnam, the word nuoc (in the
river, lake and sea) have a synonym and homonym of the word nuoc signifying homeland.
 85

Here like an immortal bloc the rivers and people are closely linked to the nature and people by
a kind of everlasting cement. That is the patriotism of the Vietnamese people.

In the world, there are many countries where people cannot communicate with one another
when they travel from one province to another. In Vietnam, on the contrary, no matter where
they are from, the north or the south, people are able to understand one another right at the
first meeting.

ASSIGNMENT 5:
A.
1. Trong lch s loi ng-i khoa hc -c xem nh- c s mnh
gii phng con ng-i khi s ngu dt, s m tn, gim i ngho
v tng tm hiu bit ca con ng-i v th gii.
2. T N. A ca ngi cc nh khoa hc ca thi i l cc
nh truyn b nh sng, nhng ng-i s xua tan bng m v m
ra con -ng cho con ng-i chinh phc thin nhin. Trong thi
k , nhng pht minh khng t-ng nh- my bay, tu ngm v
in thoi -c d bo tr-c.
3. Nhng ai quan tm n ngnh cng ngh my tnh tin rng
chng ta ang tri qua mt cuc cch mng v my tnh. Ti sao
cuc cch mng ny xy ra ? iu ny c mang li hu qu g cho
x hi? tr li nhng cu hi ny, cn pha s l-c v lch
s my tnh.
4. My tnh u tin -bn tnh , do ng-i Trung Quc pht minh
cch y 5000 nm l tin thn ca my tnh hin i sau ny.
Cho n th k th 17, Chu u ch-a c g c th snh bng
bn tnh v tc cng nh- chnh xc trong tnh ton.
5. My tnh -c pht trin ng thi c, Anh v M tng
thm tc cng nh- chnh xc trong tnh ton cn cho vic
gii m thng ip ca k th.
6. Ngy nay , nhiu cng vic trong cc khu sn xut v dch
v do con ng-i m trch c th -c thc hin nhanh hn v t
tn km hn nh s tr gip ca cng ngh my tnh v cc thit
b -c my tnh kim sot.
7. Ng-i my ang dn thay th cng nhn trong dy chuyn sn
xut nh- nh my ch to t Fiat ca v Nissan ca Nht.
Vo nm 1980, 50 robot -c cc cng ty ca c s dng chng
hn nh- hng General Motors Ford, Nissan v Simpson Pope
8. Cng ty no khng s dng cng ngh my tnh u khng th
cnh tranh -c vi cc i th p dng cng ngh ny. Bng
chng l s tht bi ca cng nghip sn xut ng h Thu S
trong 2 nm va qua do b ng h in t cnh tranh nn
tht thu 200 triu la mi nm.
 86

9. Cng vi vic c gii ho mt s qui trnh sn xut, b-c

u gy ra nn tht nghip vi s l-ng ln. Nhng ngh nhn
lnh ngh trong ngnh tiu th cng nghip vn khan him tr-c
y, nay bng d-ng t h cm thy tha d- v thiu k nng
trong nn cng ngh hin i.
10. Nhng t-ng khoa hc v i ny pht trin vo th k
18 v 19. Cuc cch mng cng nghip Anh vo cui th k 18
cng cng c nim tin vo mt x hi khoa hc k thut mc d
li nhun x hi thu vo khng b -c chi ph x hi b ra .
B
1. Dung Quat Bay is to the northeast of Binh Son District, QN Province. It is 18 km long and
is protected by mountain ranges.
2. To the south of the bay is an area of flat land having geographical structure with an area of
tens of square kilometers.
3. Here will be formed / established heavy industry and chemical zones, oil refineries, sea
products processing zone, light industry zone, and a modern urban residential area with about
600000 inhabitants./ with a population of about 600000.
4. Another advantage is that Dung Quat lies about 12 km from roadway, railway lines, power
transmission line and the trans-Vietnam optic cable. Thev supply of fresh water for this area is
very convenient with a reserve of about 3 billion cubic meters per year taken from the Tra
Bong River.
5. Today, we are going through a period of profound social changes like that of the first
industrial revolution. It may be necessary for us to re-define the very notion of work itself.

ASSIGNMENT 6:
A. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. The silt from the Mekong River helps to bring an ample granary representing the whole
countrys source of food as well as the local inhabitants riverside lifestyle
2. The Mekong river itself with its huge tributaries and small canals navigable for tiny boats
creates a majesty landscape as it flows through VN, the last part of its 4500 km-long journey,
pouring into the East Sea.
3. It is significant that these overseas Vietnamese always direct their attention to their
homeland, cherish a close link with their families and preserve the national identity which
typifies the Vietnamese.
4. In addition to their support for their relatives, a number of overseas Vietnamese have
contributed to the welfare of their country and taken part in relief movements to help those
who suffer from natural calamities. They have also participated in the charity work following
the tradition the luckier should help the sufferer.
5. Before 1988, the effect of the banking system on the development and macro-economic
management was minimal. In order to encourage the banking system to play a more
constructive role, the government has taken new measures including the reorganization of the
 87

banking system, the introduction of restrictive credit policies, and new policies on interest and
free trade of gold in market.
6. The government implemented a comprehensive reconstructuring of wages and salaries of
the governmental employees with a consolidation of consumer subsidies into the nominal
wage structure. Though the monthly minimum wage increased, real salaries have declined
substantially as a result of inflation.
7.The survey conducted by the VWU shows that traditional contraceptive methods have been
widely used. The survey also indicates that 39% of married women used modern methods, the
most frequent method being intra uterine device (IUD).
B.
1. Nhng ng-i khi x-ng ra vic dng nng l-ng nguyn t
nhn mnh rng th gii ny ri y chc cn s tr thnh mt
th gii ca nguyn t. Ng-i ta cng cho rng nhng ng-i
chng i li vic s dng nguyn t ang chng li tro l-u
ca lch s v c mi quan h gn gi vi dng h Luddites -
vn l nhng ng-i ch tr-ng p ph my mc ngay t khi cuc
cch mng cng nghip bt u.

2. Cc bc s cho thy ln u tin h c th ti to cc h

min nhim ca nhng ng-i b nhim vi rt bnh AIDS bng cch
t ngt tng s l-ng t bo mu m vi rt HIV hu dit.
3. Trong lnh vc o to y khoa, nhng vic lm -c trong
nhng nm qua -c nh du bng s kin ni bt l vic nhiu
chuyn gia v o to y khoa , nhiu tr-ng i hc trn th
gii dt vn phi xem xt li ni dung o to i ng
cn b y t .
4. Ng-i thy thuc ngy nay nn l ng-i ca sc kho . V
vy ng-i thy thuc cn phi bit pht hin , gii quyt ,
phc hi nhng vn sc kho ca c nhn v cng ng.
5. R rng rng mt thn th kho mnh gip cho mt tm hn
lnh mnh, v chnh nhng tm hn lnh mnh iu khin h-ng i
ca h thng gi tr. Mt ng-i kho mnh l mt ng-i kho
mnh v mt th cht ln tinh thn.
6. Ngy nay con ng-i c khuynh h-ng lo u v sc kho th
cht. Tuy nhin ti mun nhn mnh ti tm quan trng ca sc
kho tm l. Mnh kho v mt tinh thn l rt quan trng v l
mt ng-i thc s kho mnh l ng-i t -c s thng bng hp
l gia th cht v tinh thn.
 88

ASSIGNMENT 7:
1. The achievements of the renovation process in the past ten years have provided
opportunities for women to obtain their goals. Their lives have been improved and women
have become less burdened. Social services have helped to ease their housework and create
favourable conditions for them to participate in social activities.
2. The Vietnam Womens Union which represents Vietnamese women nationwide , has
renovated their organization and work style , thus attracting more and more women to social
activities. It has also helped women deal with difficult matters of every life. It has proposed to
the state laws and policies that make full use of womens potentials in the process of
renovation.
3. Identification of the factors that leads to fast effective foreign language learning has
become increasingly important because of a majority of learners who are very anxious , as
adults, to learn a foreign language for a specific purpose : business, study, and diplomacy. The
requirements for effective language learning may be taken into account in terms of the
learners, the teachers and the curriculum.
4. The greatest attraction to the tourists is the age-old traditions typical of the Vietnamese
culture. Thousands of historical and revolutionary relics have been graded by the government ,
hundreds of which have high artistic and historical value . Vietnam is a large community
consisting of 54 ethnic groups with different traditions , customs and unique folk culture.
hundreds of traditional handicraft villages have produced thousands of famous handicraft and
fine art products.
5. If tourists go to an ethnic minority region, they will have an opportunity to engage in other
fascinating cultural activities typical of the rainforest region. Take the buffalo stabbing
ceremony as an example. Tourists should have to be present about a week before the
ceremony to join the local inhabitants in looking for a suitable kind of bamboo to repair the
Rong House (The community House) and to make a Neu tree ( The New Year Tree) to chase
evil spirits. The ceremony provides tourists with a chance to observe the decoration of jars and
the way they are chosen to store wine. They also have an opportunity to observe the way
people choose the buffalo for the ceremony.
6. Social welfare is a major policy of Vietnam which has its origin in the age-old national
traditions of solidarity and mutual assistance. The basic principle of the policy is to combine
the responsibility of the state, the community, and the efforts of each individual within the
society. This policy is being gradually extended to all the inhabitants in various forms.
7. Economic backwardness and the danger of lagging behind in the economic development
are the great concerns of all the Vietnamese at home and abroad . If Vietnam lags far behind
other countries, it will be a supplier of raw materials and cheap labour in the international
division of labour. It will have to accept an inferior position and losses in the international co-
operation and competition. This is the great challenge facing Vietnam in the current
international context.
8. The humanism of the Vietnamese diplomatic line constitutes a typical characteristic.
Though the Vietnamese have been victims of countless aggressions, they never lose their
compassion . Also, their compassion is a factor which creates the strength and the diplomacy
of the nation. Nguyen Trai, a national hero of the 15th century, left a legendary guiding
principle which remains today: Using great justice to vanquish cruelty
Humanism to subdue brutality
 89

ASSIGNMENT 8:
Translate the following text into English

Beijing may be the seat of political power, but Shanghai can lay claim to the title of
commercial capital. Historic sites date back less than 80 years in Shanghai, and yet most
visitors fall under the spell of this unique city where ambience is everything. The very name
Shanghai still sends a ripple of excitement down most spines. It was a minor weaving and
fishing town until the mid 19th century, when it began to develop as a trading and industrial
center. Entrepreneurs and carpetbaggers from all over the world descended and developed it
into one of the world's most cosmopolitan and sophisticated cities. From the 1920s on it
became increasingly notorious as the place where anything could - and usually did - happen.
Banks and commercial companies of all kinds built opulent head offices for themselves
overlooking what were then open rice fields beyond the banks of the Huangpu river. This
whole stretch has survived the busy bulldozers and today it forms a unique open - air museum
of 1930s architecture. A stroll along the Bund is a must for everyone who visits what is still
regarded by many as China's leading city.
Skyscrapers, including some of the world's tallest buildings, have sprouted where the rice
used to grow. The most prominent is the Oriental Pearl TV Tower - if time allows, the
panoramic views from the upper levels make an unforgettable experience.
The past is still tangible in sections of the former French concession, with its elegant villas
and tree - lined streets. Around the corner from the Bund, the Peace Hotel and its venerable
Jazz Band Are the best-known survivors from a more gracious age, but Shanghai has many
other exquisite hotels from the 1930s, most of which are being lovingly restored to their
former glory.
Shanghai boasts one of the world's truly great museums, opened in 1996. It would be
impossible to tour the entire treasure huose in a short visit, but even an hour in the galleries
devoted to the bronzes, stones sculptures and ceramics will provide lasting memories.

ASSIGNMENT 9:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Ngy hm qua, trong bi din vn chnh pht biu ti trng i Hc Quc Gia H Ni, Tng
B Th Giang Trch Dn ku gi gii tr Vit Nam v Trung Quc n lc nhm tht cht tnh
hu ngh gia hai nc, gp phn vo s nghip ho bnh v pht trin chu cng nh
trn ton th gii.

Tng B Th-Ch Tch nc Trung Quc ni vi sinh vin: Cc bn tr thn mn, chnh cc
bn l nhng ngi to ra tng lai ti sng v tng lai thuc v cc bn.

Tng B Th Giang Trch Dn nhn mnh rng mi quan h Vit -Trung s pht trin tt p
trong th k 21, trong n lc chung ca thanh nin hai nc l khng th thiu.
 90

ng ni: th h tr c hai nc phi theo ui l tng ca mnh v lao ng khng mt mi

xy dng Ch Ngha X Hi.

ng pht biu rng: Gii tr Trung Quc v Vit Nam cn k tha v pht huy mnh m tinh
thn cch mng ca cha ng, c t tng vng vng, chm ch hc tp, n lc v s nghip
pht trin Ch Ngha X Hi, v s giu c v thnh vng ca mi nc.

ng hy vng gii tr Trung Quc v Vit Nam s gn gi, duy tr v pht trin mi quan h
Vit-Trung, trao i v hc hi ln nhau tng cng hiu bit. ng bo m ng v
Chnh ph Trung Quc s hon ton ng h s trao i .

Ch tch nc Giang Trch Dn ni: Trong lch s, c Vit Nam v Trung Quc u b
quc xm lc nhng chng ta u nh bi chng, gii phng dn tc v thng nht t
nc.
Theo ng tnh hu ngh gia Vit Nam v Trung Quc khng ch xut pht t lch s m cn
t thc tin, nh Ch Tch H Ch Minh tng nhn mnh hai dn tc l ng ch, l anh
em.

ng ni quan h Vit-Trung da trn c s tin tng ln nhau, s n nh lu di, tin ,

tnh lng ging thn thin v s bo m .

ng ni thm: Hp tc trn c s hiu bit ln nhau l cu ni v cng l mc tiu cho tng

lai thnh vng.

Ch Tch nc Giang Trch Dn ri H Ni ngy hm qua n min Trung Vit Nam.

, ng i thm c Hu, c UNESCO cng nhn l di sn th gii, v gp g cc
ng ch lnh o ca thnh ph cng Nng.

Theo lch trnh, ng s n thm ph c Hi An v cng ty dt may Ho Th trc khi kt

thc chuyn i thm ba ngy n Vit Nam.

ASSIGNMENT 10:
Translate the following text into English
Concerning a poor country like ours, practising thrift and fighting against waste must be
always the national policy. In reality, however, waste has still been spreading everywhere.
Waste appears in management, using budget, in basic construction investment, in land and
office management, in State-owned enterprises, and waste also exists in the masses with
costly weddings.
Waste has really been a pressing problem of the society and one of the causes which
considerably affects the economy of our country. As in the first year (1998), after the decree of
 91

practising thrift and fighting against waste passed by the National Assemblys Standing
Committee 10th session in Feb 26th 1998 and taking effective since May 1st 1998, the real
expenses in 1998, according to reports of 12 Ministries and bodies functionally equivalent to
Ministries, reduced in comparison with the balance in 1997, for instance, conference
expenses: VND12.8 billion, business expenses: VND12.43 billion, telephone, fax expenses:
VND9.57 billion, expenses for great reparation of fixed assets: VND80.94 billion, expenses
for purchasing professionally fixed assets: VND153.7 billion. The States budget in 1999 is
estimated to continue economizing 10% of estimated regular expenses. Some regular
expenses have sharply fell from 30% to 70%, e.g. expenses for purchasing office equipment,
for conferences and receptions
Reducing expenses statistics while the Decree of practising thrift and fighting against waste
is being carried out are really speaking numbers, which show that this campaign is taking a
turn for better. These numbers, however, indicate that spending has so far been loose and that
it is necessary to limit expenses.
Financial inspections and annual balance reports helped to find out a breach of rules of
administrative management of many enterprises and administrative bodies. One of the most
pressing and costly expenses nowadays is: expenses for medal reception, branch forming
celebration, conferences Such festivities have cost so much money for hiring halls, parties,
gifts At the end of the year, restaurants are crowded with Gods, most of whom are public
servants, because inhabitants have no such budget for those parties. While free inhabitants
are leading a poor life and spending thriftily, practising thrift and fighting against waste in
subsidy spending mechanism is a must.

ASSIGNMENT 11:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
1. Thnh ph Gaza- Nhng ng-i lnh o ca Israel v Palestin
tin hnh m phn sut m m theo cch ni ca ng Dennis
Ross - Phi vin ca Hoa K l mt m tt lnh cho cng
vic nhm ph v s b tt trong vic Israel tr hon ruts
qun khi th trn West Bank ca Heebron.
ng Ross ri khi vn phng ca nh lnh o Palestin- Yasser
Arafat, sm hm qua sau 3 g ng h c mt trong khi
nhng ng-i tham d m phn vn tip tc cc cuc hi m.
ng A ra fat ni : Cuc gp g din ra theo chiu h-ng
tch cc v c tnh xy dng. ng cn ni thm rng ng v
ng Ross gii quyt mt s khc mc gia ti v ng y,
cp mt cch r rng n gi ca chnh ng tun tr-c l
ng Ross c bnh vc Israel.
ng Ross- d nh s tr v n-c vo ngy hm qua - ng
rng: Chng ti c mt lot cc cuc tho lun tt p.
Khi cp n cc cuc m phn, ng ni: l mt bui ti
 92

lm vic tt p, nh-ng cn mt s vn cn -c gii

quyt.
Bn trong ta tr s chnh ca ng Arafat, nhm i din
Palestin do ng tr-ng on m phn Saeb Erekat dn u tip
tc cc cuc bn tho vi Israel do hai ng MaJ Gen Shaul Muha
faz v Yitzhak c vn cao cp ca Th t-ng Benjamin Netanyahu
dn u. Cc cuc hi m bt u vo chiu Ch Nht Ze ru
sa lem v sau chuyn n Gaza.
Cc c quan truyn thng Israel phng on rng nu cuc
th-ng l-ng thnh cng th ng Ro ss c th hon li chuyn
bay ca ng v hai ng Netanyahu v Arafat c th t chc mt
cuc hp th-ng nh ni trong ngy hm qua hoc hm nay.
Israel sp sa rt qun ra khi Hebron - thnh ph Westbank,
vng cui cng b chim ng- vo thng 3 th phi hon li sau
mt lot tn cng ca bn khng b Israel. ng Netanyahu, mt
nhn vt cng rn -c bu lm th t-ng vo thng 5 va qua,
tr hon vic tip tc rt qun, v n lc bo m an ninh
cho 500 c- dn ang sng trong th trn ca 130.000 ng-i
rp.
Ng-i Palestin t chi vic ni li cc cuc m phn v yu
cu Israel tip tc rt qun nh- cam kt trong bn Hip -c
v quyn t tr -c k kt.
Vo ngy Ch Nht ti Hebron, qun i vy bt khong 100
ng-i Palestin sau khi c k nm 2 qu bom vo lnh th ca
ng-i Do Thi nh-ng khng c ng-i no b th-ng. H b qun
i cha sng thm tra v bt gi trong vng na gi nh-ng sau
phn ln -c th ra. Pht ngn vin ca qun i ni
rng nhiu ng-i Pale stin vn ang cn b bt gi.
Mt ng-i Pale stin ang i ngang qua vng lnh th Beit Hada
ssah th b mt ci thang lm bng kim loi ri hoc ai nm
t mi nh xung lm b th-ng; ng-i ny -c -a n bnh
vin thnh ph cha tr
2. TP H Ch Minh - S l-ng du khch n-c ngoi n Viet Nam
ngy cng tng. Theo s liu thng k gn y ca Tng Cc Du
Lch Vit Nam th l-ng du khch tng bnh qun hng nm l
30%.
Mc d l-ng du kahchs tng, nh-ng tnh trng khch li
khch sn gim ng k so vi nhng nm va ri. Hn 6 nm
qua,, cc khch sn lin doanh v cc nh khch ch khai thc
 93

-c t 85-90% s phng hin c. Hin gi ch cn t mc

60%, thp hn nhiu so vi cc khch sn ca nh n-c v nh
khch t- nhn.
Mt trong nhng nguyn nhn chnh ca s tt gim l-ng khch
l do khch sn lin doanh mc ln nh- nm, iu ny dn n
vic cnh tranh khc lit v gi phng v gi dch v.
Nhiu khch sn c tng doanh thu thp trong khi li chu mc
thu cao, ang tr thnh gnh nng cho cc ng ch v c nhiu
khch sn sp sa buc phi ng ca.
a s du khch n-c ngoi hm h n Vit Nam tm mt ci
g mi m v mun i n nhng vng c v p t nhin v
hoang d trong thi gian l-u li ca h. V l do ny, du lch
Vit Nam cn t chc li vic qun l v t ra nhng mc tiu
nhm tha mn nhu cu hin nay ca du khch.
Mc d l-ng du khch vn tng trong nhng nm qua nh-ng s du
khch tr li Vit nam ln th hai rt t. R rng rng ngnh
du lch Vit Nam vn ch-a sc hp dn du khch. Thm vo ,
cc im du lch v cc ph-ng tin n i li ch-a t n
tiu chun quc t. Vit nam hin c khong 22 tnh v thnh
ph ang hon tt nhng k hoch tng th chi tit xy dng
cc khu ngh mt cho du khch.
Tuy nhin nhng n ny vn ch-a -c trin khai, vn ang
cn ang -c tho lun.
Mc d hng nm chnh ph chi hng chc t ng nng cp
cc di tch lch s quc gia v cc khu ngh mt, nh-ng do s
yu km v chuyn mn qun l nn nhng ni ny vn ch-a c th
thc y s pht trin ca ngnh du lch n-c nh. ci thin
cht l-ng ca cc nh ngh v tng c-ng hot ng ca khch
sn, ngnh du lch Vit nam cn chnh ph u t- nhiu hn na.

Translate the following text into English

More and more Vietnamese people are seeking study abroad at. their own expense. While the
number of people who have already done so is relatively small - 2970 from mid 1992 to May
this year - the numbers are expected to increase within the next. few years a: the Vietnamese
economy strengthens and the government streamlines the procedures to make it. easier. But t
he biggest boost to Vietnamese people courageously investing their money for themselves or
their children to gain an international standard education has come through the staging of a
special overseas education exhibition held in Ho Chi Minh City and Hanoi over the past two
months. Called "Edukasia", the. exhibition featured universities, vocational schools and
school equipment suppliers from Great Britain, France, Australia, The United States and
Switzerland. The exhibition sought to establish what training or education private Vietnamese
 94

students were seeking and the overseas institutions companies explained what they could
offer. Courses in telecommunications, machine building. the hotel industry, tourism and
cooking wt-re particularly featured. Up until now, most Vietnamese students have been going
abroad for further study as recipients of international scholarship or funding from foreign
government. Vietnam has been annually sending about 77 students and 160 senior level
experts abroad through such officially sponsored scheme. Most of the private students have
been going to Russia. Some to eastern European countries and a trickle to the Netherlands.
Belgium, the USA, Denmark and Thailand. But. in April this year, a temporary halt has been
put. on private places being offered to foreign students in Russia and Eastern Europe. While
these existing avenues for Vietnamese students have required secondary school graduation
and intensive courses in the relevant foreign language and computers, often these schemes
were deficient in anticipating the problems foreign private students may encounter,
particularly regarding duration and the level of the courses being offered. There has been an
avoidable waste of time and money, and an attrition rate.

At "Edukasia", the courses on offer are delivered abroad it Vietnam by correspondence or

distant training. Those student who want to go abroad for study must first of all be able to
speak English which is an indispensable condition for initial contact: and assimilation of
knowledge:

Educational standards are also set, such as marks obtained it each subject and health
condition. A number of schools give priority to students with high marks in intelligence tests
and offer them scholarship. But 90% of tested students have to pay education fees.

According to Mr. Charles Wilmot, the director of Edukasia, the fees are high, depending on
the institution and the courses. But they are reasonably calculated. The lowest level is 2500
USD/year; while the most reputed USA schools and purses generally demand 3000 USD/year
to 6000 USD/year. Fees for remote training are less, about 300 USD/year, and graduation
diplomat are also recognized as equivalent to the regular training diplomas These institutions
are ready to receive Vietnamese students and to facilitate entry visas. The remaining question
depends upon a decision by the Vietnamese government. Mr. Wilmot stressed that in general,
the accommodation and studying conditions of students in countries where there were
Vietnamese students were very good. In Great Britain especially, there are organizations
specialized in helping foreign students. Most Vietnamese studying abroad begin their training
at the age of 18 to 19, the lowest allowed aged is 13. There is no limit for a maximum age
studying abroad depends now only on these students willing to receive an advanced
knowledge of the world.

ASSIGNMENT 12:
Translate the following text into English
Poor people often have larger families than middle class and upper class people. And people
in underdeveloped countries have more children than people in developed countries. More and
 95

more experts in population growth see the strong relationship between family size and
economic development.
In some areas, government family planning services may not be available to poor people due
to geographic location. For example, people in rural areas may live too far away from family
planning services. Therefore, they don't receive information about ways to control family size.
In general, people in urban areas have much more information available to them than people
living in rural areas. Urban people have help with family planning, and they have smaller
families. So we can say that geography where people live - plays a part in determining family
size: Urban families are smaller than rural families.
What are the other reasons? Economic development of families and, on a larger scale, of
nations, is an important factor in determining family size. People with a lot of money have
fewer children. On the other hand, poor people in underdeveloped countries choose to have
many children. Why? Because they have to depend upon their children to take care of them in
their old age. They have no insurance, pensions, or government help. When they grow old,
where can they get help? The answer is simple. They can and will turn to their children. Their
children will be adults then, and they will be working. The children can all share the costs and
other responsibilities of taking care of their parents. For many poor people, a large family is a
way of planning and preparing for the future. We could say that a large family is insurance for
old age in some societies.

ASSIGNMENT 13:
Translate the following text into English
China's powerful exporters are training their sights on, Vietnam, seeing their southern
neighbour as ripe for a boost in purchases of consumer goods and machinery, Chinese
executives said here Thursday.
But Vietnam has a long way to go before it sees its exports to China grow as few products are
likely to break into the more developed Chinese market, the executives said at the opening of
a trade fair here.
Some 60 firms from Beijing are showing off their wares ranging from cheap plastic toys and
ornaments to off - road vehicles at the fair in Hanoi in what is the first exhibition of Chinese
goods here since the two countries began patching up their relations.
Beijing Jeep, a Sino - American auto manufacturer, is hoping to squeeze into Vietnam's
growing car market but is facing stiff competition from Japanese firms already entrenched
here, said Beijing Automotive Import Export Corp. (BAIEC) vice president Guo Fengli.
"The market here is opening up quite quickly for our products, particularly as we are very
competitive in pricing with our rivals," Guo said.
BAIEC is looking to set up barter deals with Vietnam but is facing problems finding suitable
moods to trade although Guo thinks he may have found the answer in the humble sweet
potato.
The Chinese firm is planning to trade cars for foodstuffs that will be sold in southern China
but would prefer to exchange higher value goods.
 96

"We don't know much about what Vietnam has to offer, "said Guo, a point repeated by other
traders who were more eager to sell than buy.
Cross border trade has boomed since the frontier was reopened in 1991.
Officially, two - way trade stands at around 500 million US dollars although the illegal
frontier trade is believed to b! much higher, with China enjoying a massive surplus.
During a visit to China last week, Deputy Prime Minister Phan Van Khai called for both sides
to replace the cross border trade with official agreements between trading companies and
manufacturers that would boost sales of Vietnamese products.,
Vietnam wants to step up exports of coal and oil to southern China's booming manufacturing
centres, which are thousands of kilometres (miles) from China's own sources of energy.
Khai also called for more sales of rice and other food products and for Vietnam to import
more manufacturing machinery and other technology from China.

ASSIGNMENT 14:
Translate the following text into English
Saudi Arabia has about 8.,853,000 people. Almost all of these people are Arab Muslims. In
other words, they are followers of the Islamic religion. Saudi Arabia is a religious nation. The
king of Saudi Arabia is both the political leader and one of the religious leaders of the country.
The government laws are Islamic law (Muslim religious law), and the national language is
Arabic.
The Islamic religion is very important in the Saudi educational system. Before 1950 almost all
education in Saudi Arabia was religious education. Students studied the Koran, the Islamic
holy book. They tried to memorize as much as possible from this book. There were no
colleges or universities before 1949 and only a few elementary and secondary schools.
In 1953, the Saudi government established the Ministry of Education. This was really the
beginning of the modern educational system in Saudi Arabia. When engineers discovered oil
in Saudi Arabia, the country started to become very wealthy. Saudi leaders realized that
Western technology was necessary for the country to develop. The leaders still believed that
religious education was very important, but a modern country could not develop
technologically with only a traditional, religious educational system. They decided to add
other subjects to the educational system. They wanted to combine traditional religious
education with modern technological education from the West.
Religion is still an important part of Saudi education. Now, however, Saudi students study all
kinds of other subjects too: languages (especially English), history, science, mathematics,
computer technology, etc. Before 1950, there were about 20,000 students in Saudi Arabia. In
1982, there were 1,780,000 students. The educational system has grown faster in Saudi Arabia
than in almost any other country in the world. All schools in Saudi Arabia are free.

ASSIGNMENT 15:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
 97

Sau khi t nhiu hi vng vo vic khoan trng cc m du kh

ngoi khi Vit Nam, cc cng ty du m khng l trn th
gii nhn ra nhng ri ro. Ci gi u t- khng l nh-ng li
nhn -c mt khon li nhun cm ci. Tm trng gim i
trong s nhng cng ty n-c ngoi tham gia trin lm tr-ng by
cc mt hng ca ngnh cng ngh ti cuc Trin lm Du v kh
t Quc t ln th hai H Ni.
ng Melchior de Matharel, V Tr-ng ng Nam ca hng Total
Php pht biu : Kt qu khng phi l t, nh-ng khng
ln nh- mt s ng-i hy vng.
Nu s ch by gi l khu hiu lm tht vng cc cng
ty du la n-c ngoi c th to ngun an i t nhng khm ph
y khch l va qua v du do cng ty Mitsubishi v cng ty
du Petrornas Cairigali ca Malaisia, v v kh t ca BP,
ngoi b bin nam Vit Nam.
Vic thm d du kh thm lc a Vit nam l ht sc kh
khn. Tuy nhin, ng Matherel ni rng thm lc a Vit Nam l
mt ni cha du. S nhit tnh ca nhng ng-i thm d t
nhin suy gim vo thng 5 tr-c khi cng ty du BHP ca c
thng bo tr l-ng du v tr m i Hng, 375 cy s ng
nam thnh ph HCM l t i hn so vi d tr.
Ti v tr ny, BHP -c tnh s khi l tr l-ng y
khong t 700 n 800 triu thng du, nh-ng hin nay con s y
xung 100 n 200 triu thng.
Vic sn xut -c d kin bt u vo thng ti, mc khim
nh-ng l 25000 thng mt ngy.
iu l mt n ging mnh cho BHP, mt cng ty u
t- n 240 triu la Vit Nam v mt na ca kinh ph ny
-c s dng cho d n i Hng.
BHP n u mt hip hi quc t bu chn vo thng 4/1993 c
trch nhim trin khai tng kinh ph 1,5 t trong lnh vc
ny. BHP chim 43,75% tng s vn ca Hip hi, Petronas chim
20%, cng ty quc doanh Petro-Vietnam chim 15%. Phn 21,25%
cn li chia u cho cng ty Total (Php) v cng ty Sumitomo
ca Nht.
Vo thi im , chnh Nht Bn l khch mua hng chnh ca
du th Vit Nam, l din c -c mt c may tt nht.
 98

Cng ty Du Kh Vit nam- Nht bn (JVPC), mt chi nhnh ca

tp on du kh Mitsubishi thng bo trong thng 6 l c
mt s khm ph rt ha hn ti v tr Rng ng.
Theo kt qu ghi nhn -c t mt t mt ging du thm d,
khu vc khai thc c th c cng cht l-ng nh- v tr m Bch
H gn mt a im duy nht hin gi ang -c kinh doanh
khai thc Vit Nam. Tr l-ng ca Bch H -c tnh mc cao
nht l 3000 triu thng.
Nh-ng t nht cn phi mt nm na v cn n vic khoan d
na th mi c th xc nh chnh xc -c mc tiu vic thm
d ca cng ty Nht.
Nhng ng-i bi quan th cho rng cn n khong 5 nm mi nh
gi ng v y tr l-ng du ca Vit Nam.
Vic thm d v khai thc kh t cng chng t l mt dch
v ang gp kh khn, d c may mm c-i vi vi cng ty BP
Anh, mt n v m trong thng 9 thng bo l pht hin
ra hai ti du kh, -c tnh t -c 57 t mt khi Nam Cn
Sn, pha nam thnh ph HCM.
Cng ty BHP v cng ty Quc gia Na Uy Statoil mua li cc
phn c nh-ng ca cng ty kh t v du kh quc gia n
(ONGC) vo nm 1992.
Lin hip, vi ONGC nm 55% c phn, BP 30% v Statoil 5%
tin hnh thm d v th nghim theo mt hp ng phn chia sn
phm vi Vit Nam, mt n v ln l-t nhn 5% tin gp vo,
cn c trn quyn li ca mi i tc Chu u.

Translate the following text into English

The failure of a space shuttle steering jet Wednesday forced NASA to suspend a radar survey
of Earth as Endeavour's 10 day environmental research flight passed the halfway mark.
The problem was a hindrance to the $384 million space Radar Laboratory but not a danger to
the astronauts, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration said.
Officials said a fuel temperature sensor failed, disabling a leak detection system in the suspect
thruster and triggering a shutdown of five others, called verniers, which are needed to
fine-tune the shuttle's orbital path and precisely point cargo bay instruments at targets on the
planet.
Mission commentator Kelly Humphries late Wednesday called the scientific hiatus
"temporary pause" while ground engineers hastily devised a way for shuttle computers to
ignore the broken sensor.
 99

Maneuvering Endeavour with its 38 larger thrusters would consume too much full and
eliminate hope of extending the natural disasters around the globe, according to flight director
Rich Jackson.
Late Wednesday the shuttle was flying on autopilot and the crew, which has been working in
two shifts around the clock since Friday's liftoff from Florida, was enjoying an unexpected
time-out., Jackson predicted the software patch would be ready by Thursday afternoon, about
24 hours after the malfunction occurred.
"The payloads community and the flight control team are working very hard to regain venire
control and minimise the impact. in the intervening time period". Jackson told reporters at
Mission Control in Houston.
Scientists said the problem would not harm the images but that it would take up to five times
longer to process the radar data in their computers.

ASSIGNMENT 16:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
N-c Anh -c chia lm 651 khu vc bu c ng-i dn mi khu
vc chn ra mt ng-i i din cho mnh h vin. Anh h
thng bu c n gin -c s dng trong cc cuc bu c quc
hi theo ph-ng thc b phiu kn. Hin nay, h thng ny c
nhng iu chnh ngy cng tr nn ti -u hn.
Vic bu c l hon ton t ngun. mi ng-i dn Anh t 18
tui tr nn khng b t-c quyn bu c do phm php, u c
th b phiu bu c.
Nhng ng-i khng c quyn bu c bao gm: thnh vin ca
hong gia, cc nh qu tc l thnh vin ca th-ng ngh vin
hoc l c- dn n-c ngoi. Ngoi ra cn c bnh nhn nm vin
do c vn v tm thn phm nhn ang thi hnh n v nhng
ng-i b kt n, trong vng nm nm tr-c v ti tham nhng.
ng c vin:
Bt c ai trn 21 tui l cng dn n-c Anh cc n-c trong
khi thnh v-ng chung hoc l n-c cng ho Ai Len, c t-
cch th u c th ng c vo quc hi, nhng ng-i khng c
quyn ng c l thnh vin ca th-ng ngh vin, tng l, gio
s thuc gio hi Anh, gio hi Ai Len, gio hi SctLan v
gio hi Thin cha gio La M, nhng ng-i b ph sn, ng-i
lm dch v cng cng v nhng ng-i b kt n t t 1 nm tr
ln cng khng -c tham gia tranh c.
Cc ng c vin trong mt khu vc bu c phi tr mt khong
tin 1000 bng nh- l mt khong tin t cc. Nu dnh -c t
nht 5% phiu bu c th h s -c nhn li s tin .
Tng bu c:
 100

Theo nguyn tc, bu c h ngh vin -c t chc 5 nm mt

ln.
Nh-ng cc cuc bu c th-ng -c t chc tr-c khi kt thc
mt nhim k 5 nm. Th t-ng l ng-i c quyn quyt nh thi
gian t chc tng bu c. N Hong c th gii tn Quc hi v
ku gi mt cuc bu c lp nn quc hi mi.
N-c Anh -c chia thnh cc vng gi l khu vc bu c da
trn s l-ng dn c- xp x nhau. Tng bu c th-ng -c t
chc vo th 5 v mi ng-i vn i lm nh- th-ng l. Do ,
thi gian bu c rt linh ng ko di t 7h n 22h cho tt
c mi ng-i u c th n b phiu. Ti cc a im b
phiu, c tri -c pht phiu bu c in tn cc ng c vin
khu vc bu c , danh sch th-ng sp xp theo th t anphabe
i khi cn c mt bn tm tt v tiu s ng c vin v ng
ca h -c i km vi l phiu.
Sau , cc phiu khng hp l s b loi v ng-i ta s tin
hnh kim phiu i vi s phiu hp l v ng c vin no nhn
-c nhiu phiu ng h nht s l ng-i thng cuc v tr
thnh thnh vin Quc hi i din cho khu vc ca mnh.
Chin dch tranh c:
Chin dch tranh c din ra trong vng 3 tun tr-c ngy tng
bu c. Chin dch tranh c din ra mi khu vc bu c trn
ton quc. Cc ng c vin s dng mi loi ph-ng tin, sch
l-c thu ht s ng h ca ng-i dn.
Vn ng tranh c:
Vn ng tranh c c ngha l nhn vin ca ng a ph-ng
i n tng gia nh v hi ng-i dn v nh ca h, xem th
l h nh bu ai. Bng cch ny, cc ng c vin c th bit
-c nh cng nh- thi ca ng-i dn, t h c th
iu chnh cc chin l-c ca mnh. Ngoi ra nhn vin s
quay tr li nhng gia nh c ng-i ha l s ng h ng
ca h thc gic h b phiu cho ng-i ca ng mnh trong
ngy bu c.
Mt tin:
ng c vin c th t chc mt tin bt c ni no bt c ni
u c th trong sut chin dch bu c. Khch mi ca h bao
gm nhng ng-i c tm nh h-ng ln ttrong ng, nhng ng-i
ni ting ng h h nh- nh vn, din vin gy nh h-ng i
vi c tri. Nhng cuc mt tin nh- th th-ng -c -a trn vn
ln cc ph-ng tin thng tin i chng.
Thng tin i chng:
Do bo v tp ch Anh th-ng l thuc s hu t- nhn v c
lp v mt ti chnh i vi cc ng phi chnh tr nn ng-i
ch bt hoc ng-i bin tp c th ng h bt c ai h mun.
 101

Tuy nhin, i pht thanh v i truyn hnh th khc lun

lun cng bng, khng thin v. Ch-ng trnh tin tc -a tin v
mi mt ca chin dch tranh c ca cc ng. Trong thi gian
ny, cc ng c vin xut hin trn i v tivi sut ngy m,
ta c th thy h nh my, x nghip, tr-ng hc, trung tm
thanh nin v c cc nng tri. H pht biu cc chnh sch
ca ng mnh.
Ch-ng trnh i thoi trc tip trn cho php mi ng-i
t cu hi cho cc nh lnh o chnh tr. Bn cnh , cc
bi t-ng thut, bi bnh lun do cc phng vin ghi li trong
cc cuc phng vn vi cc nh lnh o ca cc ng cng -c
pht sng.
Bn tuyn ngn:
Cc ng ln cho xut bn bn tuyn ngn ca ng mnh trong
sut chin dch bu c. Mi ng u -a ra bn tuyn ngn ca
ng mnh nh- l mt n phm tham kho. N cung cp cho ng-i
dn nhng thng tin v chnh sch ca ng, v nhng g h s
lm nu h c c.
Cc bn tuyn ngn cn bao gm nhng thnh cng tr-c y ca
ng. Ngoi ra i khi n cn cha ng s cng kch ca ng
ny i vi ng i lp.

ASSIGNMENT 17:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
H Ni ang c gng tng gp i GDP ln 1100 la M trong
vng 5 nm ti.
K hoch y tham vng ny -c -a ra trn c s 11,9% t l
tng GDP hng nm ca thnh ph.
Ti i hi i biu ng B thnh ph H Ni -c t chc
va qua, cc i biu -c thng bo: nu t l tng tr-ng
vn tip tc nh- d tnh th GDP s t khong 15% vo u th
k.
iu c ngha l GDP tng gp i.
i hi cng cp n vn c s CN nh truyn thng ca
nn kinh t th tng nhanh b thay th bi cc hot ng CN
v nghnh cng nghip dch v-th-ng mi. Ngoi ra i hi cn
-c bo co l khong 19% s h gia nh H Ni c th xp
vo din h giu.
Mc GDP bnh qun nm ngoi ca thnh ph -c -c tnh l
khong 650 la. Cao hn so vi 470 la nm 1991 (tc tng
tr-ng mnh m).
S tng tr-ng ny l kt qu ca hng lot cc d n u t-
trong n-c v n-c ngoi -c tnh vo khong 32,570VND (khong
3.275 triu USD).
 102

Ph ch tch hi ng Nhn Dn thnh ph H Ni, ng L Xun

Hng bo co vi i hi rng:
Mt phn ca s vn u t- -c s dng cho qu trnh
chuyn giao cng ngh, i mi thit b trong nghnh CN. Phn
ln s vn u t- cn li -c dng vo vic thit lp cng ty
lin doanh vi i tc n-c ngoi.
Vo cui nm 1995 c n hn 210 d n u t- n-c ngoi
-c cp giy php kinh doanh trn a bn thnh ph H Ni vi
tng s tin ln ti 3,3 t la. ng Tng ni trong s l 1
phn 3 t la -c s dng.
iu ny gip H Ni trong vic la chn h-ng c cu li
c s kinh t theo h-ng CN-DV thay cho c cu c vi vai tr
tr ct ca CN nh v nng nghip truyn thng.
Theo li ng Tng, t l sn phm CN, th-ng mi, dch v
trong tng sn phm quc ni ca thnh ph H Ni giai on
1991-1995 tng ln n 33,1% i vi cng nghip v 61,6% i
vi th-ng mi v dch v.
Trong khi t l nng nghip li gim xung cn 5,3% trong
tng GDP.
ng Tng cn ni s thay i ca b mt kinh t H Ni cn nh
vo s tng vt ca t l tng tr-ng hng nm ca 5 nm tr-c.
ng ni t l tng tr-ng 11,9% hng nm cng -c m bo
chc chn, con s ny cao hn gp i so vi t l ra nm
1991.
ng Tng bo co vi cc i biu rng vo nm 2000 t l tng
tr-ng ca thnh ph s t 15% 1 nm. GDP -c tnh t khong
1000 la.
Vo thi im t l sn phm cng nghip tng s GDP ca
thnh ph H Ni s t 40% tng 7% so vi hin ti.
Nm ngnh cng nghip t -c mc ch tr thnh ngnh
cng nghip then cht ca thnh ph bao gm: ngnh sn xut
thit b in, my mc, c kh; ngnh dt; ch bin thc phm;
in t; vt liu xy dng.
Trong 5 nm ti H Ni cn khong 9 t USD u t- xy dng
pht trin nhng khu cng nghip mi, i mi cc khu cng
nghip c, xy dng cc to nh ln trung tm thnh ph
lm cc vn phng i din, khu th-ng mi, khu vui chi gii
tr, H Ni c khong 10 khu cng nghip v 5 ci khc ang
-c xy dng.
Nhiu khu cng nghip hin nay cn nhng khong u t- theo
chiu su thay th cc k thut c, m rng xy dng nhiu
nh my hn na.
 103

Tuy nhin ph b th- ng u thnh ph H Ni cn nhc nh cc

i biu rng cn phi n lc hn na gi vng s pht trin
theo h-ng nn kinh t th tr-ng theo nh h-ng x hi
ch ngha.
ng cn ni chnh quyn thnh ph H Ni tht bi trong
vic xy dng s on kt cc quan h sn xut kinh doanh x
hi ch ngha. Trong khi b my hnh chnh cc cp cn yu v
vai tr ca ng trong cc t chc kinh t x hi khc nhau
vn cn hn ch.
Nhng tham vn ca ng Tng cn -c Tng b th- M-i cng
c thm, ng Tng ch pht biu vi i hi rng:
Bn cnh nhng thnh cng ban u H Ni cn ch n vic
pht trin kinh t v xy dng ngun nhn lc.
ng ch ni 6% nhn dn thnh ph H Ni tht nghip l mt
thch thc m thnh ph cn phi gii quyt.
C th l bng cch lp nn cc nhm sn xut t hnh
thnh cc c s cng nghip nh v pht trin cng nghip dch
v.
ng ch ph b th- L Xun Tng ni rng: trong giai on
1991-1995 s l-ng cc gia nh giu tng ln gn 19%. S h
ngho gim xung ch cn khong 2%.

ASSIGNMENT 18:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Lm v-n l mt ngh truyn thng Vit Nam, n xut hin
ng thi hay sm hn ngh trng la n-c. Nh-ng VAC ( vit tt
ca v-n, ao, chung) l mt m hnh kinh t hin i mi -c
-a vo hoat ng cch y 10 nm.
Ng-i n-c ngoi n Vit Nam nghin cu m hnh VAC y
ni rng: Tuy n khng c hiu qu cao trong vic thc hin qui
m sn xut nh-ng l mt m hnh sn xut ng b mang li li
ch kinh t ln li ch v mi tr-ng.T nhng ngy u tin
ca qu trnh hot ng, m hnh VAC lun gn cht vai tr ca
mnh trong s pht trin ca nn kinh t quc dn.
Hin nay VAC c mt trn khp 53 tnh vi hn 10 triu ch
nng h s dng m hnh ny. Trong nhng nm gn y VAC v
ang -c pht trin trn hu ht cc vng khp c n-c. Vi
hng chc ngn hecta t canh tc cc tnh Trung du v min
ni, v-n cy n qu m rng t 350,000 n 400,000 hecta
 104

M hnh VAC -c p dng tr thnh ngun cung cp rau qu

chnh cho c n-c, ng thi cng p ng cho nhu cu xut
khu..Theo FAO ( T chc L-ng Nng Th Gii) th sn l-ng rau
qu Vit Nam t xp x 4 triu tn mi nm. Sn l-ng rau qu
bnh qun u ng-i trn th gii l 65 Ki l, chu -Thi Bnh
D-ng l 31 kg v Vit nam l 61 kg.
Hin nay VAC c mt ngha quan trng trong vic xa i gim
ngho i vi cc n-c chm pht trin, t chc hot ng ti
ch ngn chn suy dinh d-ng, to dng cc v-n cy hay n
in trn khu t trng i ni trc, to ra s pht trin mt
nn nng nghip lu di v n nh.mc sng ca cc h nng dn
thc hin m hnh VAC -c ci thin ng k vi mc thu
nhp hng nm t hot ng VAC t 60% tng thu nhp. Gi tr
sn phm VAC chim 1/3 gi tr tng sn phm v s tng hn
na.
Mc d m hnh VAC pht trin nhanh trong vng 10 nm qua,
nh-ng n ch-a -c thc hin ng lot tt c cc vng nng
thn. Nu tp trung m rng thm canh v chuyn mn ha cc
loi cy trng tren khp c n-c, th sn l-ng rau qu Vit
nam c th t -c 8 triu tn mi nm th k 21.
VAC nn -c xem nh- l mt ch-ng trnh nng nghip quc gia.
Nu VAC -c khuyn khch pht huy ht mi tim nng ca n
th chc chn s t -c hiu qu cao, gp phn vo vic pht
trin n-c nh v gp phn vo vic bo v mi tr-ng.
 105

ASSIGNMENT 19:
Translate the following text into English
Researchers said on Monday they had conclusive evidence an experimental AIDS treatment
using plasma transfusions delays the onset of the disease in HIV positive patients and
prolongs the lives of AIDS sufferers.
DR. Abraham Karpas of the University of Cambridge's department of haematology said,
however, that although Passive Immune Therapy (PIT) was "breakthrough" in treating AIDS
and had no known side effects it should not be described as a cure.
"It is definitely not a cure. There is no cure in sight, but it looks as if it is the best form of
treatment," he said in his presentation to a London conference.
Karpas said U.S. and French studies on PIT released at the conference confirmed his original
research.
"Their double - blind, placebo - controlled studies showed that this treatment benefits AIDS
patients and prolonged their sure, survival,'' he stated in a telephone interview.
He said the studies, conducted by the Hemacare Corporation of California and two Paris
hospitals, also showed that PIT helped to delay the onset of full - blown AIDS (Acquired
Immune Deficiency Syndrome) in people tested positive for HIV, the virus that causes the
deadly disease.
Under PIT, patients receive a monthly transfusion of half a litre of plasma taken from healthy
HIV - positive individuals. The blood has the red and white cells removes and is free of HIV
but has high levels of neutralising antibodies that kill the virus.
Karpas said he first discovered in 1985 that people with HIV who were otherwise healthy had
high levels of these antibodies in their blood while AIDS patients lost these neutralising
antibodies and their ability to fight infections.
Four patients in Cambridge were the first to receive the treatment and subsequently small
scale trials were carried out in London in 1988 and 1989. But Karpras said he has failed to
receive funding for his research in Britain and studies had therefore been set up in the US and
France.
The Hemancare trial studied the effect of PIT on 220 AIDS patients over 3 years. It found that
in the first 12 months the mortality rate was greatly reduced in the group who received the
plasma transfusion while those in the control group, where no treatment was given, had a
death rate of five time higher.
The treated group had one death in 21 people while the placebo group had six deaths in 30.
Moreover, the number of AIDS - linked infections was far lower in the treated group and the
blood donors themselves also appeared to benefit. The researchers said donating blood
appeared to stimulate the production of neutralising antibodies in the blood of HIV - positive
patients.
The French studies produced similar results, Karpas said he said the U.S. and French studies
represented the "first conclusive evidence that PIT is an effective AIDS treatment".
 106

ASSIGNMENT 20:
Translate the following text into English
Another day she said she knew a priest who woke one night to find a fellow he didn't
recognize leaning over the end of his bed. The priest was a bit frightened -naturally enough -
but he asked the fellow what he wanted, and the fellow said in a deep, husky voice that he
wanted to go to confession. The priest said it was an awkward time and wouldn't it do in the
morning, but the fellow said that last time he went to confession, there was one sin he kept
back, being ashamed to mention it, and now it was always on his mind. Then the priest knew
it was a bad case, because the fellow was after making a bad confession and committing a
mortal sin. He got up to dress, and just then the cock crew in the yard outside, and to and
behold! When the priest looked round there was no sign of the fellow, only a smell of burning
timber, and when the priest looked at his bed didn't he see the print of two hands burned in it!
That was because the fellow had made a bad confession. This story made a shocking
impression on me.
But the worst of all was when she showed us how to examine our conscience. Did we take the
name of the Lord, our God, in vain? Did we honour our father and our mother? (I asked her
did this include grandmothers and she said it did.) Did we love our neighbours as ourselves?
Did we cover our neighbour's goods? (I thought of the way I felt about the penny that Nora got
every Friday.) I decided that, between one thing and another, I must have broken the whole ten
commandments, all on account of that old woman, and so far as I could see-,, 9-n long ac, he
remained in the house, I had no hope of ever doing anything else.
I was scared to death of confession. The day the whole class went I let on to have a toothache,
hoping my absence wouldn't be noticed; but at three o'clock, just as I was feeling safe, along
comes a chap with a message from Mrs. Ryan that I was to go to confession myself on
Saturday and be at the chapel for communion with the rest. To make it worse, Mother couldn't
come with me and sent Nora instead.
Now, that girl had ways of tormenting me that Mother never knew of. She held my hands as
we went down the hill, smiling sadly and saying how sorry she was for me, as if she were
bringing me to the hospital for an operation.
"Oh, God, help us!" she moaned. "Isn't it a terrible pity you weren't a good boy? Oh Jackie,
my heart bleeds for you! How will you ever think of all your sins? Don't forget you have to
tell him about the time you kicked Gran on the shin."
"Let me go!" I said, trying to drag myself free of her, "I don't want to go to confession at all."
"But sure, you'll have to go to confession, Jackie," she replied in the same regretful tone.
"Sure, if you didn't, the parish priest would be up to the house, looking for you. Isnt God
knows, that I'm not sorry for you. Do you remember the time you tried to kill me with the
bread knife under the table? And the language you used to me? I don't know what he'll do with
you at all, Jackie. He might have to send you up to the bishop."
I remember thinking bitterly that she didn't know the half of what I had to tell - if I told it. I
knew I couldn't tell it, and understood perfectly why the fellow in Mrs. Ryan's story made a
bad confession, it seemed to me a great shame that people wouldn't stop criticizing him. I
remember that steep hill down to the church, and the sunlit hillsides beyond the valley of the
river, which I saw in the gaps between the houses like Adam's last glimpse of Paradise.
 107

Then, when she had maneuvered me down the long flight of steps to the chapel yard, Nora
suddenly changed her tone. She became the raging malicious devil she really was.
"There you are!" she said with a yelp of triumph, hunting me through the church door." And I
hope he'll give you the penitential psalins, you dirty little baffler.'
I knew then I was lost, given up to eternal justice. The door with the coloured-glass panels
swung shut behind me, the sunlight went out and gave place to deep shadow, and the wind
whistled outside so that the silence within seemed to crackle like ice under my feet. Nora sat
in front of me by

ASSIGNMENT 21:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
1. Nhn chung sau mt thi gian hot ng tr tr, nn cng
nghip dt thu t- nhn ca Thnh ph H Ch Minh -c khi
phc v pht trin mc nht nh k t nm 1991.Tuy nhin
s pht trin khng n nh bi v hu ht cng vic ca cc x
nghip t- nhn u ph thuc vo n t hng ca n-c ngoi.Do
vy, h khng th kim sot -c k hoch sn xut, v gi lao
ng cho sn phm may mt b cc i tc n-c ngoi qui nh
rt thp ( tin cng lao ng nm 1995 ch bng 65%-70% so vi
cc nm 1991 v 1992.).Do tnh c th ca ngnh ny, nn l-ng
trung bnh ca cng nhn trong ngnh may-thu ch khong
400.000 ng/thng. Vi s cnh tranh gay gt hin nay, bo
him x hi chim n 15% v bo him y t l 2% trong tng s
l-ng m cc doanh nghip phi ng, v nu nh- k hoch d
kin ca bo him x hi -c ph duyt, th gi thnh sn xut
s rt cao gy kh khn cho cc nh sn xut Vit Nam trong
vieec cnh tranh c hiu qu v chim lnh th tr-ng.
gip cc doanh nghip thu-may t- nhn sng cn, ng Nam
ngh nh n-c nn sa i t l ng gp ca cc doanh
nghip ngoi quc doanh i vi chnh sch bo him x hi nh-
sau:

- Bo him x hi: 10% i vi doanh nghip v 3% i vi cng

nhn

- Bo him y t : 1% i vi doanh nghip v 1% i vi

cng nhn
Nh n-c cng nn ban hnh mt qui nh c lin quan n ng-i
lao ng -c cc doanh nghip tuyn dng v o to buc
phi lm vic ti thiu l 2 nm. Cc cng nhn lm vic trong
 108

cc doanh nghip ngoi quc doanh cn phi -c cp th lm

vic. Nu mt cng nhn no mun thi vic th phi -c
doanh nghip c qun ng .
Tt c mi thnh vin ca cc cng ty may-thu Thnh ph H
Ch Minh u ng thc hin y vic ng gp mt phn
l-ng vo bo him x hi v y t, th theo ng qui nh ca
lut lao ng.
2. Cc ch doanh nghip ca cc cng ty ln TP H Ch Minh
nu ra nhng kh khn m h phi -ng u trong vic cnh
tranh gay gt vi cc cng ty n-c ngoi, c bit l vi cc
cng ty khng l th gii.
Ti mt cuc hp bn v : Lm th no khuyn khch u t-
n-c ngoi v m bo sn xut trong n-c -c t chc ti TP
H Ch minh tun qua, cc nh sn xut ca cc cng ty bt git
Tico v Lux, M phm P/S, n-c gii kht Tribeco, dt Vit
Thng, bia Si gn v cng ty gia cm vt nui TP H Ch Minh
u thng nht mt kin l cc doanh nghip trong n-c khng
cn sc trong vic cnh tranh vi cc i tc n-c ngoi v h
khng -c h-ng chnh sch -u i thu nh- cc doanh nghip c
vn u t- n-c ngoi.
Ch 1 nm sau khi lnh cm vn ca M -c bi b, cc cng ty
n-c gii kht khng l nh- Coca-cola, Pep si- Cola -c h-ng
-u i v vn, chnh sch tip th v cc -u i khc theo lut
u T- N-c Ngoi, nn cc cng ty ny dn dn thm nhp th
phn ca cc nahf sn xut trong n-c. Cc sn phm khc cng
ri vo hon cnh t-ng t. Bia Si Gn phi cnh tranh quyt
lit vi cc cng ty bia lin doanh vi n-c ngoi. Cc nh sn
xut bt git trong n-c, mc d c th p ng nhu cu trong
n-c n nm 2000, nh-ng li b cc cng ty khng l nh-
Procter & Gamble v Unilever dn vo th b.
bo v vic sn xut trong n-c, cc nh sn xut trong
n-c ngh vi chnh ph mt s bin php. Th nht, nh
n-c nn c k hoch pht trin dnh ring cho vic u t- n-c
ngoi v lnh vc kinh doanh v phn b theo vng a l v
khng nn khuyn khch u t- n-c ngoi vo vic sn xut ra
cc sn phm m cc doanh nghip trong n-c c kh nng sn
xut -c nh- n-c gii kht, bt git, giy v thuc l. Th
hai, vic cp giy php nn -c p dng cho cc cng ty lin
 109

doanh hay cc doanh nghip c 100% vn u t- n-c ngoi tham

gia vo cc d n i hi c nhiu vn, cng ngh cao hay sn
xut cc mt hng xut khu. Th ba, l nn c mt o lut
chng i vic cnh tranh khng lnh mnh c th dn c quyn
kinh doanh, ph gi lm hi ng-i tiu dng. Th t- nn c
chnh sch khuyn khch u t- trong n-c v cho cc doanh
nghip trong n-c -c h-ng chnh sch -u i thu nh- cc nh
u t- n-c ngoi. Th nm, nn pht ng mt chin dch ng
vin ng-i Vit Nam dng hng ni a, to iu kin cho cc
doanh nghip trong n-c pht trin.

ASSIGNMENT 22:
Translate the following text into English
Poor people often have larger families than middle class and upper class people. And people
in underdeveloped countries have more children than people in developed countries. More and
more experts in population growth see the strong relationship between family size and
economic development.
In some areas, government family planning services may not be available to poor people due
to geographic location. For example, people in rural areas may live too far away from family
planning services. Therefore, they don't receive information about ways to control family size.
In general, people in urban areas have much more information available to them than people
living in rural areas. Urban people have help with family planning, and they have smaller
families. So we can say that geography where people live - plays a part in determining family
size: Urban families are smaller than rural families.
What are the other reasons? Economic development of families and, on a larger scale, of
nations, is an important factor in determining family size. People with a lot of money have
fewer children. On the other hand, poor people in underdeveloped countries choose to have
many children. Why? Because they have to depend upon their children to take care of them in
their old age. They have no insurance, pensions, or government help. When they grow old,
where can they get help? The answer is simple. They can and will turn to their children. Their
children will be adults then, and they will be working. The children can all share the costs and
other responsibilities of taking care of their parents. For many poor people, a large family is a
way of planning and preparing for the future. We could say that a large family is insurance for
old age in some societies.

ASSIGNMENT 23:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Hai c quan l-ng thc ca Lin Hp quc ngy hm qua cho
rng Indonesia s i mt vi s thiu ht l-ng thc trm
 110

trng trong nm nay. l hu qu ca nhng v ma tht thu v

ca cuc khng hong ti chnh lm tng gi nhp khu.
Trong mt bn bo co chung, t chc L-ng Nng th gii (FAO)
v Ch-ng Trnh L-ng Thc Th Gii (WFP) cho rng vic gip
ca th gii l cn thit gii quyt vic thiu ht go tm
thi, ngun l-ng thc chnh ca t n-c.
Bn bo co chung ca hai t chc c vn phng t ti Rome
th hai t chc FAO v WFP thc gic cc n-c ti tr gip
Indonesia gii quyt cc vn lin quan n hn hn v khng
hong ti chnh. Bn bo co ni thm rng gi l-ng thc ngy
cng tng cao, s ng-i tht nghip ngy cng ng lm tng
thm s ng-i sng d-i mc ngho i. Mt bn bo co v mt
n-c ng dn th t- trn th gii m nn kinh t b tn ph
cho rng : Vo khong 7,5 triu ng-i Indonesia ngho kh
15 tnh c th phi sng thiu n trong ma kh. Bn bo co
da trn nhng c liu do mt nhm cng tc gm 11 thnh vin
ca hai t chc ny. Nhm ny n Indonesia t ngy 9
thng 3 n 1 thng 4 nm 1998. Sn l-ng nm nay ch -c t
47,5 triu tn, thp hn 3,6% so vi nm ngoi. S tt gim ny
do mt trong nhng t hn hn nghim trng nht Indonesia
trong th k ny gy nn. Bn bo co cn cho bit mc d chnh
ph Indonesia d nh nhp khu 1,5 triu tn go t thng 4
n thng 9, nh-ng n-c ny vn cn thiu 2 triu tn na.
Khon thiu ht ny s -c cng ng quc t gip nhm
cu vn nn kinh t ang lm vo cnh khn cng. Bn bo co
cho bit thch thc chnh m t n-c ny ang i mt l bo
m cung cp l-ng thc cho 7,5 triu ng-i ngho i v gi
go v cc loi l-ng thc khc tng 50% trong vng 12 thng
qua.

ASSIGNMENT 24:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Hm th t-, Vit Nam tuyn b l s gia nhp Hip Hi cc n-c
ng Nam , nhm xua i phng on l H Ni mun ln la vic
tr thnh hi vin chnh thc cho n khi chun b tt mi iu
kin.
Vit Nam hin gi ang tch cc chun b mi iu kin cn
thit tr thnh hi vin chnh thc ca ASEAN vo nm ti.
Ph Th T-ng Phan Vn Khi tuyn b nh- vy vi cc doanh
nhn ti mt ba n tr-a do Din n Kinh t th gii (WEF) -
 111

tr s t ti Thy S- t chc. WEF l c quan ng ra duy tr

cuc hp ko di 3 ngy y.
Ph Th T-ng Phan Vn Khi cho bit Vit Nam cng mun tham
gia vo Din n Hp Tc Kinh T Chu - Thi Bnh D-ng (
APEC) vi 17 thnh vin. khi c iu kin. Ti Jakarta, Th
tr-ng ngoi giao Vit Nam V Khoan ni rng n-c ng s n
xin tr thnh hi vin A SEAN va cui thng ny hay u thng
11.
Th tr-ng V Khoan, sau khi gp ng A Jit Singh Tng th- k A
SEAN- vn phng t ti JaKarta, pht biu rng ng khng
mun c mt tr ngi no trong qu trnh gia nhp A SEAN. Thng
tn x Antara trch dn li tuyn b ca ng.
Cc thnh vin APEC bao gm cc quc gia thuc A SEAN- Bruny,
Indonesia, Malaisia, Phillipine, Xingapore v Thi Lan- cng
cc n-c M, Canada, Nht v Trung Quc. Mt cuc hp khng
chnh thc ca cc nh lnh o cc n-c tham giaAPEC s -c
t chc ti Indonesia vo thng ti.
Vit nam t -c kt qu l tr thnh quan st vin ASEAN
trong cuc hi ngh ca khi ny vo nm 1992, tuyn b l
thit tha mong mun tr thnh hi vin chnh thc ca t chc
ny, c nhng ch-ng trnh vi nhiu hoi bo v s hp tc,
bao gm c vic pht ng khu vc t do mu dch A SEAN trong
vng 10 nm.
Cc vin chc ASEAN cng hy vng l Vit Nam c l s gia
nhp A SEAN tr-c khi cc nh lnh o ca 6 quc gia thnh
vin tham d cuc hp th-ng nh t chc ti Thi Lan vo
thng 12 nm 1995.
sn c nhng qui nh v vic hp tc trong khi A SEAN.
Mt khi chng ti l hi vin th chng ti s tun theo mi
qui nh. Ph Th T-ng ni thm rng H Ni s lm vic vi
cc n-c khc ti ong Nam bo m nn an ninh khu vc.
Ph Th t-ng Phan Vn Khi cho bit chnh ph ca ng s y
mnh cc n lc bng nhng vic ci cch hon thin cc iu
kin cho s u t- n-c ngoi qua s hnh thnh mt c cu lut
php mi v cc th tc hnh chnh thch hp hn.
Ph Th t-ng ni: Chng ti hiu -c l Vit Nam ang i
ph vi nhng th thch ln lao ca s cnh tranh kinh t ton
cu v nh- th chng ti phi c gng tht tch cc gt b
i mi nguy c tt hu ng sau cc n-c lng ging.

ASSIGNMENT 25:
Translate the following texts into English
 112

1. The manufacturing sector expanded significantly during the post-World War II

reconstruction of the Philippine economy. Government controls on imports promoted the
development of light industries that produced consumer goods for the domestic market. In the
1970s the government created four special economic zones designed to stimulate
manufacturing for the export market. Industries in these export-processing zones receive
incentives to produce traditional exports. The zones have helped to stimulate foreign
investment in the Philippine economy, in part because they are exempt from certain taxes and
restrictions on foreign ownership of businesses. The success of these zones has led to the
creation of other types of special economic zones, such as large industrial estates. Businesses
receive tax exemptions and other incentives in these zones. The former U.S. naval base at
Subic Bay, for example, is now a huge industrial-commercial zone in Manila. Its modern
facilities and duty-free economic zone have attracted new export-focused industries and
foreign investment
2. Vietnam has sought to maintain socio-politic stability, develop economic and diplomatic
establishment in recent years. The positive legal changes have had a tremendous influence on
the production, financial and commercial situations. Vietnam ranked as the worlds second-
largest rice exporter to Thailand because its agriculture responded dramatically to free market.
In manufacturing and service activities the rapid growth and change occurred in and around
HCM City. Much economic expansion was partially driven by an influx of investment and
technology from some 2 million overseas Vietnamese in many different countries worldwide,
most of whom had returned to Vietnam for their investment and contacts with their relatives.

Only a year after the US embargo was lifted, soft drink giants such as Coca Cola and Pepsi
Cola, which have enjoyed superior advantages in capital, marketing policies and preferences
under the Foreign Investment Law, have gradually eaten into the market shares of local
producers. Other products are also in the same situation. Saigon Beer has to compete fiercely
with breweries of foreign Joint-ventures. Local detergent producers, although capable of
meeting domestic demand to the year 2005, have driven into the corner by giants such as
Procter & Gamble and Unilever.

3. To protect domestic production, local producers have proposed several measures to the
Government. First, the State should devise specific development plans for foreign investment
in terms of business field and geographical area and should not encourage foreign investment
in products which local enterprises can produce such as soft drink, detergent, paper and
cigarettes. Second, licenses should be granted only to JVs or foreign-owned enterprises which
involve in projects requiring large capital, advanced technology or producing goods for
export. Third, a law should be enacted against unfair competition that can lead to monopoly,
dumping or price inflation that does not benefit consumers.

4. In Vietnamese the word nuoc carry a double meaning of country and water, a
linguistic association recognizable after a journey to the most fertile land in Vietnam- the
Mekong Delta. The silt from the Mekong River helps to bring an ample granary representing
the whole country source of food as well as the local inhabitants riverside lifestyle. For
tourists, the Mekong Delta is one of the most fascinating tourist destinations in South-east
Asia. It offers the marvel of the glittering waters coupled with the gaiety of a culture
demonstrated by the local lifestyle and commercial activities. The big cities such as Can Tho,
 113

My Tho and Long Xuyen provide a vantage for the nine provinces of the Mekong Delta while
the immense network of rivers and canals is regarded as the great boon second to none in this
region. The exciting life in this region is not very similar to that in HCM City. However, it
does not suggest any difficulty in reaching the Mekong Delta to escape the excitement of the
greatest city in Southern Vietnam. It takes only a three-hour drive( by bus, though) on the
National Highway Number 1 to get to My Tho, the capital of Tien giang & an ideal departure
point for exploring this delta region.
 114

REFERENCES

Bolinger, Dwight. 1977. Meaning and Form. Longman, London, UK.

Catford, J.C. 1985. A Linguistic Theory of Translation. Oxford University Press, London,
UK.

Halliday, M.K.A. 1976. Cohesion in English. Longmans, London, UK.

Larson, Mildred L. 1998. Meaning-based Translation.University Press of America. Maryland,

USA.

Newmark, Peter. 1989. A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International, Hertfordside,

USA

Palmer, F.R. 1981. Semantics. Cambridge University Press, London, UK.

Reyburn, D. 1979. Cultural Equivalences in Translation. Oxford University Press, London,

UK.

Rose, Marilyn. 1982. Translation Spectrum. State University of NY Press, New York, USA

Steiner, G. 1985. Aspects of Language and Translation. Oxford University Press, London,
UK.

Tosh, Wayne. 1975. Syntactic Translation. The Hague, Mouton, USA

 1

INTRODUCTION

An increasing number of universities in Vietnam have added courses in translation to their

curricula; however, the textbooks available for such courses are few. This unit has been
written with these courses in mind. The unit is designed to provide the learners with some
basic principles of translation which will be generally useful to translation courses in
universities and colleges, to help the learners avoid some errors they may encounter when they
translate a text, to provide the learners with essential English sentence patterns that could be
very useful for the learners in learning and practicing translating and to provide the learners 20
assignments related to the theory they have learned.
The desire of the author is to make available the principles of translation which have learned
through personal experience in translation and teaching translation, and through interaction
with colleagues involved in translation projects in many universities in Central Vietnam.
Since it is assumed that the students will be speakers of Vietnamese language, many of these
exercises involve translating from or into their mother tongue. The material is presented in a
way that it can be used in a self-teaching situation or in a classroom. An attempt has been
made to keep technical terms to a minimum. When technical vocabulary is used, every effort
is made to clarify the meaning of such vocabulary or to provide its meaning in Vietnamese.
This has been done so that the unit can be used by any student translator, even though his
exposure to linguistic and translation theory has been minimal.
This is an introductory unit. The lessons give an overview
presenting the fundamental principles of translation and the
rest of the unit illustrates these principles. The overriding
principle is that translation is meaning-based rather than
form-based. Once the learner has identified the meaning of the
source text, his goal is to express that same meaning in the
receptor/target language. Many examples of cross-language
equivalence are used to illustrate this principle.
Since the coursebook has been written for the students to
learn either by themselves in their distant learning course or
in class with a teacher, there will be a coursebook and 20
assignments.
By the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. obtain general knowledge of the principles of translation .
2. get familiar with and effectively use the English sentence patterns in their translations.
On the completion of this coursebook, I would like to express my deep gratitude to Dr. Ton
Nu Nhu Huong for her encouragement. I would also like to be grateful to Dr. Tran Van Phuoc
and other colleagues of the College of Foreign Languages and the English Department for
their kind help.
Errors are unavoidable in this coursebook. Therefore, I appreciate and welcome any criticism
on the course book.

Hue, June 24th, 2001

 2

Nguyen Van Tuan

 3

CHAPTER 1: THEORY OF TRANSLATION

LESSON 1: FORM AND MEANING

1.What is translation?
1.1. Translation is the expression in another language (target language) of what has been
expressed in one language (source language), preserving semantic and stylistic equivalencies.
(By Roger T. Bell).
1.2. Translation is the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a
representation of an equivalent text in a second language. (By Roger T. Bell).
The author continues and makes the problems of equivalence very plain:
Texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees (fully or partially
different), in respect of different levels of presentation (in respect of context, of semantics, of
grammar, of lexis, etc.) and at different ranks (word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase, sentence-
for-sentence).
However, languages are different from each other; they are different in form having different
codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language and these
forms have different meanings.
To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to change the forms. Also, the
contrasting forms convey meanings which cannot but fail to coincide totally; there is no
absolute synonym between words in the same language, why should anyone be surprised to
discover a lack synonym between languages.
Something is always lost (or might one suggest gain?) in the process and translators can
find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the
authors intentions. Hence the traitorous nature ascribed to the translator by the notorious
Italian proverb: Traduttore traditore.
Faced by a text in a language, we are able to work out not only the meaning of each word and
sentence but also its communicative value, its place in time and space and information about
the participants involved in its production and reception. We might take, as a light-hearted
model of the questions we can ask of the text, the first verse of a short poem by Kipling.
I keep six honest serving men;
(They taught me all I knew);
Their names were What? And Why? And When?
And How? And Where? And Who?
What? is the message contained in the text; the content of the signal.
Why? orients us towards the intention of the sender, the purpose for which the text was is
used. (Informing, persuading, flattering, etc.)
When? is concerned with the time of communication realized in the text and setting in its
historical context; contemporary or set in the recent or remote past or future.
 4

Where? is concerned with the place of communication, the physical location of the speech
event realized in the text.
How? refers to whether the text is written in a formal or informal way.
Who? refers to the participants involved in the communication; the sender and receiver.

1.3. Translation is rendering a written text into another language in a way that the author
intended the text. (By Bui Tien Bao- Hanoi National University)
Translators are concerned with written texts. They render written texts from one language
into another language. Translators are required to translate texts which arrange from simple
items including birth certificates or driving licences to more complex written materials such as
articles in journals of various kinds, business contracts and legal documents. (Bui Tien Bao-
Hanoi National University).

1.4. Translation, by dictionary definition, consists of changing from one state or form to
another, to turn into ones own or anothers language. (The Merriam-Webster Dictionary,
1974). Translation is basically a change of form. When we speak of the form of a language,
we are referring to the actual words, phrases, sentences, paragraphs, etc. The forms are
referred to as the surface structure of a language. It is the structural part of language which is
actually seen in print or heard in speech. In translation the form of the source language is
replaced by the form of the receptor/target language. But how is this change accomplished?
What determines the choices of form in the translation?

The purpose of this lesson is to show that translation consists of transferring the meaning of
the source language into the receptor language. This is done by going from the form of the
first language to the form of the second language by a way of semantic structure. It is meaning
that is being transferred and must be held constant. Only the form changes. The form from
which the translation is made will be called the source language and the form into which it is
to be changed will be called the receptor language. Translation, then, consists of studying the
lexicon, grammatical structure, communication situation, and cultural context of the source
language text, analyzing it in order to determine its meaning, and then reconstructing this
same meaning using the lexicon, grammatical structure which are appropriate in the receptor
language and its cultural context.

Let us look at an example. Assume that we are translating the Vietnamese sentence Cm
n bn gip ti tn tnh. into English. This Vietnamese sentence
has the verb gip tn tnh, but to convey the same meaning in English one
would use a noun phrase: your kind help. To do effective translation one must discover the
meaning of the source language and use the receptor language forms which express the
meaning in a natural way.
It is the purpose of this unit to familiarize the learners with the basic linguistic and
sociolinguistic factors involved in translating a text from a source language into a receptor
language, and to give them enough practice in the translation process for the development of
skills in cross-language transfer.
 5

2. Characteristics of language which affect translation

There are certain characteristics of languages which have a very direct bearing on principles
of translation. First, let us look at the characteristics of meaning components. Meaning
components are packaged into lexical items, but they are packaged differently in one
language than in another. In most languages there is a meaning of plurality, for example the
English -s. This often occurs in the grammar as a suffix on the nouns or verbs or both. In
Vietnamese, however, plurality is expressed in an isolated word nhng/cc. Many
times a single word in the source language will need to be translated by several words. For
example, a projector was called the thing that shows pictures on the wall by the Chipara
Bolivia.

Second, it is characteristic of languages that the same meaning component will occur in
several surface structure lexical items. In English, the word sheep occurs. However, the
words lamb, ram and ewe also include the meaning sheep. They include the addition
meaning components of young (in lamb, adult and male in ram and adult and female in
ewe. In Peru, lamb would need to be translated by sheep its child, ram by sheep big
and ewe by sheep its woman.

Third, it is further characteristic of language that one form will be used to represent several
alternative meanings. This again is obvious from looking in any good dictionary. For example,
the Readers Digest Great Encyclopedic Dictionary gives 54 meanings for the English word
run. Most words have more than one meaning. There will be a primary meaning-the one
which usually comes to mind when the word is said in isolation-and the secondary meaning-
the additional meanings, which a word has in context with other words. In English, we can say
the boy runs, using run in its primary meaning. We can also say the motor runs, the river
runs, and his nose runs, using runs in its secondary meanings.

This principle is not limited to lexical items for it is also true that the same grammatical
pattern may express several quite different meanings. For instance, the English possessive
phrase my house may mean the house I built, the house I rent, the house I live in, or the
house for which I drew up in my plans. Only the larger context determines the meaning.
Notice the following possessive phrases and the variety of meanings:
my car ownership
my brother kinship
my foot part-whole
my singing action
my book ownership or authorship
( the book I own, or, the book I wrote)
my village residence
( the village where I live)
my train use
 6

(the train I ride on)

Whole sentences may also have several functions. A question form may be used for a non-
question. For example, the question: Mary, why dont you wash the dishes? has a form of a
question, and may in some context be asking for information, but it is often used with the
meaning of command rather than a real question. A simple English sentence like He made
the bed. May mean either He made (as a carpenter would make) the bed, or He put the
sheets, blanket, and pillows in neat order on the bed.

Just as words have primary and secondary meanings, so grammatical markers have their
primary function and often have other secondary functions. The preposition on is used in
English to signal a variety of meanings. Compare the following uses of on with the
corresponding form used in Vietnamese.

John found the book on the floor. John tm thy cun sch trn sn
nh.
John found the book on mathematics. John tm thy cun sch vit v
mn ton.
John found the book on Tuesday. John tm thy cun sch vo
th Ba.
John found the book on sale. John tm thy cun sch
ang by bn.
Compare also the following uses of by
John was stopped by the policeman.
John was stopped by the bookstand.

In the first, by is used to signal the meaning that the policeman is the agent of the action. In
the second, by is used to signal that the bookstand is the location.

We have seen that one form may express many meanings. On the other hand, another
characteristic of languages is that a single meaning may be expressed in a variety of forms.
For example, the meaning the cat is black may be expressed by the following: the cat is
black, the black cat, and, the cat, which is black, depending on how that meaning relates to
other meanings. In addition, the meanings of Is this place taken? Is there anyone sitting
here? and May I sit here? are essentially the same. Also, the meaning is essentially the
same in the following English sentences:

Others blamed John because of the difficulty.

Others blamed John for the difficulty.
Others blamed the difficulty on John.
Others said John was responsible for the difficulty.
 7

Others accused John of being responsible for the difficulty.

We have seen that even within a single language there are a great variety of ways in which
form expresses meaning. Only when a form being used in its primary meaning or function is
there a one-to-one correlation between form and meaning. The other meanings are secondary
meanings or figurative meanings. Words have these extended meanings and in the same way
grammatical forms have extended usages (secondary and figurative function).

This characteristic of skewing; that is, the diversity or the lack of one-to-one correlation
between form and meaning is the basic reason that translation is a complicated task. If there
were no skewing, then all lexical items and all grammatical forms would have only one
meaning and a literal word-for-word and grammatical structure-for- grammatical structure
translation would be possible. But the fact is that a language is a complex set of skewed
relationship between meaning (semantics) and form (lexicon and grammar). Each language
has its own distinctive forms for representing the meaning. Therefore, in translation the same
meaning may have to be expressed in another language by a very different form.

To translate the form of one language literally according to the corresponding form in another
language would often change the meaning or at least result in a form which is unnatural in the
second language. Meaning must, therefore, have priority over form in translation. It is
meaning that is to be carried over from the source language to the receptor language, not the
linguistic forms. For example, to translate the English sentence he is cold hearted i.e. His
heart is cold (meaning he is unfeeling, has no emotional sympathy.) literally into Mambila in
Nigeria would be understood to mean, he is peaceful, not quick-tempered. And if translated
literally into Cinyanja in Zambia, it would mean, he is frightened.

The nature of language is that each language uses different forms and these forms have
secondary and figurative meanings which add further complications. A word-for-word
translation which follows closely the form of the source language is called a literal translation.
A literal translation does not communicate the meaning of the source text. It is generally no
more than a string of words intended to help someone read a text in its original language. It is
unnatural and hard to understand, and may even be quite meaningless, or give a wrong
meaning in the receptor language. It can hardly be called a translation. The goal of a translator
should be to produce a receptor language text (a translation) which is idiomatic; that is one
which has the same meaning as the source language but is expressed in the natural form of the
receptor language. The meaning, not form is retained.
The following is a literal translation of a story first told in the Quiche language of Guatemala:

It is said that being one man not from here, not known where the his or the he comes where.
One day the things he walks in a plantation or in them the coastlands, he saw his appearance
one little necklace, or he thought that a little necklace the very pretty thrown on the ground in
the road. He took the necklace this he threw in his mouth for its cause that coming the one
person another to his behind ness, for his that not he encounters the one the following this
way in his behindness not he knows and that the necklace the he threw in his mouth this one
 8

snake and the man this one died right now because not he knows his appearance the snake or
that the he ate this not this a necklace only probably this snake.

Now compare the above with the following less literal translation of the same story:
It is said that there once was a man not from here, and I do not know his town or where he
came from, who one day was walking in a plantation (or in the coastlands). He saw a little
necklace, or rather, what he thought was a very pretty little necklace, lying on the road. He
grabbed this necklace and threw this into his mouth because there was someone coming along
behind him, and he did not want the other person to see it. He did not know that the necklace
he threw into his mouth was really a snake. The man died in short order because he did not
recognize from its appearance that it was a snake. He did not know that what he had put in
his mouth was not a necklace, but rather a snake.
In the first, each quiche word was replaced by the nearest English equivalent. The result was
nonsense. In the second translation, the natural forms of English lexicon and grammar were
used to express the meaning of the Quiche story. Below the story is again rewritten in a more
idiomatic English style.

I am told that there once was a stranger from some other town who was walking in a
plantation along the coast. As he walked along he suddenly saw a very pretty little necklace
lying on the road. He snatched up this necklace and threw this into his mouth because there
was another person walking behind him and he did not want him to see the necklace. The
stranger did not know that the necklace was really a snake. The man died immediately. He
died because he did not realize that it was a snake. He did not know he put a snake into his
mouth rather than a necklace.

Anything which can be said in one language can be said in another. It is possible to translate.
The goal of the translator is to keep the meaning constant. Wherever necessary, the receptor
language form should be changed in order that the source language meaning should not be
distorted. Since a meaning expressed by a particular form in one language may be expressed
by quite a different form in another language, it is often necessary to change the form when
translating.
3. Notes
Form-based translation: dch da vo hnh thc hay cu trc
Meaning-based translation: dch da vo ngha, da vo ni dung cn
chuyn ti
Source language: ngn ng gc
Receptor language: ngn ng dch
Context: vn cnh/ ng cnh
Principle of translation: nguyn tc dch/k thut dch
Meaning component: thnh t ngha
 9

Lexical: (thuc v) t vng

Surface structure: cu trc b mt
Deep structure: cu trc su/cu trc ng ngha
Meaning/ sense: ngha
Primary meaning: ngha chnh/ngha gc
Secondary meaning: ngha phi sinh
Literal translation: dch tng t mt
One-to-one correlation: quan h mt i mt
Figurative meaning: ngha bng
Function: chc nng
Idiomatic translation: dch ng, dch st nghi
4. Self-study
4.1 Questions for discussion
1. What is translation? What definition do you think is the most appropriate? Can you give
your own definition of translation?
2. What is a literal translation? Can you give some examples of literal translations?
3. What is an idiomatic translation? Give some examples of idiomatic translations.
4. What characteristics of language affect translation?
5. What are the secondary meanings? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used
in a secondary sense.
6. What is the primary meaning? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used in a
primary sense.
4.2 Exercises
A. Identify change of meaning versus change of form. Some of the following pairs of
sentences differ in their form. Some differ in meaning. Indicate if the primary change is in the
form or in the meaning.
Example: They robbed the old man.
The old man was dropped by them.
Answer: Change of form
1. The students like to study translation.
The students like studying translation.
2. I bought a pair of horseshoes.
I bought a pair of leather shoes.
3. He saw the bird.
He heard the cat.
 10

4. Phillip went walking.

Phillip took a walk.
5. Go to bed.
I want you to go to bed.
6. I came; I saw; I conquered.
I came, saw, and conquered.
7. Two weeks later he came.
After two weeks he came.
8. There is a table in the book.
There is a book on the table.
9. The young man had an English grammar book stolen.
An English grammar book was stolen from the young man.
10. He was awaken by a thunderclap.
A thunderclap awakened him.
B. List as many grammatical forms as you can which realize the same meaning as the one
given below. Then put the same meaning into a language other than English in as many forms
as you can.
Example: the cat is black
the black cat
the cat, which is black
1. the jug water
2. John bought a car
3. a hot day
4. mothers long blue dress
5. Peters house
C. All of the following have the same grammatical form. With the change of lexical items,
there is a change of meaning which is signaled by that lexical item, apart from the referential
meaning of the word itself. What meaning is signaled in each of the following possessive
phrases? Answer by restating. How can that meaning best be expressed in another language
which you speak?
Example: The mans car - the man owns the car
The mans eye - the eye is part of the man
1. the doctors office
2. the doctors patient
3. the doctors book
4. the doctors brother
 11

5. the doctors hand

6. the doctors house
D. For each pair of sentences, state whether the two sentences are 1. the same in meaning or
2. different in meaning.
Example:
(a) It rained all night.
(b) Rain fell all night.
(a) There is a book on the table.
(b) There is a table on the book.
1. (a) John was very surprised when he heard the news.
(b) The news very much amazed John when he heard it.
2. (a) It was a hot day.
(b) The day was hot.
3. (a) Peters house
(b) The house that belongs to Peter
4. (a) He remained silent.
(b) He did not say anything.
5. (a) I bought cloth to make Mary a new dress.
(b) I bought a new dress for Mary.
6. (a) I bought vegetables in the market.
(b) I bought tomatoes and onions in the market.
7. (a) My parents are well.
(b) My mother and father are well.
8. (a) John is ill: he has a bad case of malaria.
(b) John is very ill indeed.
9. (a) There are four rooms in the house.
(b) The house has four rooms and a kitchen at the back.
10. (a) In my opinion, the government is doing well and making many improvements in the
country. But there are many people who do not agree that this is so.
(b) Opinions are divided concerning the government. Some say they are doing well and
making many improvements in the country. Others do not agree.

LESSON 2: KINDS OF TRANSLATION

1. Literal versus idiomatic

 12

Because a given text has both form and meaning, as discussed in the previous lesson, there are
two main kinds of translation. One is form-based and the other is meaning-based. Form-based
translations attempt to follow the form of the source language and are known as literal
translation. Meaning-based translations make every effort to communicate the meaning of the
source language text in the natural forms of the receptor language. Such translations are called
idiomatic translations.

An interlinear translation is a completely literal translation. For some purposes, it is desirable

to reproduce the linguistic features of the source text, as for example, in a linguistic study of
that language. Although these literal translations may be very useful for purposes related to
the study of the source language, they are of little help to speakers of the receptor language
who are interested in the meaning of the source language text. A literal translation sounds like
nonsense and has little communication value. For example:

Vietnamese: Mi bn v nh ti chi
Literal translation: Invite friend about house me play.

This literal translation makes little sense in English. The appropriate translation would be:
Would you like to come to my home?

If the two languages are related, the literal translation can often be understood, since the
general grammatical form may be similar. However, the literal choice of lexical items may the
translation sounds foreign. The following bilingual announcement was overheard at an airport
( Barnwell 1980:18)
Literal English: Madame Odette passenger with destination Domda is demanded on the
telephone.
This English version is a literal translation of the French.
French: Madame Odette, passager destination de Domda, est demande au telefon.
An idiomatic translation into English would be: Miss Odette, passenger for Domda. You are
wanted on the phone.

Except for interlinear translation, a truly literal translation is uncommon. Most translators who
tend to translate literally actually make a partially modified literal translation. They modify the
order and grammar enough to use acceptable sentence structure in the receptor language.
However, the lexical items are translated literally. Occasionally, these are also changed to
avoid complete nonsense or to improve the communication. However, the result still does not
sound natural. Notice the following example from a language in Papua New Guinea:

Ro abombo ngusifu pamariboyandi.

I my heart fastened-her. (literal)
I fastened her in my heart. (modified literal)
 13

The modified literal translation changes the order into English structure. However, the
sentence still does not communicate in clear English. An idiomatic translation would have
used the form: I never forgot her. Or Ive kept her memory in my heart.
A person who translates in a modified literal manner will change the grammatical forms when
the constructions are obligatory. However, if he has a choice, he will follow the form of the
source text even though a different form might be more natural in the receptor language.
Literal and modified literal translations consistently err in that they choose literal
equivalents for the words, i.e. lexical items being translated. Literal translations of words,
idioms result in unclear, unnatural, and sometimes nonsensical translations. In a modified
literal translation, the translator usually adjusts the translation enough to avoid the nonsense
and wrong meanings, but the unnaturalness still remains.

Idiomatic translations use the natural forms of the receptor language, both in the grammatical
constructions and in the choice of lexical items. A truly idiomatic translation does not sound
like a translation. It sounds like it was written originally in the receptor language. Therefore, a
good translator will try to translate idiomatically. This is his goal. However, translations are
often a mixture of a literal transfer of the grammatical units along with some idiomatic
translation of the meaning of the text. It is not easy to consistently translate. A translator may
express some parts of his translation in very natural forms and then in other parts fall back
into a literal form.

In one translation, the source text said, Nhiu du khch n-c ngoi gii
thiu cho chng ti v khch sn H-ng Giang. It was translated,
Many foreign tourists have introduced us about Huong Giang Hotel. It would have been
translated idiomatically, Huong Giang Hotel has been recommended to us by a number of
foreign tourists.

The translators goal should be to reproduce in a receptor language a text which

communicates the same message as the source language but using the natural grammatical and
lexical choices of the receptor language. The basic overriding principle is that an idiomatic
translation reproduces the meaning of the source language in the natural form of the receptor
language.
2. Translating grammatical features
Parts of speech are language specific. Each language has its own division of the lexicon into
classes such as nouns, verbs, adjectives and so on. Different languages will have different
classes and subclasses. It will not always be possible to translate a source language noun with
a noun in the receptor language. For example, English has many nouns which really refer to
actions while Vietnamese prefers to express actions as verbs rather than nouns.

In one translation, the source text said, There is a general agreement that the government
has given top priority to education. It was translated, C mt s ng chung
rng chnh ph dnh nhiu s -u tin cho gio dc. This would
 14

have been translated idiomatically, Ai cng ng rng chnh ph dnh

nhiu -u tin cho gio dc. Similarly, a translator in Papua New Guinea was
asked to translate the Eight Point Improvement Plan for Papua New Guinea. One point reads,
Decentralization of economic activity, planning and government spending, with emphasis on
agricultural development, village industry, better internal trade, and more spending
channeled through local and area bodies. Such sentences are very difficult for translators
who want to translate into the native language of the country. Words such as Decentralization,
activity, planning, government spending, emphasis development, trade would have to be
rendered by verbs in most languages. When verbs are used, then, the appropriate subject and
object of the verb may need to be made explicit also. The form in the receptor language is
very different from the source language form and yet this kind of adjustment, using verbs
rather than using nouns, must be made in order to communicate the message. An idiomatic
translation was made which used verbs as in the following.

The government wants to decrease the work it does for businesses and what it plans and the
money it spends in the capital, and wants to increase what people and groups in local area do
to help farmers and small businesses whose owners live in the villages, and help people in this
country buy and sell things made in this country and to help local groups spend the
governments money.

Most languages have a class of words which may be called pronouns. Pronominal systems
vary greatly from language to language and the translator is obliged to use the form of the
receptor language even though they may have very different meanings than the pronouns of
the source language. For example, if one is translating into Kiowa (USA), the pronouns will
have to indicate a different between singular, dual and plural person even though the source
language does not make this three-way distinction. Or if a translator is translating into
Balinese, he must distinguish degrees of honor even though nothing in the source language
indicates these distinctions. He will need to understand the culture of the Balinese and the
cultural context of the text he is translating in order to choose correctly.

In English, the first plural pronoun we is often used when the real meaning is second person
you. The reason for the use of we is to show empathy and understanding. The nurse say to the
sick child, Its time for us to take our medicine now. Or the teacher says, Were not going
to shout, quietly to our well walk places. Clearly , the pronouns do not refer to the nurse or
the teacher but to the children whom she is addressing you. In translating these pronouns into
another language, a literal translation with first person plural would probably distort the
meaning. The translator would need to look for the natural way to communicate second
person and the feeling of empathy carried by the source language.

Grammatical constructions also vary between the source language and the receptor language.
The order , for example, may be completely reserved. The following simple sentences from
Vietnamese is given with a literal English translations:
Ch sng u?
You live where ?
 15

C y th-ng mc o s mi vi silk mu xanh c nh.

She often wears a shirt silk blue small.
It will readily be seen that understandable translations into English requires a complete
reversal of the order: She often wears a small blue silk shirt.

It is not uncommon that passive constructions will need to be translated with an active
construction or vice versa, depending on the natural form of the receptor language. For
example, Vietnamese people tend to use active constructions to express their ideas whereas
English people prefer to use passive constructions.

English: Nguyen Du is considered to be a great poet. ( passive)

Vietnamese: Ng-i ta xem Nguyn Du l mt nh th v i.
(active)
English:
A: What has happened to all your money after the will was settled and the business was
sold?
(passive)
B: The usual thing, false friends, fast-living style and bad investment.
Vietnamese:
A: Chuyn g xy ra vi ton b s tin m bn c -c sau
khi gii quyt xong
chuyn chc th- v bn i c sn nghip. (active)
B: Cng l th-ng tnh thi, bn b gi di, n chi hoang n
v u t- sai ch.
The above translated sentences are only examples to show some types of grammatical
adjustments which will result if a translator translates idiomatically in the source language.
Certainly, there will be times by coincidence they match, but a translator should translate the
meaning not concern himself with whether the forms turn out the same or not.
3. Translating lexical features
Each language has its own idiomatic way of expressing meaning lexical items. Languages
abound in idioms, secondary meanings, metaphors, and other figurative meanings. For
example, notice the following ways in which a fever is referred to ( literal translations are
given to show the source language form):
Greek: The fever left him.
Aguaruna: He cooled.

Vietnamese: He cooled.
Or: The fever was no more in him.
 16

Ilocano: The fever was no more in him.

The English translations of all six would be : His fever went down, or His temperature
returned to normal.

All languages have idioms, i.e. a string of words whose meaning is different than the meaning
conveyed by the individual words. In English to say that someone is bullheaded means that
the person is stubborn. The meaning has little to do with bull or head . Similarly, in
Vietnamese to say that someone is cng u cng c means that the person is
stubborn. The meaning has little to do with u or c. Languages abound in such
idioms. The following are a few English idioms using in and into: run into debt, rush into
print, step into a practice, jump into a fight, dive into a book, stumble into acquaintance, fall
in love, break into society. In spite of all these combinations, one cannot say the following
break into debt, fall into print, rush into a fight, dive into debt, etc. The combinations are
fixed as to form and their meaning comes from their combination. A literal word-for-word
translation of these idioms into another language will not make sense. The form cannot be
kept, but the receptor language word or phrase which has the equivalent meaning will be the
correct one to use in the translation. The following idioms occur in Vietnamese. In the first
column is a literal translation from Vietnamese. In the second is an idiomatic translation. The
literal English is misleading.

LITERAL IDIOMATIC
I dont have my eye on you. I dont remember you.
He is as strong as a buffalo. He is as strong as a horse.
I have buried my head into my business. I have been busy with my work.

Translators who wants to make a good idiomatic translation often find figures of speech
especially challenging. A literal translation of strong as a horse might sound really strange in a
language where the comparison between a strong person and a horse has never been use as a
figure of speech. In Vietnamese it would be more natural to say strong as a buffalo. Similarly,
a literal translation of blind as a bat might sound really strange in a language where the
comparison between a blind person and a bat has never been use as a figure of speech. In
Aguaruma it would be more natural to say blind as a fox. There is a legend in which the sun
borrowed the foxs eyes and then returned to heaven taking the foxs good eyes with him and
leaving the fox with the suns inferior eyes. That is why they say, when the fox is trying to see,
he stretches back his head and looks with his throat. Figures of speech are often based on
stories or historical incidents.
Names of animals are used metaphorically in most languages. But the comparison is often
different and so the figure will be misunderstood unless some adjustment is made. For
example, when someone is called a pig in English, it usually means he is dirty or a greedy
eater. In Vietnamese, it has different meanings. It could means that the person is stupid or that
the person is a greedy. Care would need to be taken if pig were used metaphorically or a
wrong meaning might result in the receptor language.
 17

Some lexical combinations of the source language may be ambiguous. The meaning is not
clear. For example, It is too hot to eat, could mean any of the following: The food is too hot
to eat; the weather is too hot for us to feel like eating; the horse is too hot after running a race
and does not want to eat. In the process of making an idiomatic translation, such ambiguities
must often be resolved and only the intended meaning communicated.
4. Conclusion
It is obvious that translation is a complicated process. However, a translator who is concerned
with transferring the meaning will find that the receptor language has a way in which the
desired meaning can be expressed even though it may be very different from the source
language form.

Considering the complexity of language structures, how can a translator ever hope to produce
an adequate translation? Literal translation can only be avoided by careful analysis of the
source language: by, first of all, understanding clearly the message to be communicated. A
translator who takes the time to study carefully the source language text, to write analysis of it,
and then to look for the equivalent way in which the same message is expressed naturally in
the receptor language, will be able to provide an adequate, and some times brilliant
translation. His goal must be to avoid literalisms and to strive for a truly idiomatic receptor
language text. He will know he is successful if the receptor language readers do not recognize
his work as a translation at all, but simply as a text written in the receptor language for their
information and enjoyment.
5. Notes
Form-based translation : dch da vo hnh thc
Meaning-based translation: dch da vo ngha
Literal translation: dch tng t mt
Idiomatic translation: dch ng ngha
Interference : s can thip
Mother-tongue interference: s can thip ca ting m
To make adjustments: hiu nh/ iu chnh
Translating grammatical features: c tr-ng ng php dch
Parts of speech: t loi
Subclass: nhm nh
Indo-European language: ngn ng n-u
Pronominal system: h thng i t
6. Self-study
6.1 Questions for discussion
1. What are the differences between a literal translation and an idiomatic translation?
2. What should you do to translate a text idiomatically?
 18

3. What grammatical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give some
examples to support your ideas.
4. What lexical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give some examples
to support your ideas.
5. Why do you have to take the time to read the source language text carefully before
translating it?
6.2 Exercises
A. In each of the following pairs of sentences, which is more idiomatic English, a or b? How
would the meaning be expressed idiomatically in the language you speak?
1.(a) The storekeeper said that we will refund your money.
(b) The storekeeper promised to refund our money.

2.(a) A certain boy told me this little story at a party.

(b) He is one boy. He told the one little story. This is a game he said.
3.(a) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform as well. How
many children have shed hot tears about spelling?
(b) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform ,too. And how
many hot childrens tears have not been shed on spelling?
4.(a) He then reported his misfortune to the police, who are searching diligently for the thief.
(b) He then his mishap reported to the police, who are the thief searching intensively
B. Look for literalisms in the following translations into English and underline the words or
phrases that do not sound natural in English. Suggest a more idiomatic way of saying it. All
of these examples are from published translated material.
1. The third-year students often visit the schools in the city for the attendance of the class.
2. Foreign tourists usually at Kinh Do Hotel for their friends have introduced to them very
much about this hotel.
3. Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam, many foreign countries have been
investing in Vietnam.
4. After saying lies many times, he lost our belief in him.
5. Hue is famous about its delicious dishes and beautiful landscapes.
6. The participants discussed about the causes of pollution environment.
7. Every time my mother goes to work , I feel my house absent anybody.
8. One thing makes me proud of my village is a large green field that provides one part of life
for people.
9. A robbery took place of a motorcycle rider at Kampung early yesterday morning.
10. I left my village for three years, a time not long but like a century.
C. Each of the following are sentences written by some Vietnamese who are not yet fluent
English speakers. The forms used shows examples of how their mother-tongue language
 19

structures have been carried over into English. The same information is then given in
parenthesis in idiomatic English. What changes were made in correcting the English? These
changes point out some of the differences between Vietnamese and English.
1. Sir, the problems of before dont forget.
( Sir, please dont forget the problems we discussed before.)
2. If there is any means, send me a letter to Saigon.
(If there is any way to do so, send a letter to me in Saigon.)
3. I will think you time to time day and day.
( I will be thinking about you often every day.)
4. I am very grateful to inform you with this letter.
( I am very happy to be able to send/write you this letter.)

5. I am a man who has been to Hanoi for 12 years.

( I have now lived in Hanoi for 12 years.)
D. Translate the following Vietnamese sentences as idiomatically as possible.
1. Ch may o s mi ny u vy?
2. Cha ng ta ung n-c sng Hng, sng , sng Cu Long
v sng cht vi sng n-c ny. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t
ngn ng trn th gii li c s thng nht nh- ting m ca
chng ta. Trong ting Vit, th n-c (trong sng, trong h,
trong bin....) li ng ngha, ng m vi n-c trong
ngha t quc qu h-ng.
- cha ng: ancestors
- thng nht : uniformity
- ng ngha : synonym/ synonymous
- ng m : homonym
- trong ngha : to mean/ to signify
- t quc qu h-ng: homeland/ fatherland/ motherland
- sng cht: to try hard to protect them/ to spare no pain to protect them
3. Lt chim c mt vng t rng trn cao nguyn Lm Vin,
xung quanh ton l ni i hng v.
- chim c : take up/ to be situated/ to occupy
- cao nguyn : plateau
- xung quanh: to be surrounded by/ with
4. S pht trin kinh t ca Vit Nam phi -c xt trong hon
cnh chin tranh ko di. Hon cnh chin tranh y gy ra
 20

nhiu thit hi v sinh mng v ti sn cng nh- cc cng trnh

cng cng v ti nguyn.
- s pht trin kinh t : the economic development
- -c xt : to be viewed/ to be considered/ to be taken into account
- hon cnh chin tranh ko di : in the context of the long period of war
- gy ra thit hi : to cause damage to
- ti sn : property
- cng trnh cng cng : public facilities
- ti nguyn : resources
5. Mc d a v ca ph n c nhng b-c tin k diu,
nh-ng ng-i ta phi thc hin nhiu chuyn khc ci thin
tnh trng sc kho, dinh d-ng v gio dc cho ph n.
- a v : status
- c nhng b-c tin k diu: to be dramatically improved
- dinh d-ng : nutrition

6. Mng l-i truyn hnh ang xy dng rng khp c n-c.

Ngoi nhng i truyn hnh t-ng i hin i, c t lu i
nh- i truyn hnh H Ni v Thnh Ph H Ch Minh, cn c 25
i thuc cc tnh -c thnh lp vo nm 1988. Nhng i
truyn hnh ny s truyn nhng ch-ng trnh quan trng ca i
truyn hnh trung -ng v pht ch-ng trnh ca i mnh.
- mng l-i : network
- i truyn hnh : television station
- lu i: long-standing
- thnh lp : to establish/ set up
- truyn nhng ch-ng trnh : to relay the transmissions
- pht: to broadcast
7. Ngy nay th gii ang -ong u vi nhiu vn nghim
trng cho d c nhiu b-c tin ng k trong lnh vc khoa
hc, cng ngh v tri thc. Mt trong nhng vn l s
bng n dn s, c bit cc n-c ang pht trin. Dn s
ang tng theo cp s nhn trong lc sn xut hng ho li tng
theo cp s cng.
- -ng u : to face
- vn nghim trng : serious problem
- c nhiu b-c tin ng k : to take great strikes
 21

- s bng n dn s : population explosion/ population boom

- tng theo cp s nhn : to grow in geometric progression
- tng theo cp s cng : to grow in arithmetic progression
- sn xut hng ho : the production of goods
8. Charles Dickens l mt trong nhng nh vit tiu thuyt ln
nht th gii, thuc tr-ng phi hin thc ph phn th k 19.
iu m chng ta nh gi cao v nhng tc phm ca Dickens l
s ph phn v ti c v s t-ng phn gia giu v ngho ca
x hi t- sn Anh lc by gi. Th gii m ng ta miu t l
th gii ca giai cp trung l-u v h l-u Lun n.
- nh vit tiu thuyt : novelist
- tr-ng phi hin thc ph phn : the school of critical
realism
- nh gi cao : to value/ highly appreciate
- s ph phn : criticism
- ti c : evil
- s t-ng phn : contrast
- giu v ngho : wealth and poverty
- x hi t- sn Anh : the English boutgeois society
- giai cp trung l-u v h l-u : the middle and lower classes
9. Hi Lin Hip Ph N Vit Nam -c c i din Quc Hi
v ch tch hi -c quyn tham d cc cuc hp th-ng k ca
Hi ng B Tr-ng by t quan im ca Hi v ngh nhng
iu l lin quan n ph n.
- Hi Lin Hip Ph N Vit Nam : The Vietnams Women Union
- c i din : to be represented
- Quc Hi : the National Assembly
- -c quyn lm g : to have the right to do something
- cuc hp th-ng k : regular meeting
- Hi ng B Tr-ng : the Council of Ministers
- by t quan im : express ones points of view
- iu l : regulations
10. Gia nh Vit Nam chu nh h-ng r rt ca nn vn minh
nng nghip. Do chnh sch m ca, nn vn minh cng nghip
ang tc ng tng ngy, tng gi vo cuc sng gia nh Vit
Nam.
- chu nh h-ng : to be affected by
 22

- nn vn minh nng nghip : agricultural civilization

- chnh sch m ca : the open-door policy
- tc ng tng ngy tng gi : to have daily and hourly impact /influence on

LESSON 3: STEPS IN A TRANSLATION PROJECT

Before beginning an actual translation, it is important to have in mind the total translation
project and what is involved in producing a good translation. Each of these steps will be
elaborated on in more detail in the last section of the book.

1.Establishing the project

Before one considers beginning a translation project, there are a number of matters which
need to be clearly understood by all who will be involved. These can be summarized under
four Ts- the text, the target, the team, and the tools.
The text refers to the source language document which is to be translated. The desirability of
translating a particular text must be determined. Texts are chosen to be translated for various
reasons. Most often it is to communicate certain information to people speaking another
language, or it may be to share the enjoyment of the source text. The translator should
examine his reasons for choosing the text and the potential for its use by the receptor language
audience.
The target refers to the audience. For whom is the translation prepared? The form of
translation will be affected by questions of dialect, educational level, age level, bilingualism,
and peoples attitudes towards their languages. Will it be used in school, in business, or read
orally in a meeting or at home?
The team refers to the people who will be involved in the project. If a person is a competent
speaker of both the source language and the receptor language, it may be that the project can
be done completely by one person. But even so there should be other available for evaluation
and consultation. Most translation projects require a team, a number of people who are going
to contribute to the translation at some stage in the project. The working relationship between
these people needs to be established before the project gets underway. It may, however, also
change as the project moves along and new factors come into focus.
There are certain essentials to any translation project. Not all these need to be found in one
person. There are various kinds of programs which may be set up depending on the abilities
and backgrounds of those who will be involved. The team may consist of 1. co-translators,
where one is a specialist in the source language and the other a specialist in the receptor
language, or 2. a translator with capability to handle both source language and receptor
language matters and an advisor or consultant, or 3. a committee working together with
specific responsibilities delegated to each one. Which kind of program is developed will
depend on who is available and qualified to determine the meaning of the source language,
who is most skilled at drafting in the receptor language, and who has an understanding of
translation principles. The team may include the translators, a consultant, testers, and
reviewers.
 23

Tools refer to the written source materials which will be used by the translators as helps.
These include, in addition to the document to be translated, any dictionaries, lexicons,
grammars, cultural descriptions. etc.. .. of both the source language and receptor language
which are available. The team will want as much in formation available as possible while
translating. All of these tools should be brought to the translation site in preparation for the
project. For some projects, there will be a wealth of materials that can be used to help in
interpreting the source language text and in finding equivalents in the receptor language. For
other projects, there may be a scarcity of such material, but whatever is available should be
there to make the work easier.
2. Exegesis
Exegesis is used to refer to the process of discovering the meaning of the source language text
which is to be translated. It is the step which includes the preparation and analysis which must
be done before anything at all can be written in the receptor language. The text must be
understood completely. This is the process which takes place in moving from the source
language form to the meaning of the text.

The translator should begin by reading the text several times, then by reading other materials
that may help in understanding the culture or language of the source text. As he reads the text,
he will be looking for the authors purpose and the theme of the text. He will look for the
larger groupings or sections. He may want to outline the text. The purpose is to understand the
text as a whole. Once he has done this, he is ready to work on the material a section at a time.
The analysis of the source text will include resolving ambiguity, identifying implicit
information, studying key words, interpreting figurative senses, recognizing when words are
being used in a secondary sense, when grammatical structures are being used in a secondary
function, etc. It will involve doing the kind of analysis which this book is all about. The goal
of exegesis is to determine the meaning which is to be communicated in the receptor language
text. The translator carefully studies the source language text and using all the available tools,
determines the content of the source language message, the related communication situation
matters, and all other factors which will need to be understood in order to produce an
equivalent translation.
3. Transfer and initial draft
After a careful analysis of the source language text, as indicated above, the translator begins
drafting piece by piece, section by section. The transfer results in the initial draft. In preparing
this draft, the translator is transferring from the source language into the receptor language. As
he does so, he must always keep his target audience in mind.
Before any extensive drafting can be done, the key terms must be determined. Every text has a
set of words which re crucial to the content and correct communication of the theme. These
need to be decided upon and may need to be checked with other speakers of the receptor
language.
There are two ways of approaching the transfer and initial draft. Some translators prefer to do
a quick rough translation so that the material flows naturally. Then they go back and tighten
up the details to be sure that there is no wrong information, and no omissions or additions. In
this way, the receptor language text is more apt to be in the natural style of the receptor
language. Others prefer to prepare a proposition-like semantic draft, being sure that all the
information all the information is accounted for, and then reword it for naturalness; that is,
 24

reword it in the idiomatic form of the receptor language. Either method will lead to an
idiomatic translation if careful work is done.
It may be necessary to rework the initial draft several times before the team is satisfied that all
the adjustments needed have been made, that no information is wrong or omitted, that the text
communicates clearly in the receptor language, and that the form chosen will communicate to
the desired audience. While making and reworking this draft, the audience must always be
kept in mind. Once the translation team has sufficiently reworked the initial draft, they arrange
for copies to be made so that adequate evaluation.
4. Evaluation
The purpose of evaluation is threefold: accuracy, clearness, and naturalness. The questions to
be answer are: 1. Does the translation communicate the same meaning as the source language?
2. Does the audience for whom the translation is intended understand it clearly? 3. Is the form
of the translation easy to read and natural receptor language grammar and style? Those
helping with the evaluation should be mother-tongue speakers of the receptor language. There
are a number of kinds of evaluations which need to be done.
The translator will want to compare the translation with the source text at several points
during the translation process to be sure no additions, deletions or change of in formation have
crept in . Others may help with this work. It is especially advantageous to have a consultant
check over the material. The translator will want to have receptor language speakers read the
text and then tell back what the text communicated to them. As they read, there will be parts
that are hard to read or hard to understand. Any time there is an indication of a problem in
reading , this should be noted for further checking . Another way to check is by asking
questions of those who read the text , or to whom it is read. Questions need to be carefully
formed so that they bring out the theme, the authors purpose , and the relevant facts of the
text. Any wrong understanding should be noted and then checked with others as well. It is best
to have someone who has not worked on the translation, but know both the source language
and receptor language, translate back from the receptor language into the source language
without the reference to the original source language text. Does the back translation carry the
same information as the original source language text? Any difference will need to be checked
further.
It is very important that sufficient time and effort be given to evaluation. If many of the people
who will eventually be using the receptor language text can be involved in the evaluation
process, this will also create interest in the translated material when it is finally published.
5. Revised
After evaluation is done carefully, there will need to be a revised draft made on the basis of
the feedback received. Those with whom the translator has checked may have suggested many
rewordings, may have expressed misunderstanding, etc. The translation team now works
through this material , honestly accepting the evaluation , and rewording the material
accordingly. If any key words are changed, the text will need to be checked carefully for
consistency in the change made. If some parts were hard for people to read, they may need to
be made easier by more redundancy( or less redundancy in another language), by adding more
information to clarify participants or theme or whatever. How much re-drafting will be needed
will vary depending on the results of the evaluation.
6. Consultation
 25

In many translation projects, there are advisors or consultants who are willing to help the
translator. The translator(s) will expect that the consultant is interested in three
matters:1.accuracy of content 2. naturalness of style, and 3. effect on the receptor language
audience.
It is important that translators check their materials with a trained consultant after completing
a section or two of a long document. If they continue , and do large amounts of translation
work without this kind of a check, they will miss out on the training which a consultant can
give as they go over the material together. Asking a consultant to work through the material
with him will give the translator insights which will not only help his final draft of the
material being worked on, but will help him do better transfer drafts on the sections of the
document remaining to be done.
7. Final draft
The translator incorporates into the translated text the suggestions made by the consultant,
checks them again with mother-tongue speakers to be sure they are warranted, and makes any
other minor changes which have come to his attention. However, before he prepares the final
draft, decisions about format need to be discussed with the whole translation team, the
consultant, the potential publisher and those who will promote distribution.
Some matters may need special testing before the final draft is prepared. If the publication is
to include pictures, these will need evaluation. If a special size of print is being recommended,
it will need to be tested. A final editing for spelling and punctuation will need to be made.
When all matters are cared for, a number of copies should be prepared and distributed for
proofreading by various people before the actual printing takes place. Every translator wants
his final copy to be as accurate as possible. The time spent in careful checking and preparation
of the final draft will improve quality and will make the translation more acceptable to the
audience for whom it is being prepared.
8. Notes
Target: c gi
Target language audience: ng-i c bn dch
Dialect: ph-ng ng
Educational level: trnh hc vn
Bilingualism: song ng
To come into focus: ch / tp trung
Co-translator: ng-i cng dch
Specialist: chuyn gia
Tools: ti liu tham kho khi dch
Lexicon: t in t vng
Exegesis: hiu ngha vn bn tr-c khi dch
Initial draft: bn tho u tin
Revised draft: bn tho d-c hiu nh
 26

9. Self-study
9.1 Questions for discussion
1. Name and discuss the four Ts of a translation project.
2. Explain what is meant by exegesis.
3. What are the goals of the translator as he prepares the initial draft?
4. What is the purpose of the evaluation?
5. What kinds of evaluation checks can be made?
6. What is the consultant concerned about when he checks a translation?
7. How will the final draft be different from the revision draft done earlier?
8. How is the revision draft different from the initial draft?
9.2 Exercises
A. Read the English text and answer the questions.
DEFORESTATION
Population growth is one factor in rainforest destruction. However, it is a myth to assume that
the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more mouths is the main factor. The majority
of deforestation in Latin America, South-east Asia and the Pacific is caused by clearing land
to grow cash crops for export and by commercial logging operations, and not by shifting
cultivators or landless peasants. Each year commercial logging eliminates 45000 square
kilometers of forest, much of the timber being exported to the United States and Japan.

No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to grazing
land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt payments. These
heavy payments, which affect the poor the most, have arisen largely from external loans taken
out to finance the purchase of luxury items and arms by military and governing elite. The
establishment of large ranch-style cattle grazing properties is the principal reason for the
elimination of 20000 square kilometers of rainforest each year in Central or South America.
The cleared land is mainly devoted to the export of beef for the fast-food industries in North
America, Europe and Japan- the aptly named hamburger connection.
1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?
2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the Vietnamese meaning of the English words :
subsistence agriculture, cash crops, commercial logging operations, shifting cultivators,
landless peasants, affluent society, external debt payment, military and governing elites,
ranch-style cattle grazing property, hamburger connection ?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent Vietnamese structures of the following
English sentences?
a. However, it is a myth to assume that the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more
mouths is the main factor.
 27

b. No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to
grazing land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt
payments.
6. Translate the text into Vietnamese.
B. Read the Vietnamese text and answer the questions.
NON NC
Cha ng ta ung n-c sng Hng, Sng , Sng Cu Long v
tng sng cht vi sng n-c ny. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t
ngn ng trn th gii li c s thng nht nh- ting m ca
chng ta. Vit Nam th n-c( trong sng, h, bin.) li
ng ngha, ng m vi n-c trong ngha t quc qu
h-ng. Sng n-c v con ng-i y kt hp vi thin nhin v
lch s nh- mt khi bt t bt dit bi mt th xi mng tr-ng
tn. l lng yu n-c th-ng ni ca dn tc Vit Nam.
Trn th gii, c nhiu quc gia t tnh n sang tnh kia ni
l khng hiu nhau ri. Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u,
ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.
1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?
2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the English meaning of the Vietnamese words : cha
ng, sng cht, s thng nht, kt hp cht ch, xi mng tr-ng
tn, lng yu n-c th-ng ni, hiu nhau?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent English structures of the following
Vietnamese sentences?
a. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t ngn ng trn th gii li c
s thng nht nh- ting m ca chng ta.
b.Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u, ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp
nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.
6. Translate the text into English.
 28

LESSON 4: STRATEGIES FOR TRANSLATORS

The following strategies have been suggested by translators, commissioners of translations,

and others involved in translating as ways to approach difficulties in translations from English
into Vietnamese.

1. STRATEGY 1 : How to deal with non-equivalence at lexical level

It is often the case that no direct equivalents can be found in Vietnamese for English words. It
may be that the concept or idea is new to Vietnamese translators, as in the case of gender,
which is, in fact, a relatively new concept in general, and a very difficult concept to
understand and explain in many languages. It may also be that the concept is known or
understood but there is no specific word in Vietnamese used to express it. Another difficulty
is that, in addition to their concrete meaning, some words have special connotations that are
not conveyed by the Vietnamese word for the same thing. The strategies listed below can be
used to handle cases of non-equivalence.
1.1 Translating by a more specific word
In some cases, it may be appropriate or necessary to use a more specific word to translate an
English word into Vietnamese. This usually involves choosing among several different words,
as there may be many Vietnamese words that correspond to the general category or meaning
expressed by English word. For instance, Vietnamese has many words that mean to carry
with distinction being made depending on the size and shape of the object; its animate ( e.g. a
child as opposed to a box); and how it is carried (e.g. in the hand, or in the arms...). Similarly,
the English word for rice can be translated by many different Vietnamese words, depending
on whether one is planting it, harvesting it, cooking it, or eating it. In these cases, the English
word alone is not enough to determine the appropriate Vietnamese translation, and it is
necessary to examine the English context.
1.2 Translating by a more general word
In other cases, it may be appropriate to use a more general word to translate an English word
with no specific Vietnamese equivalent. For example, English makes distinctions among
mopeds, scooters, and motorcycles, the latter having larger wheels and engines than both
mopeds and scooters. Vietnamese, on the one hand, refers to all two-wheel, motorized
vehicles as xe my. Similarly, the English words paw, foot, or leg may all be
translated by the Vietnamese word chn, which does not suggest any problems of
comprehension in Vietnamese, as it should be clear from the context which of these words is
meant. Another example can be found in a manual on community development, which
translates the word matrix by the Vietnamese word ma trn. However, in
Vietnamese, ma trn has a specific use in mathematics only, and does not have the
additional sense of a model or a plan according to which something is developed. In this
example, matrix is better translated bn, which is a more general word used to
classify a written plan or formula.
1.3 Translating by cultural substitution
This strategy involves replacing a culture-specific item or expression with one of the different
meanings but similar impact in the translated text. Because of their self-described respect
 29

for the original text, most Vietnamese translators object to this strategy and tend to translate
directly, even though it is in appropriate. For example, a farmers manual that has been
translated into Vietnamese suggests the planting of different types of fruit trees which are not
even grown in Vietnam. The original manual, which was developed in other parts in Asia, was
not modified at all for the Vietnamese context. Though some translators argue that it is not the
responsibility of the translator to chance the text in this way, the translator is in fact playing
an important role in this task. Translators should be encouraged to consider the
appropriateness of the documents they are translating and suggest changes to make them more
culturally appropriate. However, this is not only the burden of the translator, but also of the
commissioners of the translation and the editor.
1.4 Translating by using a loan word plus explanation
There is some objection to this strategy in Vietnam, as many translator prefer to coin new
words in Vietnamese rather than borrow English words. However, this strategy is very useful
when the translator deal with concepts or ideas that are new to Vietnamese audience, culture-
specific items, and proper names of diseases or medicines that are widely known in English
names. For instance, HIV and AIDS are two loan words that are frequently used in
Vietnamese, as they are referred to by their English names in almost every part of the world.
Because these words have been in common used in Vietnam for a long time, they are often
used without any accompanying explanation. Whenever a loan word is used , it is better to
give an explanation. Another example is the acronym for oral dehydration salts, or ORS,
which is printed on every package and hence easily recognized; this is normally written in
English with an explanation in Vietnamese : ORS (mui b mt n-c)
1.5 Translating by using a paraphrase
This strategy can be used when we translate an English word or concept that does not exist in
Vietnamese, or when the Vietnamese term for it does not include all the meanings conveyed
by the English term for the same concept. For example, in the sentence: Pregnant women
should avoid alcohol., the English alcohol includes all alcoholic drinks in its meaning. The
Vietnamese word ru does not include beer in its definition, so the Vietnamese
translation should add the word beer to reflect the full meaning of the source language
sentence. Another example is that the English words abuse and neglect signify a whole
range of behaviors, some of which are not conveyed by the Vietnamese words alone. As a
result, the English sentence: Children should be protected from abuse and neglect. cannot
be translated as simply as tr em nn -c bo v khi s lm dng v
l l.. This translation does not account for their full meaning , which must be
unpacked for better understanding. This can be done by paraphrasing as a translator has
attempted in the following translation: tr em cn bo v chng li mi
hnh thc bo lc, gy tn th-ng hay xc phm, b mc hoc xao
nhng trong vic chm sc. Back translated roughly into English, this sentence
reads, : Children must be protected from all forms of violence causing harm or offense, and
from abandonment and negligence in their care.
1.6 Translating by omission
Though some translators may reject this strategy as too drastic, it is sometimes appropriate to
omit words or phrases that are not essential to the meaning or impact of the text. This is
especially true for words that would require lengthy explanations, awkward paraphrases, or
literal and unnatural translations, which would interrupt the flow of the text and could distract
 30

the reader from the overall meaning. For example, the sentence Much can be done even
without being physically present in the meeting. is best translated into Vietnamese by,
nhiu vic c th lm ngy c khi khng c mt ti cuc hp
which omit the word physically in the translation. The difference in meaning between
being physically present and being present is so minimal that it does not justify translation
into Vietnamese, which cannot easily express the slight emphasis implied here by the author,
and would not do so by emphasizing the physicality of a persons presence.

STRATEGY 2 : How to deal with idioms and set expressions

Idioms and set expressions can be dealt with in the ways similar to those mentioned above.
With idioms, however, there is another difficulty that the translator may not realize that s/he is
dealing with an idiomatic expression, since more idioms may make sense when translated
literally.
2.1 Using an idiom or a set expression of similar meaning and form
It is sometimes possible to find a Vietnamese idiom or expression with a similar meaning to
an English idiom or expression, and which is expressed in the same way. One example is the
idiom to fight like cats and dogs, which is expressed using the same words in Vietnamese:
ci nhau nh- ch vi mo.; another is Better than never., which is
translated : Th mun cn hn khng n. It is ideal if such a match can be
found, but this kind of correspondence is not common, and it is usually necessary to use other
strategies in dealing with idioms and set expressions.
2.2 Using an idiom or a set expression of similar meaning but different form
It is possible and easy to find a Vietnamese idiom with a similar meaning for an English
idiom or set expression. A good example can be found is the translation for to carry coals to
Newcastle: Ch ci v rng." ,which is translated as to carry firewood to the
forest. The meaning here is clearly the same for both idioms- to bring something to a place
that has an abundance of that thing- but the way in which each language expresses is bound to
be the culture of that language. It is far more cumbersome to translate this idiom literally into
Vietnamese with an explanation that Newcastle is a well-known coal-producing city in
England (as was suggested by some Vietnamese translators), which would unduly interrupt
the flow of the text and greatly diminish the idioms impact. By substituting a similar
Vietnamese idiom, then, the flow and the impact of the source text are retained in the
translation.
2.3 Translating by paraphrasing
When Vietnamese equivalents cannot be found, paraphrasing may be the best way to deal
with an idiom or set expression in English. A good example can be found in an article on
maternal mortality, which includes the sentence, But before the new estimates replace the
old as a way of packaging up the problem, it should be said that a mistake has been made in
allowing statistics such as these to slip into easy language. The expression packaging up the
problem caused the problems in translation, as it was misinterpreted to mean assembling or
gathering. However, even if this phrase were clearly understood, it would be difficult to find
a precise equivalent in Vietnamese. In fact, it would be difficult to restate concisely in
English. This phrase is best dealt with by paraphrasing, which in English could be understood
as something like summing up the problem by referring to it simply as a number, which does
 31

not reflect its true magnitude or impact. The expression to slip into easy usage is
problematic for the same reasons, and is also best dealt with by paraphrasing, as a literal
translation into Vietnamese would be meaningless.

2.4 Translating by omission

This strategy could be used when we translate words or phrases that would require lengthy
explanations, awkward paraphrases, or literal and unnatural translation. This strategy has also
be used when we translate phases which has two meanings one of the meanings may be
sacrificed for the other. For instance, a book entitled Being Positive-Living with HIV/AIDS
causes problems in translate because of the double meaning of being positive. The meaning
of the phrase could be that a person is suffering from positive HIV and that s/he should have
an optimistic outlook on life. This may be clear to the translator , who may interpret the
phrase to mean that this book is for and about people who are HIV positive. However, the
double meaning should be made clear through collaboration with the commissioner, after
which a choice must be made between the two meanings, for it would not be possible to
translate both meanings by one Vietnamese phrase. As the emphasis is on positive outlook on
life but not on the fact of being HIV positive, one translator has suggested the translation:
Hy Sng Yu i D Nhim HIV. This translation expresses the notion of
being positive about life without mentioning anything about being HIV positive status.
STRATEGY 3 : How to deal with voice, number and person
2.1 Voice
The passive voice is used very often in English and poses some problems in Vietnamese
translation. Passive voice can be translated from English into Vietnamese in the following
ways:

a. English : A is/was/has been done by B

Vietnamese: (i) A -c+ ng t+(bi B)

A -c/do+(B)+ng t

(ii) A b +ng t + bi B
A b +(B) + ng t
Example:
This house was built by Frank in 1930
NgI nh ny do Frank xy nm 1930

Tom is given a present by Mary

Tom -c Mary tng mt mn qu
 32

Tom was attacked by a stranger last night

Tom b mt k l mt tn cng ti hm qua

b.English : A is/was/has been done.

Vietnamese: (i) A -c+ ng t
(ii) A b+ ng t
(iii) Ng-i ta/ai + ng t + A
Example:
Tom has been promoted recently.
Tom mi -c bt gn y.
The CD has been broken.
Chic a CD b v/ Ai lm v chic a CD.
The positive and negative connotation is not often conveyed in English, so it is difficult to
know what way used to translate into Vietnamese.

Example: The children were given injections.

Vietnamese translation : Cc chu -c tim., or Cc chu b
tim.
depending on whether the receiving injection is considered a positive or negative experience.
On the other hand, when the positive or negative connotation of the sentence is clear it is more
appropriate to retain the passive voice in Vietnamese.
Example: The HMong people do not like to be called Meo. They prefer to
be called HMong.

Vietnamese: Ng-i dn tc H Mng khng thch b gi l dn tc

Mo. H
thch -c gi l dn tc H Mng.

In Vietnamese, there are some cases where one can see the words -c/b but they are not
translated into English passive sentences at all.

Example: - Anh y b ng. : He fell.

- Ch Lan b ho. : Lan has a cough.
- Hm nay chng ta -c nh chn no n.
 33

We had and enormous meal today.

2.2 Number
Though both languages have similar notions of number and countability, each language has its
own way to express these notions. In English, number is expressed as a grammar category;
that is, there are different grammatical forms for singular and plural nouns. In Vietnamese,
however, no such distinction is grammatically made.
Example : Ph n: can mean either woman or women

In Vietnamese, some plural markers such as cc, nhng, tt c,

mi" ,mi can be used in addition to the noun. cc generally means all of
the given category of things, whereas nhng refers only to some of the total number of
things being discussed. Mi emphasizes the identity of the individual member of the
category without indicating anything of their totality; mi expresses both the
individuality of the items and the totality of the category. If it is clear from the English context
which of these plural markers should be used in the Vietnamese, then the translator should
choose accordingly.
2.3 Person
Participants roles and forms of address are expressed in Vietnamese through a very
complicated system of personal pronouns based largely on kinship terms. Unlike English
pronouns, Vietnamese pronouns bear a number of semantic components depending on the
relationship within a family, age, sex, familiarity, social status, and even ones particular
mood or attitude in a given situation. These distinctions are not always explicitly expressed in
English and can usually be determined by the context in which the language operates. If it is
not possible to determine the distinctions of the English pronouns, the attention should be
focused on the tone and the overall purpose of the text to be translated.
Example: A book on health-care contains many sections written especially for children and
adults. In the sections for children the pronoun you is translated as em or cc em.
In the sections for adults, you should be translated as chng ta .

4. STRATEGY 4 : How to deal with non-subject sentences

( Vietnamese- English translation)
The following techniques could be used to translate the non-subject sentences in Vietnamese
texts:
4.1. Passive voice
4.2. It + to be + Adj + to infinitive
4.3. There + to be...
4.4. Use the subject that is found in the previous sentence(s)
Example:
Cn y mnh cng nghip ha, hin i ha.
 34

Industrialization and modernization should be

promoted.
Or: It is necessary to promote industrialization and
modernization
Vn ch-a c cch cha khi bnh AIDS.
There has been no cure for AIDS.

5. STRATEGY 5 : How to deal with newspaper headlines

Some main characteristics of newspaper headlines are as
follows.
5.1. Present tense = past events
5.2. Present participle = event in progress
5.3. To infinitive = future events
5.4. Past participle = passive voice
5.5. Nouns
5.6. Verb + noun
Example:
1. Chinese Professors Turn To Business
Cc gio s- Trung Quc chuyn sang kinh doanh
2. US President Visiting Vietnam
Tng thng Hoa K ang thm Vit Nam
3. Oil Price To Rise?
Gi du s tng
4. Three More Investment Projects Licensed This Year
Thm ba d n u t- na -c cp giy php trong nm nay
5. Investment Boom
Bng n u t-
6. See You In Court
Hn gp ti ta

LESSON 5: PATTERNS AND SOURCES OF ERRORS MADE

BY VIETNAMESE TRANSLATORS
What is mother tongue interference in translation?
In the narrow definition, interference in translation takes place when apparently, any feature
of the source language notably a syntactic structure, a lexical item, and idiom, a metaphor,
 35

word order or culture is carried over or literally translated as the case may be into the target
language(TL) text.
In a wider definition, interference includes cases when sentence length, punctuation, proper
names, culture words are evidently transferred in the translation in fact all cases where the
language of the translation is manifestly affected whether appropriately or not by the language
of the original.
When the mother tongue interference is an error, a false friend, a sign of the translators
ignorance, a mark of the effect of the source language (SL) or the SL culture, it can be
categorized as follows.
1. LINGUISTIC ERRORS
The linguistic errors can be divided into the following groups:
 36

1.1 Lexical Errors

Lexical interference traps are common enough but more invidious are innocent looking
collocations which appear to make sense until one asks oneself what they mean in particular
context.
E.g. in English to cook an account translated as nu s sch is meanigless and it
must be translated as gi mo s sch. Lexical interference is very dangerous
because it can distort the meaning of a sentence.
1.1.1 Context
The context itself determines the meaning of words. Therefore, their meaning should be
solved in the context. It is commonly known that a word may have equivalents and
accordingly the analysis of its meaning has to be made carefully in order to pick out the most
appropriate word. There are many ways of translating of some nouns related to professions,
classes, fields in society. For example, in a text written about Buddhism in which there are
two words clergy and death. Some translated transferred clergy as gio s and
death as ci cht for Buddha. It sounds strange and funny. In fact, clergy
translated as gio s for Catholicism but gii tng for Buddhism. The
word death is normally translated as ci cht but vua bng h in
Kings death and as for Buddhism this word should be translated as vin tch.
When translators are asked to translate these sentences into English
a. Kha Lun B tm ra Tn th gii vo nm 1842.
b. Ti ang tm cun sch.
c. Michael Faraday tm ra my pht in.
Obviously, there are many equivalents in English for the word tm such as seek,
look for, search for, find, find out. In addition, there are two more words related to
this meaning: to invent and to discover. However, in sentence (1) the word tm has
an equivalent in English as discover. In sentence (2) the word tm is understood as
look for, search for or seek. In sentence (3) the word tm has an equivalent as
invent.
The three above-mentioned sentences can be translated as follows.
1. The New World was discovered by Christopher.
2. I am looking for my book.
3. Michael Faraday invented the generator.
It is characteristic of word that a single lexical item may have several meanings. For example,
the word head in isolation means something like the upper part of the body. But the same
word used in the context of talking about a company or an organization has nothing to do
with the human body though the idea of the upper position of something still remains.
Example:
1. He is the former head of the Chemistry Section of the Australian Atomic Energy
Commission. ( leader)
2. Although he is the head of the company, he has no head. ( leader-intelligence)
 37

The following examples show that the translators do not treat words in context but rely on the
meaning in dictionary:
1. In 1999, some major commodities were stockpiled because of poor quality. It is not
accurate at all when stockpiled was translated l-u tr. In fact, due to poor quality,
major commodities were not sold out leading to stockpile. Therefore, the sentence should be
translated as Nm 1999 mt s mt hng ch yu b tn kho do cht
l-ng km.
2. The Prime Minister has also assigned relevant agencies to formulate a law on industrial
zones to provide a complete legal background/frame for the operation of Izs and EPZs in
Vietnam. was translated Th t-ng b nhim nhng chnh sch thch
hp -a ra lut v khu cng nghip cung cp mt bi cnh
hon ton hp php cho cc hot ng ca khu cng nghip, khu
ch xut Vit Nam. . This translation is quite vague in Vietnamese. In fact, a word
in source language has many equivalents in target language. The word assign is equivalent
with phn cng/ b nhim; relevant with thch ng, thch hp,
c lin quan; agency with i l, c quan, chi
nhnh; foundation nn mng, nn tng, c s. For this reason, in
this context it should be chosen the most appropriate equivalents to create an idiomatic
translation: Th t-ng giao cho cc c quan c lin quan ban
hnh b lut v khu cng nghip nhm cung cp mt s c s php
l hon chnh cho vic hot ng ca khu cng nghip v khu ch
xut Vit Nam.
In brief, the translators have a habit of translating literally and depending largely on the
meaning in dictionary due to the mother-tongue interference. In order to avoid committing
errors of context, words should be solved in context and the analysis of their meaning has to
be made carefully to pick out the most appropriate equivalent.
1.1.2 Word collocation
Word collocation consists of the associations a word acquires on account of the meanings of
words which tend to occur in its environment. Each of language has its own principle in word
collocation. For example, the word pretty often goes with girls and women, while the word
handsome often goes with boys or men. Some translators do not realize this, which leads to
wrong and funny collocation. For instance, in Vietnamese the word ung (drink) can go
with many different kinds of liquid including water, beer, alcohol, medicine and even poison.
However, in English these are clear distinction as follows:
Drink beer/ water/ wine/ coffee.
Take medicine/ poison.
Another example indicates that in Vietnamese the word ni (say) can be collocated
with li tm bit goodbye, li cho hi hello, di a lie,
s tht the truth, ting Php French. However, in English it is quite
different.
Say hello/ goodbye/ yes/ no.
Tell a lie/ the truth/ a story.
 38

Speak English/ French/ Chinese.

In Vietnamese, the word n can be collocated with many different nouns such as
c(fish) chim ( bird), s- t (lion), gia sc (cattle). On the contrary, in
English there are many words meaning n as follows.
A flock of birds/ sheep: n chim/ cu
A herd of cattle/ buffaloes: n gia sc/ tru
A pack of dogs/ calves: n ch/ b
A school of fish/ chickens: n c/ g
A pride of lions/ deer : n s- t/ nai

Similarly, the word decision can be collocated with many word such as to make/ to
reach/ to arrive at/ to come to... a decision. The following examples show the wrong
collocations of some translators:
1. Chnh ph tin thc hin nhiu bin php nhm ngn chn
vic bun lu ma ty.
(The government has made many measures to stop the drug smuggling.)
2. Chng ti phi hon thnh nhim v tr-c khi t kim tra cht
l-ng sn phm.
( We have to complete our duty before the investigators control the product quality.)
3. Sau khi nghin cu th tr-ng, chng ti quyt nh -a ra
th tr-ng mt sn phm gy n t-ng c sc cnh tranh vi hng
ngoi nhp.
(After making a market research, we decided to launch an impressive product which can
compete against the imported ones.)
4. T khi M b lnh cm vn Vit Nam, nhiu n-c trn th gii
x u t- vo cc lnh vc khc nhau.
(Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam many foreign countries have been
investing in many different fields.)
It is the mother tongue interference that leads to the mechanic collocation which is
unacceptable in target language. In fact, each language has its own principles of word
collocation. Neither English nor Vietnamese is an exception. As a result, the above-mentioned
examples should be translated more accurately and idiomatically as follows.
1. The government has made many measures to stop the drug smuggling. should be
corrected as The government has taken many measures to stop the drug smuggling.
2. We have to complete our duty before the investigators control the product quality. should
be corrected We have to fulfill our duty before the investigators control the product quality.
 39

3. After making a market research, we decided to launch an impressive product which can
compete against the imported ones. should be corrected After doing a market research, we
decided to launch an impressive product which can compete against the imported ones.
4. Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam many foreign countries have been
investing in many different fields. should be corrected Since the USA lifted the embargo
against Vietnam many foreign countries have been investing in many different fields.
In a word, it is inevitable for the translators to obey the principles of English and Vietnamese
word collocations. In order to avoid this type of errors, the translator should read as many
English books and magazines to take notes of collocated words under the English standard.
1.1.3 Misuse of personal pronouns and prepositions
In Vietnamese, there are many ways to express the thoughts and feelings or attitude which
differ from those in English. The social status, age, sex, and the family order are distinguished
clearly and systematically. This is reflected in a distinguished clearly and systematically. This
is reflected in a number of words for addressing such as c, ng, b, bc, c,
ch, thm, d, d-ng, cu, anh, ch, ngi, qu v, my, em,
.. such words are generally expressed by English people in one word you.
The following examples show clearly that the translator sometimes do not master the
relationship between the speaker and the hearer leading to a funny translation. A mother was
taking care of her child in hospital. She said: I love you very much, dear. Which was
translated as Em yu anh lm , c-ng . instead of M yu con
lm, c-ng .
In Vietnamese, each preposition has a fixed meaning which does not change regardless of the
noun, adjective or verb proceeding it. On the contrary, the meaning of a preposition in English
depends on its preceding word. This difference leads to errors in using prepositions of TL. For
example, the Vietnamese preposition v can be expressed by different prepositions in
English:
a talk on history : mt cuc ni chuyn v lch s
be disappointed in : tht vng v
be interested in : quan tm v
lay emphasis/ stress on : nhn mnh v
be worried about : lo lng v
be proud of/ take pride in : t ho v
be famous for : ni ting v
instead of disappointed about, proud about, famous about as the translator may use.
These are the typical errors made by the translators:
1. According to Mr Thien, his plant currently produces lubricants under the API (American
Petroleum Institute) standards
(Theo ng Thin th hin nay nh my ca ng ang sn xut
du nhn d-i tiu chun ca
 40

Vin xng du M.)

2. It is so easy to be misunderstood when talking on the phone.
( Ni chuyn trn din thoi th d b hiu nhm.)
3. Ta n Nhn Dn quyt nh kt n chng 15 nm v ti bun
lu ma ty.
(The Peoples Court decided to condemn them to 15 years imprisonment about the drug
smuggling.)
4. L gio vin -u t trong nhiu nm, ng Nam c nhiu kinh
nghim v vic ging dy hc
sinh.
(As a qualified teacher for many years, Mr.Nam is experienced about educating and
teaching the pupils.
5. Chng ti thnh tht chia bun v vic ra i ca b bn.
(We really condole with you about the loss of your father.

As can be seen from the above-mentioned examples, the translators tended to choose the
English prepositions basing on Vietnamese meanings without paying attention to their
variations. These errors could be corrected as follows.

1. According to Mr Thien, his plant currently produces lubricants under the API ( American
Petroleum Institute) standards should be translated (Theo ng Thin th hin nay
nh my ca ng ang sn xut du nhn theo tiu chun ca Vin
xng du M.)
2. It is so easy to be misunderstood when talking on the phone. is equivalent with (Ni
chuyn qua in thoi th d b hiu nhm.)
3. Ta n Nhn Dn quyt nh kt n chng 15 nm v ti bun
lu ma ty. should be translated (The Peoples Court decided to condemn them to
15 years imprisonment for the drug smuggling.)
4. L gio vin -u t trong nhiu nm, ng Nam c nhiu kinh
nghim v vic ging dy hc sinh. should be translated (As a qualified
teacher for many years, Mr Nam is experienced in educating and teaching the pupils.
5. Chng ti thnh tht chia bun v vic ra i ca b bn.
should be translated (We really condole with you for the loss of your father.
Due to the mother tongue interference, the translators found themselves in a confusing
situation when they use prepositions n English. In order to avoid this type of errors the
translators should learn the prepositions going with nouns, adjectives or verbs by heart. If they
do not know how to use prepositions exactly, they tend to the Vietnamese ones into English or
vice versa. As a result, the translators should be provided with as many structures with
 41

prepositions systematically as possible to help them take notes and draw out the formation and
rules.
1.1.4 Misuse of synonyms
Some translators depend largely on the meaning in dictionary picking out the synonyms
without paying much to the context. In fact, the pairs of synonyms share at least one sense in
common but do not share all their senses. To some extent, they can hardly substitute for each
other. The misuse of synonyms makes the meaning of one of the following sentences
unacceptable.
You have my deep/ profound sympathy.( acceptable)
The river is deep.( acceptable)
The river is very profound. (unacceptable)
Another example shows that some translators do not realize the connotational meaning, which
leads to the distorting of the meaning of the sentence. Take famous(ni ting) and
notorious (kht ting) as an example. While famous means well-known/
celebrated, and therefore contains some features of positive meaning, notorious means
well-known especially for unfavorable reason & negative meaning.
The following can be seen as the misuse of the synonyms by some of the inexperienced
translators.
1. Cu b ny rt b-ng bnh.
(This boy is very stubborn/unyielding.) ( right)
2. Ng-i Vit Nam c tinh thn bt khut.
(The Vietnamese people are really stubborn.) (wrong)
3. Chnh ph c k hoch xy hng ngn ngi nh cho ng-i v gia
c-.
(The government plans to build thousands of homes for homeless people.) ( wrong)
In Example 1 stubborn synonymous to unyielding means cng u/b-ng
bnh in Vietnamese.
In Example 2 stubborn fails to evoke the features of positive meaning which praises the
Vietnamese people on their heroism expressing the speakers admiration. In contrast, it
expresses the speakers anger and discontent.
In Example 3 home and house are places where one lives, meaning nh in
Vietnamese. However, in terms of the connotational meaning they are quite different. House
refers to the building or structure while home refers to the atmosphere or feeling found in
the house.
Example:
- There is no place like home.
(Chng c ni u nh- nh.)
- Home is where the heart is.
(Nh l ni con tim tr ng.)
 42

Most of the synonyms have the same meaning in certain context. If a translator use synonyms
without referring to the context,(s)he can make wrong & funny for his readers. In order to
avoid the misuse, the translator should carefully take the synonyms into consideration before
using them. In addition, it would be better for the translator to consider the differences of the
pairs of synonyms when translating.
1.1.5 Idioms & terminologies
The meanings of idioms are not definitely related to grammatical rules or the lexical meaning
of each word because they feature the metaphor and figures of speech. For example, wet
blanket should be translated ng-i ru r instead of ci chn -t or to
read ones palm translated as xem ch tay instead of c ci g lng
bn tay.
In fact, idioms can be translated satisfactorily by considering the context, if not, it is difficult
to find the exact meaning. An English idiom must be translated into Vietnamese by an
equivalent one. It is very important to be aware that we must not choose the equivalents of
every word forming the idiom but we do find the equivalent ways of expression which exist in
both languages. If we stick to each word, the meaning becomes strange, unnatural and funny.
For instance, to sell like a hot cake is usually translated as bn t nh- tm
t-i. Instead of bn nh- bnh nng. There is no time like present. is usually
translated as vic hm nay ch ngy mai instead of khng c thi
gian nh- by gi. Live and learn is usually translated as cn sng cn
hc instead of sng v hc.
The following errors were found in some of the translated texts and should be corrected.
1. Every time, we have our childrens birth certificates signed at the local Peoples
committee, we have to go though a lot of red tape. was translated as Mi khi nh h
k giy khai sinh ti y ban nhn dn ph-ng, chng ti phi i
qua nhiu bng .

2. At first we intended to stay at home. On the second thought, we decided to go out. was
translated as Thot u chng ti c nh nh. Trong ln suy
ngh th hai chng ti quyt nh i ra ngoi.
3. She rarely saves her time to do her homework. She often lets the grass grow under her
feet. was translated as C y him khi tit kim thi gian lm bi
tp nh. C th-ng c mc d-i chn.
The above-mentioned translations could be improved as follows.
1. Every time, we have our childrens birth certificates signed at the local Peoples
committee, we have to go though a lot of red tape. should be translated as Mi khi
nh h k giy khai sinh ti y ban nhn dn ph-ng, chng ti
phi lm nhiu th tc giy t r-m r.
2. At first we intended to stay at home. On the second thought, we decided to go out. should
be translated as Thot u chng ti c nh nh. Sau khi suy
i tnh li, chng ti quyt nh i ra ngoi.
 43

3. She rarely saves her time to do her homework. She often lets the grass grow under her
feet. should be translated as C y him khi tit kim thi gian
lm bi tp nh. C th-ng n-c n chn mi nhy.
In addition to this, due to the limited knowledge of social background and some special fields,
some translators mistranslated the terminologies causing vagueness, inaccuracy to readers. It
is not very easy for some translators to translate the following terminologies if they are not
familiar with business texts.
- cash flow: l-u l-ng tin mt
- insurance policy: hp ng bo him
- acknowledgement: giy bo cho bit nhn -c
- credit terms: nhng iu khon tn dng
- hard currency: ng tin mnh
- marginal: bin t chnh lch gia gi mua v
gi bn)
- total working capital: tng s vn l-u ng
- sales promotion campaign: chin dch khuyn mi
In conclusion, some inexperienced translators committed the lexical errors mentioned above
including those of context, word collocation, prepositions, synonyms and idioms &
terminologies. They are committed by those who have little knowledge of both source
language(SL) and target language (TG). At the same time, they thought that although English
is different from Vietnamese, both languages have a one-to-one correlation of lexical items. In
practice, in terms of translation, it can be chosen the only one appropriate equivalent from this
into that language. Even more, that equivalent hardly keeps the meaning of the word itself but
that of context.
In some dictionaries, the authors present series of synonyms of SL in comparison with TL.
However, the synonyms are those of the context in which the are operating . Another problem
is that some translators did not realize the linking meaning of word units. It is obvious that
these units link together to create a larger unit of meaning in a given text to be translated. The
linking meaning itself does not exist in separate word units but in the link of the units
constituting the whole text.
1.2. Structural Errors
Each language has its own division of lexicon into classes such as nouns, verbs, adjectives,
adverbs, etc. It is not always possible to translate a SL noun with a noun in TL.
In English, there is a tendency of using more nominal structures while verbal structures are
used more in Vietnamese. Some translators keep the same structures when translating, leading
to vagueness in TL texts. For example, Thank you for your pretty present. was translated as
Cm n anh v mn qu ng yu. instead of Cm n anh tng
em mn qu ng yu.
In addition, there is also a tendency of using more passive constructions in English than in
Vietnamese. For instance, The USA is said to be a powerful country. was translated as:
 44

M -c ni l mt c-ng quc. instead of Ng-i ta ni rng

M l mt c-ng quc.
The following examples of structural errors were made by some of translators.
1. The Vietnamese Airlines has coped with difficulties due to the regional financial crisis.
( Hng khng Vit Nam gp phi nhng kh khn do cuc khng
hong ti chnh vng trm trng.)
2. Schools teach mathematics because of its very important roles.
( Tr-ng hc dy ton v tm quan trng ca n.)
3. Thank you for your letter.
( Cm n l th- ca em.
4. Hue was recognized as the worlds cultural heritage by UNESCO in 1994.
( Hu -c xem l di sn vn ha th gii bi UNESCO vo nm
1994.)
5. I was rewarded with a trip to Nha Trang by my parents after a year of hard work.
(Ti -c th-ng mt chuyn i n Nha Trang bi b m ca
ti sau mt nm lm vic vt v.)
The above-mentioned translations do not sound Vietnamese, lacking the coherence and
smoothness, not conveying the desired meaning of the SL sentences. It would be more
idiomatic to translate as follows.
1. Do nh h-ng ca cuc khng hong ti chnh trm trng
trong khu vc, nn Hng Hng Khng VN phi -ng u vi nhng
kh khn.
2. Tr-ng hc dy ton v ton hc ng vai tr rt quan
trng.
3. Cm n em vit th- cho em.
4. UNESCO cng nhn Hu l di sn vn ha th gii vo nm
1994.
5. Sau mt nm hc hnh chm ch, b m th-ng cho ti mt
chuyn du lch n thnh ph Nha Trang.

As can be seen from the examples mentioned above, some translators focused on the
structures of SL so much that they fail to convey all the implicit meaning of TL. In fact, it is
not necessary to keep the form at all. The most important thing is that the translations must be
done on the basis of the TL grammar that is familiar to the readers. This principle suggests
that the translator should not depend largely on the structures of the SL but break them ,
conveying the meaning as much as possible in an appropriate structures in the TL.
Another problem is that some translators was not aware of the relationship between form and
function of language. It is commonly known that in some languages, on function is expressed
by many forms and vice versa. For example, in English the way of giving an advice could be
expressed by a number of structures : Why dont you..?, You should/ ought to.., If I were
 45

you, Id.., Youd better or I advise you to.. In addition, some translators did not realize
the conversational implicature understood implicitly as follows.

1. Whats the time? ( Why are you so late?)

2. Are you my teacher? ( You want to teach me.)
3, Why dont we go to the cinema? ( a suggestion)
4. Why did you say so? ( You should not have said so)
5. Unless he has done the work to my satisfaction, I will not pay him for this.(If
he has not done.)

Those sentences should be translated as follows.

1. C bit my gi ri khng?
2. My i lm thy ca tao ?
3. Chng ta i xem phim h?
4. L ra anh khng nn ni nh- vy!
5. Nu hn khng lm vic va ti , th ng hng
ti tr l-ng cho hn.

As mentioned in the previous part, the structural difference between the SL and the TL is
likely to make it difficult for the translators. The translators were not aware of dividing or
combining the sentences within a text to be translated. If they try to keep the same punctuation
of the SL text, the correspondent TL text will have clumsy, run-together, long and complex
sentences. It is much better to divide long sentences into short ones aiming at creating
coherence, attraction for readers in the translations.
These are the translated sentences with their structural errors made by some of inexperienced
translators.

1. The dividing gap between the rich and the poor as well as corruption and social unrest
caused by the relocation of people in industrialized areas, have made many people hesitate in
further changes.
(Khong cch ln gia ng-i giu v ng-i ngho cng nh- s
tham nhng v tnh trng bt an ca x hi gy ra do s phn b
li dn c- cc khu cng nghip lm cho nhiu ng-i phi do
d khi chp nhn nhng thay i ln.)

2. It is also necessary to invest in increasing capability of battery production establishments

to meet the demand for automobile and motorbike manufacturing and assembling in
accordance with the localization program.
 46

( N cng rt cn thit u t- vo vic tng nng sut ca

nhng c s sn xut c qui p ng nhu cu dy chuyn sn
xut vo vic ch to t v xe my ph hp vi ch-ng trnh
trong n-c.)

3. It takes much time to deliver goods to remote areas by backward means of transport.
(N ly nhiu thi gian phn phi hng ha n cc vng xa
xi bng cc ph-ng tin giao thng lc hu.)

All above translated sentences should be corrected as follows.

1. The dividing gap between the rich and the poor as well as corruption and social unrest
caused by the relocation of people in industrialized areas, have made many people hesitate in
further changes.
(S thay i ch ti cc vng cng nghip ha lm cho
khong cch gia ng-i giu v ng-i ngho cng nh- s tham
nhng v tnh trng bt an ca x hi ngy cng ln. Chnh iu
ny lm cho nhiu ng-i phi min c-ng nhng thay i ln
hn na.)

2. It is also necessary to invest in increasing capability of battery production establishments

to meet the demand for automobile and motorbike manufacturing and assembling in
accordance with the localization program.
( u t- vo vic tng nng sut ca nhng c s sn xut c
qui p ng nhu cu dy chuyn sn xut vo vic ch to
t v xe my ph hp vi ch-ng trnh trong n-c l rt cn
thit.)

3. It takes much time to deliver goods to remote areas by backward means of transport.
( Phi mt nhiu thi gian phn phi hng ha n cc vng
xa xi bng cc ph-ng tin giao thng lc hu.)

In order to overcome this type of structural errors, the most effective way for translators is to
master the structures of bot languages. It is clear that a translator who is proficient in English
cannot help being good at Vietnamese and vice versa.
2. STYLE ERRORS
Styles play an important role informal translation and strongly affect the second language
meaning. Due to the context, text-type and audience, the levels of language in translation can
be different - the informal language used in informal situations ; colloquials used in spoken
language; familiar language used among friends, relatives, members in a family; formal
 47

language used in formal texts such as speeches in conference, legal documents, business letter
& documents, research papers.
The examples given below clearly indicate that the same massage could be expressed in
different styles.
 48

1. Drop me a line. ( informal language )

2. Remember to write me a letter. ( neutral)
3. I look forward to your letter. ( informal language )
4. They can escape from family suprvision. ( formal)
5. Their parents cant keep an eye on them. (colloquial)
6. They are completely armed. ( formal)
7. They are armed to teeth. ( colloquial)

Style error is an acute problem to the translators. There are translators did not master the
difference when using various styles such as conversational, academic, scientific, literary
styles. Many translators failed when coming across the unfamiliar styles due to being unaware
of degrees of formality (informal or formal style), usage of vocabulary ( informal, colloquial,
formal)

These are some style errors taken out from some Vietnamese- English translations.
1. Nu chng ti t hng vi s l-ng ln, liu doanh nghip
anh c bn vi gi r khng?
(If we place substantial orders, can your enterprise get us with soft price?)
It is impossible to use informal style in a business letter. Instead of using soft price , the
translator should use cheaper price.
2. Thi tit Hu khng thch hp cho ng-i gi. Ma h tri
nng nh- thiu t, trong khi ma ng lnh n x-ng ty.
(The weather in Hue is favorable for the old. It is burning hot in summer while it chills to the
bones in winter.)
It is impossible to use informal style to tanslate a formal text. Instead of using burning hot ,
the translator should use exceedingly hot.
3. CULTURAL ERRORS
Culture could be understood as the total set of beliefs, attitude, customs, behaviour, social
habits etc. of the member of a particular society. In the broad sense, it includes mode of
production, production activities, community organization, spiritural life, knowledge of nature
and society, emotions, and moral conceptions. Language is regarded as both a component of a
culture and network through which other elements of culture operate. Language , therefore
uses almost all other cultural elements so as to perfect its universal and self-sufficient nature.
It could be said that we will not translate from this to that language perfectly unless we know
its relation to its culture.

It is common ly known that ao dai is a traditional costume of the Vietnamese women and
we never find an equivalent word in English to translate ao dai. However, some translators
translated mechanically ao dai into a dress. How funny it is! It would be preferredcto
 49

writing down ao dai to express the cultural feature to making foreign people misunderstand
ao dai asa dress.
* Trang phc truyn thng ca ng-i ph n Vit Nam l
chic o di t-ng tr-ng cho s duyn dng. should be translated as
The traditional costume of the Vietnamese women is ao dai which symbolises the
grace.

Translation is a kind of activity which inevitably involves at least two languages and two
cultural traditions." As this statement implies, translators are permanently faced with the
problem of how to treat the cultural aspects implicit in a source text (ST) and of finding the
most appropriate technique of successfully conveying these aspects in the target language
(TL). These problems may vary in scope depending on the cultural and linguistic gap between
the two (or more) languages concerned.
The cultural implications for translation may take several forms ranging from lexical content
and syntax to ideologies and ways of life in a given culture. The translator also has to decide
on the importance given to certain cultural aspects and to what extent it is necessary or
desirable to translate them into the TL. The aims of the ST will also have implications for
translation as well as the intended readership for both the ST and the target text (TT).

Considering the cultural implications for a translated text implies recognising all of these
problems and taking into account several possibilities before deciding on the solution which
appears the most appropriate in each specific case. Before applying these methods to the
chosen text, this essay will examine the importance of culture in translation through a
literature review. The different general procedures of treating the cultural implications for
translation will be examined as well as analysing the ST and the aims of the author. The
translation process will also be treated using specific examples found in the ST before
discussing the success of aforementioned theoretical methods applied to the TT.

Although corresponding to cultural categories examined, the title will be considered

separately in order to determine the pertinence of conserving, highlighting, or excluding
certain aspects. Due to these considerations, the title will be considered after the other aspects
as all other cultural implications need to be examined before reaching relevant conclusions.
 50

CHAPTER 2: ASSIGNMENTS

ASSIGNMENT 1:
I.THEORY:
1. What is translation? What definition do you think is the most appropriate? Can you give
your own definition of translation?
2. What is an idiomatic translation? Give some examples of idiomatic translations.
3. What are the secondary meanings? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used
in a secondary sense.
4. What is the primary meaning? Give ten sentences, each of which contains a word used in a
primary sense.
II. EXERCISES:
A. Identify change of meaning versus change of form. Some of the following pairs of
sentences differ in their form. Some differ in meaning. Indicate if the primary change is in the
form or in the meaning.

Example:
They robbed the old man.
The old man was dropped by them.
Answer: Change of form

1. The students like to study translation.

The students like studying translation.
2. He saw the bird.
He heard the cat.
3. Go to bed.
I want you to go to bed.
4. I came; I saw; I conquered.
I came, saw, and conquered.
5. The young man had an English grammar book stolen.
An English grammar book was stolen from the young man.
B. List as many grammatical forms as you can which realize the same meaning as the one
given below. Then put the same meaning into a language other than English in as many forms
as you can.
 51

Example:
The cat is black
The black cat
The cat, which is black
1. The water jug
2. John bought a car
3. A hot day
4. Mothers long blue dress
5. Peters house

C. All of the following have the same grammatical form. With the change of lexical items,
there is a change of meaning which is signaled by that lexical item, apart from the referential
meaning of the word itself. What meaning is signaled in each of the following possessive
phrases? Answer by restating. How can that meaning best be expressed in another language
which you speak?
Example:
The mans car - the man owns the car
The mans eye - the eye is part of the man
1. The doctors office
2. The doctors patient
3. The doctors book
4. The doctors brother
5. The doctors hand
6. The doctors house
D. For each pair of sentences, state whether the two sentences are 1. the same in meaning or
2. different in meaning.
1. (a) It rained all night.
(b) Rain fell all night.
2. (a) There is a book on the table.
(b) There is a table on the book.
3. (a) John was very surprised when he heard the news.
(b) The news very much amazed John when he heard it.
4. (a) It was a hot day.
(b) The day was hot.
5. (a) Peters house
(b) The house that belongs to Peter
 52

6. (a) He remained silent.

(b) He did not say anything.
7. (a) I bought cloth to make Mary a new dress.
(b) I bought a new dress for Mary.
8. (a) My parents are well.
(b) My mother and father are well.
9. (a) John is ill: he has a bad case of malaria.
(b) John is very ill indeed.
E. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Ch may o s mi ny u vy?
2. Lt chim c mt vng t rng trn cao nguyn Lm Vin,
xung quanh ton l ni i hng v.
3. Mc d a v ca ph n c nhng b-c tin k diu,
nh-ng ng-i ta phi thc hin nhiu chuyn khc ci thin
tnh trng sc kho, dinh d-ng v gio dc cho ph n.
4. Ngy nay th gii ang -ong u vi nhiu vn nghim
trng cho d c nhiu b-c tin ng k trong lnh vc khoa
hc, cng ngh v tri thc. Mt trong nhng vn l s
bng n dn s, c bit cc n-c ang pht trin. Dn s
ang tng theo cp s nhn trong lc sn xut hng ho li tng
theo cp s cng.
5. Charles Dickens l mt trong nhng nh vit tiu thuyt ln
nht th gii, thuc tr-ng phi hin thc ph phn th k 19.
iu m chng ta nh gi cao v nhng tc phm ca Dickens l
s ph phn v ti c v s t-ng phn gia giu v ngho ca
x hi t- sn Anh lc by gi. Th gii m ng ta miu t l
th gii ca giai cp trung l-u v h l-u Lun n.

ASSIGNMENT 2:
I.THEORY:
1. What are the differences between a literal translation and an idiomatic translation?
2. What grammatical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give some
examples to support your ideas.
II. EXERCISES:
A. In each of the following pairs of sentences, which is more idiomatic English, a or b? How
would the meaning be expressed idiomatically in the language you speak?
1. (a) The storekeeper said that we will refund your money.
(b)The storekeeper promised to refund our money.
2. (a) A certain boy told me this little story at a party.
(b) He is one boy. He told the one little story. This is a game he said.
 53

3. (a) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform as well. How
many children have shed hot tears about spelling?
(b) An International Alphabet would inevitably bring about a spelling reform,too. And how
many hot childrens tears have not been shed on spelling?
4. (a) He then reported his misfortune to the police, who are searching diligently for the
thief.
(b) He then his mishap reported to the police, who are the thief searching intensively.
B. Look for literalisms in the following translations into English and underline the words or
phrases that do not sound natural in English. Suggest a more idiomatic way of saying it. All
of these examples are from published translated material.
1. Foreign tourists usually at Kinh Do Hotel for their friends have introduced to them very
much about this hotel.
2. Since the USA abolished the embargo against Vietnam, many foreign countries have been
investing in Vietnam.
3. Hue is famous about its delicious dishes and beautiful landscapes.
4. The participants discussed about the causes of pollution environment.
5 . A robbery took place of a motorcycle rider at Kampung early yesterday morning.
C. Each of the following are sentences written by some Vietnamese who are not yet fluent
English speakers. The forms used shows examples of how their mother-tongue language
structures have been carried over into English. The same information is then given in
parenthesis in idiomatic English. What changes were made in correcting the English? These
changes point out some of the differences between Vietnamese and English.
1. Sir, the problems of before dont forget.
( Sir, please dont forget the problems we discussed before.)
2. If there is any means, send me a letter to Saigon.
(If there is any way to do so, send a letter to me in Saigon.)
3. I will think you time to time day and day.
( I will be thinking about you often every day.)
4. I am very grateful to inform you with this letter.
( I am very happy to be able to send/write you this letter.)
5. I am a man who has been to Hanoi for 12 years.
( I have now lived in Hanoi for 12 years.)
D. Translate the following sentences into Englisgh.
1. Thc M l cng trnh thu in c cng sut thit k
150.000 Kw, sn l-ng in trung bnh hng nm 600 triu Kw
gi.
 54

2. xy dng cng trnh ny cn phi o p gn 15 triu m3

t , p hn 350.000 mt khi tng lc, khong 220.000
mt khi b tng ct thp v lp t gn 7.000 tn thit b v
kt cu kim loi.
3. Vi khi l-ng cng vic ln nh- vy, nh-ng chnh ph quyt
nh phi hon thnh vic thi cng trong hai nm do nhu cu
cung cp in cho cc a ph-ng pha Nam tr nn ht sc
cp bch.
4. T ngy khi cng n nay, cc n v thi cng thc hin
-c khong 90% khi l-ng o t, khong 40% khi l-ng b
cng ct thp.
5. Theo ng Nguyn B Mn, Tr-ng ban Qun l cng trnh, th
hu ht cc hng mc cn bn u t ng yu cn v tin
thi cng.
6. Trung tun thng 11/1993, Th t-ng V Vn Kit n kim
tra tnh hnh thi cng cng trnh thu in thc M.
7. Nhng ng-i lnh o cng trnh khng nh vi Th t-ng
rng c y c s m bo khi ng t my s 1 vo
thng 6 nm 1994.
8. Vic chn dng sng B tin hnh vo thng 12 ny.
9. Nh- vy s c mt s trng hp c ngha l cng mt thi
im vi vic khi ng t my s 1 thu in thc M, h
thng ti in 500 Kw Bc Nam cng -c hon thnh.
10. Vi cc cng trnh ny, nm 1994, min Nam thot khi
tnh trng i in.
E. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1. Although the state budget for teaching aids at schools of all levels has been icreased since
1990, it is still far below the demand to fully equip schools and improve training quality.
2. President Putin affirmed that Russia has always attacted importance to its relations with
Vietnam, its traditional friend and stragic partner in Southeast Asia.
3. It is projected to extend integration opportunities to 3000 disabled children in three
provinces, one in mountainous areas, one in the central coast and one in remote areas.
4. They discussed a series of measures intended to ensure comprehensive cooperation in
economy, trade, science and technology.
5. Efforts are being made to raise womens awareness of their rights to have labour safety or
hygiene conditions at work through an expanded communication network.
6. It is more likely that schools in the southern provinces have more computer labs used in
teaching foreign languages than schools in the northern provinces.
7. There have been four foreign invested projects in education, with investment capital from
the World Bank and the Asian Development Bank.
 55

8. Of 50 foreign language students surveyed recently by the Vietnam Courier, 38 said they are
not interested in working for foreign invested companies.
9. Vietnam and China agreed to set up negotiations for the signing of a land border agreement
delineating the sea boundary in the Bac Bo ( Tonkin ) Gulf no later than 2000.
10. Most recently the government has offered incentives like tax reduction or preferential
loans to employers who have employed a large number of women.
 56

ASSIGNMENT 3:
I. THEORY:
1. What lexical features should be considered when you translate a text? Give
some examples to support your ideas.
2. Why do you have to take the time to read the source language text carefully
before translating it?
II. EXERCISES:
A. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Ngay t nhng ngy u thng Chp ( m lch) Tt lng
vng vng ngoi thnh H Ni.
2. C l b con nng dn ngoi thnh l ng-i cm nhn thy
Tt hn ai ht bi t vic vun xi rau qu, c hoa cho vic v
bo ln, g u nhm phc v tt.
3. Nu i t pha Kinh Bc xung, ta s nhn thy bt ngn hoa
xun, nht l layn khoe sc mu.
4. St vi vng Ni Thnh l vng hoa Nht Tn , Nghi Tm,
Qung B vi nhiu loi : o hng thm, qut vng mng, tim
tm vilt v rc hoa ng tin.
5. Vi ba nm tr v tr-c, ni y l rng hoa, p ng
nhu cu ca ng-i H Ni v hoa cnh.
6. B con vng ny l nhng ngh nhn c truyn thng trng
hoa lu i.
7. Tic thay, t trng hoa hin nay b thu hp dn do s
chuyn h-ng lm n ca khng t ngh nhn.
8. Ng-i th bn t b ngh, ng-i th t b vn hoc l lin
kt vi ng-i b vn hn hp xy dng cc bit th sang trng
dng lm khch sn mi ni phc v khch n-c.
9. Ca hng, ca hiu mc ln nh- nm loi hng ho t bnh
dn n cao cp.
10. Chng cn nghi ng g na, H Ni thi m ca ang i
thay, ang pht trin. Mong sao H ni v ng-i H Ni mi mi
xng danh vi mnh t ngn nm vn hin.
B. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.
1. The centerpiece of the festivities was a show entitled A Flock of Birds to Good Land
staged simultaneously on the three different grand stages in the downtown area.
2. The whole area around the temple was virtually packed with people, leaving only a small
opening for the rituals to proceed.
3. To reduce the costs while increasing accessibility of education for disabled children, the
government has launched a program of community-based education and integration.
 57

4. In recent years, to restore public order, Hanoi removed a number of unofficial marketplaces
into designated areas. But out of the four marketplaces targeted, only Dong Tam market was
moved from the Dong Da residential quarter to the Dai La area.

5. Besides the investment from the State budget, all the schools had to look for other
financial sources to buy teaching equipment. However, these sources made up only 13% and
21% of the state budget for general education schools and universities respectively.
6. State budget revenues have approximately achieved the level originally set. Regular
expenditure has been ensured, while irregular spending in support of area hit by storms, floods
and droughts have been made. The budget deficit has been kept at a permissible level of 3.6%
of GDP in 1998, down from 4.2% in 1997.
7. The economic development of Vietnam has to be viewed in the context of long periods of
wars. It is the context of long periods of wars that has caused loss of peoples lives and
damage to property, public facilities and resources.
8. The television network is being established throughout the country. Apart from the
relatively modern and long-standing television stations in Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, 25
provincial stations were set up in 1988. These relay the important transmissions of the central
TV stations and broadcast their own program.
9. The Vietnams Women Union is represented in the National Assembly and its president is
entitled to attend the regular meeting of The Council of Ministers where she can express the
Women Unions view-points and propose the regulations related to the Union.
10. The Vietnamese families have been affected by the agricultural civilization. Due to the
open-door policy, the industrial civilization has exerted a daily and hourly effect on the life of
Vietnamese families.

ASSIGNMENT 4:
I. THEORY:
1. Name and discuss the four Ts of a translation project.
2. Explain what is meant by exegesis.
II. EXERCISES:
A. Read the English text and answer the questions.
Deforestation
Population growth is one factor in rainforest destruction. However, it is a myth to assume that
the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more mouths is the main factor. The majority
of deforestation in Latin America, South-east Asia and the Pacific is caused by clearing land
to grow cash crops for export and by commercial logging operations, and not by shifting
cultivators or landless peasants. Each year commercial logging eliminates 45000 square
kilometers of forest, much of the timber being exported to the United States and Japan.

No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to grazing
 58

land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt payments. These
heavy payments, which affect the poor the most, have arisen largely from external loans taken
out to finance the purchase of luxury items and arms by military and governing elite. The
establishment of large ranch-style cattle grazing properties is the principal reason for the
elimination of 20000 square kilometers of rainforest each year in Central or South America.
The cleared land is mainly devoted to the export of beef for the fast-food industries in North
America, Europe and Japan- the aptly named hamburger connection.
1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?
2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the Vietnamese meaning of the English words :
subsistence agriculture, cash crops, commercial logging operations, shifting cultivators,
landless peasants, affluent society, external debt payment, military and governing elites,
ranch-style cattle grazing property, hamburger connection ?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent Vietnamese structures of the following
English sentences?
a. However, it is a myth to assume that the expansion of subsistence agriculture to feed more
mouths is the main factor.
b. No clearer connection between deforestation and the demands of affluent societies can be
found than in Central America and Brazil, where tropical forest has been converted to
grazing land because cattle raising offers export earnings that help with external debt
payments.
6. Translate the text into Vietnamese.
B. Read the Vietnamese text and answer the questions.
NON NC
Cha ng ta ung n-c sng Hng, Sng , Sng Cu Long v
tng sng cht vi sng n-c ny. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t
ngn ng trn th gii li c s thng nht nh- ting m ca
chng ta. Vit Nam th n-c( trong sng, h, bin.) li
ng ngha, ng m vi n-c trong ngha t quc qu
h-ng. Sng n-c v con ng-i y kt hp vi thin nhin v
lch s nh- mt khi bt t bt dit bi mt th xi mng tr-ng
tn. l lng yu n-c th-ng ni ca dn tc Vit Nam.
Trn th gii, c nhiu quc gia t tnh n sang tnh kia ni
l khng hiu nhau ri. Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u,
ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.

1. What is the authors purpose of writing this text?

2. What is the text about?
3. How many times have you read the text to understand it completely?
 59

4. Do you have any difficulty in finding the English meaning of the Vietnamese words :
cha ng, sng cht, s thng nht, kt hp cht ch, xi mng
tr-ng tn, lng yu n-c th-ng ni, hiu nhau?
5. Do you have any difficulty in finding the equivalent English structures of the following
Vietnamese sentences?
a. Cc bn th ngh xem rt t ngn ng trn th gii li c
s thng nht nh- ting m ca chng ta.
b.Nh-ng Vit Nam, d bt k u, ng-i Nam k Bc, h gp
nhau ln u ni l hiu nhau ngay.
6. Translate the text into English.
ASSIGNMENT 5:
I. THEORY:
1. What are the goals of the translator as he prepares the initial draft?
2. What is the purpose of the evaluation?
3. What kinds of evaluation checks can be made?
II. EXERSISES:
A. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.
1. In the human history, science has been seen as having a mission to liberate people from
ignorance and superstition, to lessen human misery, and to increase human understanding of
the world.
2. The News Atlantic hailed the scientists of the time as merchants of light who would
penetrate the darkness and open the way to mans control over nature. At that time, utopian
invetions such as aircrafts, submarines, and telephones were foreseen.
3. People involved in the computer industry believe we are experiencing a computer
revolution. Why is this revolution occuring? What will be its social consequences? To answer
these questions , it is necessary to consider briefly the history of computers.
4. The forerunner of modern computer goes back some 5000 years to the first calculating
machine invented by the Chinese- the abacus. Until the 17th century, Europe had nothing to
rival the abacus for speed and accuracy of calculation.
5. Computers were developed simultaneously in Germany, England and the USA to aid the
speedy and accurate calculations necessary to decode the enemys messages during the Second
World War.
6. Many of the jobs now being performed by people in the manufacturing and service sectors
of our economy can be done faster and more cheaply by modern computers or electronic
devices controlled by computers.
7. Robot machines are replacing assembly line workers in manufacturing. They have already
done so in the Fiat car factory in Italy and the Nissan car plant in Japan. By 1980, 50 robots
were in use in Australia by companies such as General Motors, Ford, Nissan and Simpson
Pope.
 60

8. Firms that do not adopt the new computer technology are enable to compete with their
cheaper electronic rivals. Such has been the fate of the $200 million a year Swiss watch
industry, which was wiped out by electronic watches in a couple of years.
9. With the mechanization of some work processes, the new factories initially resulted in
large-scale structural unemployment. Previously, much sought-after, skilled, cottage
industry artisans suddenly found themselves redundant and de-skilled by the new technology.
10. The heroic image of science grew through the 18th and 19th centuries. The Industrial
Revolution, which started in England in the late 18th century, strongly reinforced faith in a
technological society, although the social costs and benefits were far from equal share.
B. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Vnh Dung Qut nm pha ng bc huyn Bnh Sn, tnh
Qung Ngi. Vnh c chiu di 18 km v -c che ch kn o bi
cc dy ni t nhin.
2. B pha nam vnh l mt vng t bng phng, c kt cu a
l n nh vi din tch hng chc cy s vung.
3. Ni y s hnh thnh cc khu cng nghip nng v ho cht,
nh my lc du, khu ch bin hi sn, khu ch bin nng sn,
khu cng nghip nh v mt khu dn c- th hin i vi
khong 60 vn dn.
4. Mt diu kin thun li na l Dung Qut nm cch -ng b,
-ng st, -ng ti in v cp quang xuyn Vit khong 12 km.
Vic cung cp n-c ngt cho khu ny l ht sc thun li vi
tr l-ng l 3 t mt khi /nm, vi ngun n-c t sng Tr
Bng.
5. Ngy nay chng ta ang tri qua mt cuc bin i x hi
rt su sc nh- s thay i trong cuc cch mng cng nghip
ln th nht. Do vy, vic nh ngha li khi nim vic lm c
l l cn thit.

ASSIGNMENT 6:
I.THEORY:
1. Name some kinds of errors that a translator could make when he/she translates a text.
2. Why does a translator often make structural and lexical errors when he/she translates a
text?
3. Give some examples of errors in word collocation that a translator could make when he/she
translate a text.
II. EXERCISES:
A. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Do ph sa bi p ca dng sng Cu Long lam phong ph
va la y p ny, t-ng tr-ng cho ngun l-ng thc ca c
 61

n-c cng nh- phong cch sinh hot k cn sng n-c ca c- dn

trong vng.
2. T nhng dng sng rng ln n nhng m-ng rch mnh mai
ch tin cho nhng chic thuyn nh b ra v, Sng Cu Long cho
ta mt cnh quan honh trng khi n chy vo Vit Nam, trm
cui cng ca hnh trnh 4500km ni ca ng bin ng.
3. iu ng qu l kiu bo lun h-ng v t quc, gn b vi
gia nh qu h-ng, t n-c, yu qu v gi gn bn sc vn
ho v hun c nn tnh cch con ng-i Vit Nam.
4. Ngoi vic gip ng-i thn n-c nh, nhiu kiu bo
cn ng gp xy dng qu h-ng, h-ng ng vic cu tr nhng
ni trong n-c b thin tai v tham gia cc vic ngha vi
truyn thng nhiu iu ph ly gi g-ng.
5. Tr-c nm 1988, nh h-ng ca h thng ngn hng i vi s
pht trin v qun l kinh t v m l khng ng k. khuyn
khch h thng ngn hng hot ng c mc ch hn, chnh ph
ra cc bin php mi bao gm t chc li h thng ngn
hng, -a vo cc chnh sch tn dng hn nh, chnh sch mi
v li sut v cho php t do bun bn vng trn th tr-ng.
6. Chnh ph xc tin mt cuc ti thit ton din v l-ng
bng ca cng nhn vin nh n-c bng cch chnh n li nhng
khon bao cp cho ng-i tiu dng trn danh ngha hoch nh
li ch l-ng. Mc d mc l-ng ti thiu hng thng tng,
nh-ngl-ng thc t vn gim xung ng k do lm pht.
7. Cuc iu tra do hi ph n Vit Nam tin hnh cho thy
rng nhng ph-ng php trnh thai truyn thng ang -c p
dng rng ri. Cuc iu tra cho thy rng 39% ph n c gia
nh dng ph-ng php hin i, ph-ng php th-ng dng nht l
t vng trnh thai
B. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1.The nuclear energy proponents also pressed the theme that it was inevitable that the world
would increasingly go nuclear. It is suggested that the opponents were standing against the
tide of history and were akin to the Luddites at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution,
who broke machines.
2. Doctors have shown for the first time they can rebuild the immune systems of people
infected with the AIDS virus, dramatically increasing the blood cells that HIV destroys.
3. In the field of medicine training, what was done in the past years has been remarked by
distinguished fact that many specialists and medical colleges in different countries set forth
the necessity for reconsidering training subjects for health workers.
4. Today, the physicians should be considered as men of health. Hence, the responsibility of
the physicians is to know how to discover, cure, and rehabilitate the health of the individuals
and the community.
 62

5. It is obvious that a healthy body helps a sound mind because it is the sound minds that
direct the orientation of the values systems. A healthy man should be healthy not only
physically but also mentally.
6. Nowadays people are inclined to worry too much about their physical health. However, I
would like to lay stress on the importance of psychological health. Being mentally healthy is
very important, and a truly healthy man is one who can enjoy the proper equilibrium between
his body and mind.

ASSIGNMENT 7:
Translate the following texts into English
1.Nhng thnh tu ca qu trnh i mi trong thp nin va
qua to ra nhng c hi cho ph n t -c mc ch ca
mnh. Cuc sng ca ph n -c ci thin v ph n bt nhc
nhn hn. Cc dch v x hi gip ph n bt nhc nhn trong
cng vic nh v to Iu kin cho ph n tham gia vo cc hot
ng x hi .
2. Hi ph n Vit nam I din cho ph n Vit Nam trong c
n-c i mi t chc v cch lm vic v vy thu ht ngy
cng nhiu ph n tham gia vo cng tc x hi. H ph n gip
cho ph n gii quyt nhng kh khn trong cuc sng hng ngy.
Hi cng trnh ln nh n-c nhng iu lut v chnh sch
nhm pht huy mi tim nng ca ph n trong tin trnh i
mi.
3.Nhn ra nhng nhn t to nn vic hc ngoi ng nhanh v
hiu qu ngy cng tr nn quan trng v a s ng-i hc l
ng-i ln rt lo lng khi hc mt ngoi ng chuyn ngnh s
dng trong th-ng mi,nghin cu v ngoI giao. Nhu cu hc
mt ngai ng c hiu qu cn -c xem xt theo kha cnh ng-i
hc, ng-i dy v ch-ng trnh ging dy.
4.Sc hp dn ln nht i vi du khch l bn sc vn ha ca
dn tc Vit Nam. Hng nghn di tch lch s, di tch cch mng
-c nh n-c xp hng, trong hng trm di tch c gi
tr lch s v ngh thut cao. Vit Nam l mt cng ng ca 54
dn tc vi nhiu phong tc, tp qun, vn ha ngh thut dn
gian c sc. S hin din ca hng trm lng ngh truyn thng
sn xut ra hng nghn loi sn phm th cng m ngh ni
ting.
5. Nu du khch n vi cc vng dn tc thiu s th cn c
th tham d vo nhng sinh hot vn ha k th ca vng ni
rng nhit i. Mt l hi m tru chng hn. S phi c mt
tr-c l hi hng tun cng ng-i dn i tm tre sa nh
rng, lm cy nu xua ui ma qu. Trong nhng ngy du
khch cn -c quan st cch chn cc v r-u cn v nht l
vic chn tru m.
 63

6. Phc li x hi l chnh sch x hi ln ca Vit Nam da

trn truyn thng t-ng thn t-ng i gip ln nhau c t
ngn x-a. Nguyn tc c bn ca chnh sch ny l kt hp trch
nhim ca nh n-c, ca cng ng v mi c nhn t v-n ln
ha nhp vI x h. Chnh sch ny ang tng b-c m ra cho
mi i t-ng vi nhiu hnh thc khc nhau.
7. S lc hu v nguy c tt hu hn v kinh t ang l ni
trn tr canh cnh trong lng mi ng-i Vit Nam trong n-c
cng nh- ang sinh sng n-c ngoi. Nu tt hu xa hn c
ngha l rI vo s phn ca mt n-c cung cp nguyn liu v
nhn cng trong s phn cng lao ng quc t, chu lp v ,
thua thit trong hp tc cnh tranh. thc l mt thch thc
ln i vi dn tc Vit Nam trong bi cnh quc t ngy nay.
8. Bn cht nhn vn ca tr-ng phi ngoi giao Vit Nam l
mt nt c th. Mc d l nn nhn ca bit bao nhiu cuc xm
l-c, nh-ng ng-i Vit Nam khng bao gi mt I lng nhn i.
Hn th na , chnh lng nhn I l nhn t to nn sc mnhca
dn tc v nn ngoI giao Vit Nam. Nguyn TrI , ng-i anh
hng dn tc ca th k 15 lI ph-ng chm l-u truyn cho
mI n hm nay :
Ly I ngha thng hung tn,
Ly ch nhn thay c-ng bo.

ASSIGNMENT 8:
Translate the following text into English
C l Bc Kinh l ni tp trung quyn lc chnh tr nh-ng
Th-ng Hi cng c quyn t ho l mt th th-ng mi. Bc
Kinh c l l ni tp trung quyn lc chnh tr nh-ng danh hiu
mt th th-ng mi li thuc v Th-ng Hi. Nhng a im
lch s ch mi c t gn 80 nm tr-c Th-ng Hi, tuy th
hu ht du khch u b chinh phc tr-c v quyn r ca thnh
ph c bit ny, ni m mi tr-ng l tt c. Ch ring ci
tn Th-ng Hi cng dy nn mt ln sng nh nim thch th
v tn. Th-ng Hi vn l mt thnh ph nh chuyn ngh nh
c v dt mi cho n na th k 19 khi n bt u pht trin
nh- mt trung tm cng nghip v th-ng mi. Nhng ng-i ch
hng bun v cc ng c vin chnh tr t khp ni trn th
gii v y v pht trin n thnh mt trong nhng thnh ph
quc t snh iu nht th gii. T nhng nm 1920 tr i, n
tr nn ngy cng tai ting nh- l mt ni m bt c vic g
cng c th xy ra.
Cc ngn hng v cc cng ty th-ng mi loi t xy dng
cho h nhng tr s chnh sang trng trng ra ni m sau l
nhng cnh ng la mnh mng tri di hai b sng Hong Ph.
 64

Ton b di t ny vn cn tn ti sau nhng thi k san bng

t v ngy nay n lm nn mt bo tng m c o v kin
trc ca nhng nm 1930. Mt cuc tn b dc b l khng th
thiu i vi nhng ai n thm ni y, / Du khch khng th
b qua mt cuc tn b dc b khi n thm ni y, ni m
vn -c nhiu ng-i cng nhn l thnh ph trng im ca
Trung Quc.
Nhng to nh chc tri, bao gm mt vi to nh cao nht th
gii mc ln chnh ni m x-a kia la tng mc. im
ni bt nht l thp truyn hnh Hn Ngc Vin ng - nu thi
gian cho php, mt ci nhn ton cnh t nhng tng cao ca
thp s l mt k nim kh qun.
D-i s nh-ng b ca ng-i Php tr-c y, tng on qu kh
nh- vn cn hin hu u trong nhng bit th tao nh v
nhng con -ng rp bng cy. Vng qua gc , khch sn Ho
Bnh v ban nhc Jazz ng knh ca n l nhng chng tch
ni ting ca mt thi k ho hip. Nh-ng Th-ng Hi cng cn
c nhiu khch sn tuyt vi khc t nhng nm 1930, phn ln
ang -c phc hi nhng nt ng yu t thi hong kim tr-c
y ca chng.

Th-ng Hi s hu mt trong nhng bo tng tht s ln ca th

gii, -c m ca vo nm 1996. Trong mt thi gian ngn khng
th tham quan ht to nh gi tr ny -c, nh-ng thm ch ch
cn mt gi trong nhng phng tr-ng by ng, iu khc
v gm cng em li nhng k nim kh phai.

ASSIGNMENT 9:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
In a keynote speech at H Ni National University (HNU) yesterday, leader Jiang urged the
youth of Vietnam and China to work for strengthening the friendship between the two
countries and contribute to peace and development in Asia and the world.

A bright future will be created by you, the young people, and the future belongs to you, the
Chinese General Secretary and State President told the students.

Jiang stressed that a better future awaited China-Vietnam relations in the 21st century, and
joint efforts by the youth of both countries cannot be separated from this.

The younger generation in both our countries must stick to their ideals and work tirelessly for
socialism, he said.
 65

The youth of China and Vietnam need to inherit and bring into full play the revolutionary
spirit of their elders, to be persistent in ideology, study hard, to strive for the cause of
developing socialism, and for the wealth and prosperity of their respective motherlands, he
said.

He expressed his hope that the Chinese and Vietnamese young people will cherish, maintain
and promote China-Vietnam relations, have more exchanges and learn from each other to
enhance mutual understanding. He pledged that the Chinese party and Government would
fully back such exchanges.

In history, both Vietnam and China have suffered invasion by the imperialists but we both
successfully fought off the imperialists, liberated our peoples and unified our countries, said
Jiang.

He said that the friendship between Vietnam and China derives not only from history but also
the fact, as noted by H Ch Minh, that the two peoples are comrades and brothers.

The foundation of China-Vietnam ties was mutual trust, long-term stability, the pre-condition,
and friendly neighborliness, the guarantee, he said.

Comprehensive co-operation is the bridge and the target a prosperous future, he added.

Jiang left Hanoi yesterday Central Vietnam where he toured the ancient imperial capital of
Hu, recognized by the UNESCO as a World Heritage Site, and met with leaders of the port
city of Nng.

He is scheduled to visit the ancient port town of Hi An and the Ho Th Textile Company
before concluding his three-day visit to Vit Nam.

ASSIGNMENT 10:
Translate the following text into English
i vi mt t nc cn nhiu kh khn nh chng ta, th vn tit kim chng lng ph
phi lun c coi l quc sch. Nhng trong thc t, nhng nm qua khp ni, vn cn trn
lan nhng hin tng lng ph. No l lng ph trong qun l, s dng ngn sch, lng ph
trong u t xy dng c bn, lng ph trong qun l t ai, tr s lm vic, lng ph trong
lnh vc doanh nghip Nh nc v ri lng ph cn len li trong dn chng vi nhng th tc
ci xin y tn km

Lng ph thc s v ang l vn bc xc ca x hi, l mt trong nhng nguyn nhn

gy nh hng ln ti nn kinh t ca t nc. Bi v trong nm u (1998) sau khi c php
 66

lnh thc hnh tit kim, chng lng ph c U Ban thng v Quc Hi kha X thng qua
ngy 26-02-1998 v c hiu lc thi hnh t ngy 1-5-1998, qua s liu bo co ca 12 B, c
quan ngang B, s chi thc nm 1998 gim so vi quyt ton nm 1997, c th nh: Hi ngh
ph: 12,8 t ng; cng tc ph: 12,43 t ng, chi ph in thoi, fax: 9,57 t ng; chi ph sa
cha ln TSC: 80,94 t ng; chi mua sm ti sn c nh phc v chuyn mn nghip v:
153,7 t ng. D ton NSNN nm 1999 tip tc thc hin tit kim 10% d ton chi thng
xuyn. Mt s khon chi thng xuyn gim mnh t 30% n 70% nh chi mua sm thit
b lm vic, chi hi ngh l tn

Nhng s liu gim chi trong khi thc hin Php lnh thc hnh tit kim chng lng ph
thi gian qua, thc s l nhng con s bit ni, cho thy tn hiu ng mng v s chuyn
bin trong cng tc ny, song iu cng chng t by lu nay vic chi tiu cn qu bung
lng, nn tht cht li cc khon chi tiu l vic cn lm.

Qua thanh tra ti chnh, bo co quyt ton hng nm pht hin nhiu c quan n v hnh
chnh s nghip, doanh nghip vi phm cc nguyn tc qun l hnh chnh. Mt trong nhng
vn chi tiu c coi l bc xc v c th ni l ht sc tn km hin nay l: Chi tiu i
vi cc l n nhn hun huy chng, ngy thnh lp ngnh, hi tho Mi cuc nh m
nh vy tn khng bit bao l tin ca, no tin thu hi trng, tin n ung, qu biu Vo
dp cui nm ny, ngi ta cn thy cc nh hng cht kn bi cc thng hu ht l cc
cn b ch ngi dn thng th ly u ra ngn qu m vui v nh vy! Trong khi cuc
sng ca nhng ngi dn t do cn ang vt v bn chi tng ngy vi nhng chi tiu
hn hp th vic tit kim chng lng ph trong c ch chi bao cp l vic nht thit cn phi
lm.
ASSIGNMENT 11:
Translate the following texts into Vietnamese
GAZA CITY -Israel and palestinians negotiated through the night in what US envoy Dennis
Ross termed "a good evening of work" aimed at breaking an impasse over Israel's delayed
pullout from the West Bank town of Hebron.

Ross left Palestinian leader Yasser Arafat's office early yesterday - three hours after he arrived
- but negotiators stayed behind to corntinue talks.

"The meeting was positive (and) constructive," Arafat said. He added that he and Ross
"solved some of the obstacles which were between me and him," apparently referring to his
own suggestion last week that Ross was biased toward Israel.

Ross, who was to leave later yesterday, agreed that "We had a good set of discussions."
Referring to the negotiations, he said : "This has been a good evening of work, but there are
still issues to be overcome."
 67

Inside Arafat's headquarters, the Palestinian team led by chief negotiator Saeb Erekat
continued deliberations with Israel's delegation, led by Maj. Gen. Shaul Muhfaz and Yitzhak
Molcho, a top advisor to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. The talks began on Sunday
afternoon in Jerusalem and moved to Gaza.

Israeli media speculated that if the meeting was successful, Ross might delay his departure
and Netanyahu and Arafat might hold a summit either yesterday or today.

Israel was to have pulled out of Hebron - the last West Bank city under occupation in March,
but delayed it after a series of terrorist attacks in Israel. Netanyahu, a hardliner elected in May,
has delayed the pullout further, trying to tighten security for the 500 settlers who live in the
town of 130,000 Arabs.

The Palestiians have refused to reopen the existing agreement, and also seek to link the Israeli
redeployment to a further pullout elsewhere in the West Bank that was also promised in the
signed autonomy accords.

In Hebron on Sunday, the army rounded up about 100 Palestinians after two fire bombs were
thrown at a Jewish enclave without causing injuries. They were questioned and held at
gunpoint for about an hour, but most were released. The army spokesman said several
Palestinians were arrested.

A Palestinian walking past the Beit Hadassah enclave was hit and injured by a metal ladder
that fell or was thrown from the roof, and he was taken to the city hospital.
HCM CITY - The number of foreign tourists arriving in Viet Nam has been increasing year
after year. On average, it grows by 30 per cent a year, according to recent statisties released
from Viet Nam Tourism Administration.
Though the number of tourists is on the rise, occupancy rates of hotels have dropped
significantly as compared to previous years. Over the past six years, joint - venture hotels and
guest houses operated at an average capacity rate of 85 to 90 per cent. They are now operating
at a capacity rate of only 60 per cent. A rate which is much worse than that of state - owned
hotels and private guest - houses.
One of the main reasons for the decline in hotel capacity rates is the muchrooming of joint -
venture hotels which has caused severe competition among hotels for room - rates and hotel
services.
Several hotels have become burdens to their owners, with low gross earnings and high taxes,
many are about to be forced to close down.
Most foreign visitors have come here eager to experience something new and to travel to
places of wild and natural beauty during their stay. For this reason, Viet Nam's tourist industry
needs to reorganise its management and set goals in order to satisfy the current demands of
tourists.
 68

Though there has been growth in the number of tourists over the past several years, the
number of visitors that come for a second visit is low. It is evident that the attraction of Viet
Nam's tourist industry is still inadequate and tourist sites, transport and accommodation
facilities have not yet reached international standards.The country now has some 22 provinces
and cities which have completed detailed master plans for tourist resorts.

However, these projects are yet to be developed and are still under discussion. Even though
each year the government has spent tens of billion of dongs on upgrading national historical
relics and tourist resorts, due to a lack of management expertise and investment knowledge,
these sites have failed to help boost the development of the tourist industry. To improve
quality of tourist resorts and to boost hotel operations, Viet Nam's tourism industry now
requires more investment from the government.
Translate the following text into English
Cng ngy cng c nhiu ng-i Vit nam tm cch i hc n-c
ngoi bng chi ph ring ca mnh. T gia nm 1992 dn thng 5
nm nay, s ng-i t b tin ra hc cn t, nh-ng hy vng s
l-ng s tng trong vng 5 nm ti v nn kinh t Vit Nam tt
hn v chnh ph hp l ha cc th tc lm cho vic hc t tc
d dng hn. Nh-ng cuc qung co ln nht nhm thc y nhng
ng-i Vit Nam mnh dn u t- tin bc cho bn thn hoc con
ci ca mnh -c hc trong mt nn gio duc t chun quc
t l nh vo vic m mt cuc trin lm c bit v gio dc
n-c ngoi t chc ti thnh ph H Ch Minh v H Ni trong
hai thng va qua. -c gi l Educasia, cuc trin lm
cao cc tr-ng i hc, cc tr-ng h-ng nghip v cc nh
cung cp thit b tr-ng hc ca cc n-c Anh, Php, c, Hoa K
v Thy S. Cuc trin lm cp n ch-ng trnh o to v
nn gio dc m cc sinh vin t tc Vit Nam ang tm kim v
li gii p ca nhng c s o to ny n-c ngoi i vi
nhng thc mc ca sinh vin. Cc kha hc v vin thng,xy
dng bng c gii, ngnh khch sn du lch v nu n -c
c bit cao.
Cho n by gi hu ht nhng sinh vin Vit nam i ra n-c
ngoi hc thm theo hc bng quc t hay ca mt chnh ph n-c
ngoi cp. Hng nm Vit Nam gi i khong 77 sinh vin v 100
chuyn vin bc cao ra n-c ngoi thng qua nhng ch-ng trnh
hc bng -c chnh thc bo tr. Phn ln nhng sinh vin i
hc t tc i hc Nga, mt s i cc n-c ng u v mt
s rt t i hc H Lan, B, Hoa K, an Mch v Thi Lan.
Nh-ng vo thng t- nm nay, cc sut hc bng ring dnh cho
cc sinh vin n-c ngoi Nga v ng u tm ngng. Hin
 69

nay c nhng iu kin dnh cho sinh vin Vit Nam mun hc
n-c ngoi l phi tt nghip ph thng v phi theo hc cc
kha hc ngoi ng ph hp v phi c kin thc v vi tnh. Tuy
nhin vn cn thiu nhng thng tin v cc rc ri m sinh vin
t tc n-c ngoi th-ng gp phi, c bit l vn v thi
gian v trnh m cc kha hc i hi. c nhng lng ph
v thi gian cng nh- tin bc khng th trnh khi.

ASSIGNMENT 12:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
The United States is a country of immigrants. These immigrants come from all over the
world. They speak many different languages. In the past, new immigrants had a hard time in
American schools. They could not understand their school work in English, so they often
became discouraged and dropped out of school. They were not able to get good jobs without a
good education.
Now, many schools in the United States have bilingual programs. ("Bi" means "two" and
"lingual" means "language".) For example, a school with many Spanish-speaking students
might have a bilingual program. The Spanish-speaking students study their subjects in both
English and Spanish. A school with a large Chinese population might have an English
Chinese bilingual program. Students in bilingual programs continue their general education
and learn English at the same time. After a period of time, they can take all of their classes in
English with English speaking students.
Bilingual education is "controversial." This means some people like it, and other people do
not like it. The people in favor of bilingual education say, "It helps students to understand
their school work in history, mathematics, science, etc., at the same time, they are learning
English." These people say bilingual education helps students succeed in school. They can get
better jobs and be better citizens after graduation.
The people against bilingual education say, "It's a waste of time and government money.
English is the national language of the United States." Everyone living in the United States,
they say, should learn to speak English as quickly as possible. They say, "Bilingual education
is too expensive." In other words, the government spends too much money on bilingual
education. They want to put the money for bilingual programs into English programs. In such
programs, everyone will learn English a lot faster. At least, those against bilingual education
think so.
Translate the following text into English
Ng-i ngho th-ng c nhiu con hn nhng ng-i thuc gii
trung l-u v th-ng l-u. V dn cc n-c km pht trin th
c nhiu con hn dn ca cc n-c pht trin. Ngy cng c
nhiu chuyn gia v dn s thy -c mi quan h khng kht
gia s con trong gia nh v s pht trin kinh t.
 70

Ti mt vi vng, dch v k hoch ha gia nh ca chnh ph

c l khng c i vi dn ngho do iu kin a l. Chng hn
nh- ng-i dn nng thn sng qu xa trung tm k hoch ha
gia nh. Do vy h khng nhn -c thng tin v cch thc hn
ch sinh . Nhn chung th dn thnh th c nhiu thng tin
hn dn nng thn. Dn thnh th -c h tr dch v k hoch
ha gia nh, v h c gia nh t con hn. V th chng ta c
th ni rng v tr a l ni m ng-i dn sng ng mt vai
tr qan trng trong vic quyt dnh mt gia nh nn sinh bao
nhiu con: Gia nh sng thnh th th c t con hn gia nh
sng nng thn.
Nhng l do khc l g? S pht trin kinh t gia nh, hay
mt phm vi ln hn l ca mt n-c, l mt nhn t quan trng
trong vic quyt nh s con trong gia nh. Ng-i c nhiu
tin th c t con. Ng-c li, ng-i ngho n-c km pht
trin mun c nhiu con. Ti sao? Do h phi l thuc vo s
chm sc ca con ci khi v gi. H khng c bo him, tin
h-u, hay s gip ca chnh ph. Khi h gi c th ai s gip
h. Cu tr li rt n gin. H c th v s quay sang nh con
ci gip . Con ci ca h by gi tr thnh ng-i ln v
ang i lm vic. Tt c con ci ca h u phi chia s v
gnh vc trch nhim chm sc cha m. i vi nhiu ng-i
ngho, mt gia nh ng con l mt cch thc hoch nh cho
t-ng lai. Chng ta c th ni rng gia nh ng con l ngun
bo him cho tui gi.

ASSIGNMENT 13:
Translate the following text into English
Cc nh xut khu c uy th ca Trung Quc ang cha tm ngm
ca mnh vo Vit Nam, nhn ra n-c lng ging ph-ng nam nh-
chn mui cho mt k hoch qung co trong vic mua sm hng
ha tiu dng v my mc, cc nh qun l iu hnh Trung Quc
pht bin nh- th vo hm th nm.
Cc nh qun l Trung Quc ni trong bui l khai mc hi
ch t chc ti H Ni : Nh-ng Vit Nam c mt kinh
nghim lu di tr-c khi nhn ra hng xut khu ca mnh vo
Trung Quc tng ln khi mt vi sn phm l c th xm nhp vo
th tr-ng Trung quc m rng hn.
Khong 60 cng ty Bc Kinh tr-ng by nhng mt hng ca
h t chi bng nha r tin v cc trang tr cho n
 71

cc loi xe c ti hi ch H Ni, mt hi ch u tin trin

lm cc mt hng Trung Quc k t khi hai n-c c quan h tr
li vi nhau.
Jeep- Bc Kinh, mt lin doanh sn xut t Trung-M, hi vng
s chen chn vo th tr-ng xe hi ang ln mnh ti Vit Nam,
nh-ng ang i mt vi mt s cnh tranh khc nghit vi th
tr-ng xe hi Nht Bn xy phng tuyn xung quanh
y, ng Guo Fengli, ph ch tch cng ty Xut Nhp Khu t
Bc Kinh pht biu nh- vy.
Theo li ca ng Guo th th tr-ng y ang m ra kh
nhanh cho cc sn phm ca chng ti, c bit l khi gi c
ca chng ti thc s cnh tranh -c vi cc i th ca chng
ti.
BAIEC ang mong mun thit lp quan h mu dch vi Vit Nam
nh-ng cng ang phi i u vi vic tm kim cc mt hng
thch hp buon bn, mc d l ng Guo ngh l c th tm ra
li gii p cho mt vn bnh th-ng.
Cng ty Trung Quc d kin trao i xe hi ly l-ng thc, v
s l-ng thc ny s em bn Nam Trung Quc. Tuy nhin h vn
thch trao i nhng mt hng c gi tr cao hn.
Chng ti khng bit nhiu v nhng g m Vit Nam mi
cho. ng Guo ni n iu ny, mt quan im -c cc nh
doanh th-ng khc nhc li nhiu ln. Nhng ng-i nn nng bn
hng hn l mua hng.
Vic bun bn qua bin gii tng vt k t ngy hai n-c m
li bin gii vo nm 1991. Ni mt cch chnh thc th, vic
bun bn hai chiu c gi tr khong 500 triu la d cho
vic bun bn bt hp php c th cao hn nhiu. Trung quc
-c h-ng mt gi tr thng d- to ln.
Trong chuyn ving thm Trung Quc tun tr-c, Ph th t-ng
Phan Vn Khi ku gi hai bn thay th vic bun bn qua bin
gii bng nhng tha hip chnh thc gia cc cng ty th-ng
mi v cc nh ch to m cch lm ny s lm tng gi ca cc
sn phm Vit Nam.
Vit Nam mun y mnh hn na vic xut khu than v du kh
cho cc trung tm sn xut ang bng pht Nam Trung Quc, ni
xa ngun nng l-ng ca Trung Quc c hng ngn cy s.
 72

ng Phan Vn Khi cn nhn mnh thm v gi go v cc mt

hng thc phm khc v pha Vit Nam nhp nhiu hn na cc my
mc ch to v cc cng ngh khc ca Trung Quc.
 73

ASSIGNMENT 14:
Translate the following text into English
Dn s ca A Rp Xa U i l 8853000 ng-i. a s l nhng
ng-i A Rp Hi gio. Hay ni cch khc, h l nhng tn Hi
gio. A Rp l mt quc o. V vua ca n-c ny va l mt
ng-i lnh o chnh tr va l mt nh lnh o tn gio ca
t n-c. Do lut ca chnh ph -a ra l lut ca Hi gio,
v ngn ng ca n-c ny l ting A Rp.
o Hi rt quan trng i vi nn gio dc ca A Rp. Tr-c
nm 1950, hu nh- ton b nn gio dc ca A Rp l nn gio
dc tn gio. Hc sinh hc Kinh Koran, sch kinh thnh ca do
Hi. Chng phi c gng nh nhng iu trong cun sch ny cng
nhiu cng tt. Tr-c nm 1949, khng c bt k mt tr-ng cao
ng hay i hc no m ch c mt vi tr-ng tiu hc v trung
hc n-c ny.
Vo nm 1953, chnh ph A Rp thnh lp B Gio Dc. y thc
s l b-c m u cho mt nn gio dc hin i cho n-c ny.
Khi nhng k s- pht hin ra du A Rp th t n-c ny tr
nn giu c. Cc nh lnh o ca n-c ny bt u nhn thy
rng cng ngh Ph-ng Ty l cn thit gip t n-c pht
trin. Cc nh lnh o vn tin rng nn gio dc tn gio l
rt quan trng, nh-ng mt n-c hin i khng th pht trin
cng ngh m ch da vo mt h thng gio dc tn gio truyn
thng. H quyt nh b sung cc mn hc khc vo h thng gio
dc. H mun kt hp nn gio dc tn gio truyn thng vi nn
gio dc cng ngh hin i ca Ph-ng Ty.
Tn gio vn l mt yu t quan trng trong nn gio dc ca A
Rp. Tuy nhin hin nay hc sinh, sinh vin A Rp cng hocj tt
c cc mn hc khc nh- : ngn ng ( c bit l ting Anh),
lch s, khoa hc, ton hc, vi tnh v.v.. Tr-c nm 1950 ch
c 20000 hc sinh, sinh vin A Rp. Nm 1982 con s ny ln
ti 1780000. H thng gio dc ca A Rp pht trin nhanh hn
bt k mt n-c no trn th gii. Tt c cc tr-ng hc a
Rp l min ph. Chnh ph cng cho sinh vin cao ng v i
hc thm tin nhm ng vin h. Tuy nhin cc nh lnh o
tn gio khng thch cho ph n i hc. H cho rng ph n c
hc c th gy nhng nh h-ng xu cho gia nh v x hi. Do
vy, lm cho cc nh lnh o tn gio chp nhn cho ph n
i hc th chnh ph phi dt vic gio dc ph n theo cc tn
ch ca cc nh lnh o tn gio.
 74

Ph n theo hc cc tr-ng cao ng v c bit l theo hc

cc khoa v ph n cc tr-ng i hc dnh ring cho ph n.
Gio vin y l n. V khng c gio vin n nn chnh
ph cho php gio vin nam ging dy ph n A Rp thng qua
ph-ng tin truyn hnh. Tr-c ht, ph n theo di cc bi
ging trn v tuyn v sau h c th ni chuyn vi thy
gio qua in thoi hi v nhng thc mc. Thy gio v sinh
vin n khng -c php gp nhau.
Sau khi tt nghip, ph n A Rp c nhiu c hi xin vic
ging nh- nam gii. H tr thnh cc gio vin, bc s, cc nh
hot ng x hi, cc nh khoa hc v nhiu vic khc na. Ni
lm vic hu nh- cng tch ri ph n vi nam gii. iu c
ngha l ph n v nam gii khng -c php lm vic cng mt
ch ch tr bnh vin. Ph n A Rp muons c nhiu c hi tm
vic lm hn. Nh-ng mt vi ph n khng mun cng lm vic vi
nam gii. Trong mt bi bo gn y dng trong mt tp ch c
tn gi Tp Ch Trung ng, mt vi sinh vin n ni rng h
thc s khng mun lm vic cng nam gii.

ASSIGNMENT 15:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
After getting high on the hopes of striking black gold off the shores of Vietnam, the world's
oil giants have now glumly awoken to the hazards- - the immense coot of investment and, so
far, the meagre rewards.
The mood was subdued among foreign companies exhibiting their technological wares this
week at the second International Oil and Gas Fair in Hanoi.
"The results aren't bad, but they, are not as great as some had hoped, "said Melchior de
Matharel, head of Southeast Asia operations with the French firm Total.
If caution is now the watchword, disappointed foreign petroleum companies may draw
comfort from the recent. "encouraging" discoveries of oil made by Mitsubishi Oil and the
Malaysian firm Petronas Carigali, and of gas made by British Petroleum (BP), off the coast of
southern Vietnam.
"Oil exploration is plainly hazardous. But the good news is that the Vietnamese basin is oil-
bearing", Matharel said. Prospectors enthusiasm was abruptly dampened last May, when BHP
Petroleum of Australia announced the reserves at the Dai Hung ("Great Bear") site, 375
kilometers (235 miles) southeast of Ho Chi Minh City, were far smaller than projected.
BHP initially estimated the site to contain 700 million to 800 million barrels of oil, but has
now downgraded it to 100 million to 200 million. Production is scheduled to begin neat
month, at a modest level of 25,000 barrels per day.
That was a tough -blow for BHP. It has already invested 240 million dollars in Vietnam- - and
half of it went into the first phase of the Dai Hung project.
 75

BHP headed an international consortium, selected in April 1993, to develop the field at a total
cost estimated at 1.5 billion dollars. BHP holds 43.75 percent of the consortium, with
Petronas holding 20 percent, and state - owned PetroVietnam 15 percent. The remaining
21.25-percent share is equally split between Total and the Japanese firm Sumitomo.
For the moment, it is the Japanese- the main buyers of Vietnam's crude oil- who appear to
have had the best luck.
The Japan Vietnam Petroleum Co. (JVPC), a branch of the Mitsubishi Oil group, announced
in June a "very promising" discovery at the Rang Dong (:Dawn) site.
According to the results of an exploratory well, the field may be "of the same caliber" as
neighbouring Bach Ho ("White Tiger") the only site now being commercially exploited in
Vietnam. Bach Ho's reserves are estimated at a maximum of :300 million barrels.But et will
take at least another year and other drillings to precisely determine the scope of the Japanese
discovery, industry experts in Honoi cautioned.
Pessimists say it will take four to five years in all to gauge Vietnam's oil potentially.
Gas exploration and exploitation have also proven to be a risk business, although fortune has
so far smiled on British Petroleum, which announced in September the discovery of two gas
pockets, estimated to be 57 billion cubic metres (1,995 billion cubic feet), in Nam Con Son,
south of Ho Chi Minh City.
BHP and the Norwegian national company, Statoil, bought shares in the offshore concession,
held by the Indian state firm Oil and Natural Gas Co. (ONGC), in 1992.
The consortium, with ONGC holding 55 percent, BP 30 percent. and Statoil five percent, has
conducted exploration and tests under a shared - production contract with PetroVietnam,
which in turn has taken a five percent stake on the interests of each of the European partners.
Translate the following text into English
Vic hng hc ca mt b phn tu v tr con thoi iu khin
bng phn lc vo hm th t- buc c quan NA SA phi hon mt
cuc kho st tri t bng radar khi chuyn bay nghin cu mi
sinh 10 ngy ca tu Endeavour bay qua mc na phi trnh.
C quan Qun Tr Hng Khng v Khong Gian Quc Gia cho bit
vn ny l mt tr lc i vi phng th nghim Radar tr
gi 384 triu la, nh-ng khng gy ra mt nguy him no i
vi cc nh du hnh v tr. Cc vin chc ni rng b phn chm
in t kim tra nhin liu b hang, khng pht hin -c mt
h thng r ritrong b phn ddaayr b nghi l nguyn nhn lm
ng-ng hot ng nm b phn khc gi l vcn (verniers) cn
thit chnh li cho ng -ng i ca tu con thoi trong
quyx o v ch dn chnh xc kh c trong khoang hng n mc
tiu trn hnh tinh.
Kelly Humphries, ng-i thuyt minh chuyn bay, vo chiu hm
th t- gi s gin on mang tnh khoa hc ny l s ngh
 76

tm thi trong lc cc k s- trn mt t vi ngh ra mt

cch cc my tnh ca con thoi khng n b phn kim
tra nhin liu b hng.
Theo ng Rich Jackson, Gim c iu khin chuyn bay th con
tu Endeavour vi 38 b phn y ln hn s tiu th qu nhiu
nhin liu v loi tr iu mong i con tu s lm lan ra tai
ha thin nhin quanh a cu.
Vo chiu hm th t-, tu con thoi bay theo ph-ng thc t li
(hoa tiu t ng) v phi hnh on lm vic theo hai ca
sut 24 gi lin k t lc ct cnh khi Florida vo hm th
su, h-ng mt gi ngh gii lao bt ng.
ng Jackson d on rng khong phn mm s sn sng lm vic
vo chiu th ba, khong 24 gi sau khi trc trc k thut xy
ra.
Ni vi cc phng vin ti trm kim sot chuyn bay ti
Houston, ng Jackson cho bit: B phn cht hng v nhm
kim sot chuyn bay ang l vic rt tch cc phc hi vic
kim sot cc vecn v gim thiu nh h-ng trong thi gian c
s c.
Cc nh khoa hc ni rng s trc trc ny khng lm h- hng
cc hnh nh, nh-ng s phi mt mt thi gian lu n gp 5 ln
x l cc d liu ra a v my tnh ca chng.
 77

ASSIGNMENT 16:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Britain is divided into 651 constituencies and people in each constituency select one person to
represent them in the House of Commons. The simple majority system of voting is used in
parliamentary elections in Britain and voting is by secret ballot. There are moves to have this
changed to a preferential system.
Voting is voluntary. All British people who are 18 years of age or over and not legally barred
from voting can vote.
Members of the Royal Family peers and peeresses who are members of the House of Lords
and foreign nationals are not allowed to vote. People who are disqualified include those who
are kept in hospital for mental health reasons people serving prison sentences and people
convicted within the previous five years of corruption.
Candidates
Anyone aged 21 or over holding British citizenship, or a citizen of another commonwealth
country or the Irish Republic, who is qualified. May stand for election to Parliament. People
who are not qualified are members of the House of Lords, elegy of the Church of England,
Church of Ireland, Church of Scotland and the Roman Catholic Church. Neither are
bankrupts, public
servants and officials and those who have been sentenced to more than one years
imprisonment. Candidates in a constituency have to pay a sum of money, about 1,000, as a
deposit and if they get at least 5% of the votes they will get the money back.
General Elections
In theory, the election for or seats in the House of Commons takes place every five years.
But, elections are usually held before the end of the five-year term. The Prime Minister has the
right to decide when to hold a general election. Then the queen formally dissolves parliament
and calls for the election of the new one.
Britain is divided into areas called constituencies of roughly equal population. General
elections often happen on a Thursday and people still go to word as usual. Therefore, the
hours of voting are flexible, from 07:00 to 22:00; to give voters are given a ballot paper with
the names of the candidates for that constituency, usually in alphabetical order, and sometimes
with a brief description of the candidates backgrounds or their parties. After that, spoiled
ballots are eliminated. The legal ballot papers are counted and the candidate with the most
support is the winner and becomes the Member of Parliament for the constituency.
The Campaign
Three weeks before a general election is the time for the campaign. The campaign takes place
in every constituency all over Britain. Candidates resort to different means to attract their
supporters.
Canvassing
Canvassing means local party workers go from door to door and ask people how they intend
to vote. In this way, candidates can know peoples voting intentions and attitudes so that they
can adapt their campaign tactics. Party workers also revisit those who have promised to
support their party and urge them to do so on polling day.
 78

Public meetings
Candidates have the right to hold public meetings whenever and wherever available during an
election campaign. They invite guests including influential members of their parties, and well-
know people such as writers, actors and actresses, who support them, to the meetings and try
to influence voters. Such meetings are often covered in detail by the media.
The mass media
Because newspapers and magazines in Britain are privately owned and financially
independent of the political parties, the owners and the editors can decide to support any party
they like, but radio and television are required to be impartial. News programmes cover all
aspects of the major parties campaigns. On these occasions, candidates appear on television
and radio day and night. They are televised in factories, school, youth centers, and the farms,
giving speeches about their party policies. Talkback radio allows people to pose questions to
political leaders, and reports and commentaries from journalists holding interviews with
leading figures from all the parties are broadcast.
Manifestos
The main parties publish manifestos during the election campaign. Manifesto are often
launched by each party at a press conference and inform people of their policies and what they
will do if they win the election. Manifestos might include the past achievements of the party
and can attack the policies of the their opponents.

ASSIGNMENT 17:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Ha Noi- Ha Noi is trying to nearly double its Gross Domestic Product (GDP) to US$1,100 per
capita over the next five years.
The ambitious projection has been based on the current annual GDP growth rate of 11.9 per
cent.
Participants at yesterdays Ha Noi Communist Party Conference were told if the current
growth rate continues as expected, it should reach 15 per cent by the turn of the century.
This should translate into a doubling of the GDP.
The conference was also told the traditional rural and small industry base of the capital citys
economy had rapidly been replaced by industrial endeavor and the trading and services
industries, and that about 19 per cent of Hanoi families could now be classified as well-off.
Last years average GDP was estimated at $650 per capita compared with $470 in 1991.
The sharp rise was due to massive investments from both foreign and domestic sources
estimated as VND32, 570 (about $3.257 billion), according to a senior Ha Noi party official.
Deputy Secretary of the Ha Noi Party Committee Le Xuan Tung told participants at the
conference yesterday that part of the investment was spent on transfer of new technology and
renovating equipment in existing industrial plants. The major part of the investment, however,
was for setting up new joint ventures with foreign partners.
By the end of 1995, up to 210 foreign investment projects had been licensed to operate in Ha
Noi involving $3.3billion of prescribed capital. Of this amount $1.3billion has been
consumed, Tung said.
 79

This has helped Ha Noi along its chosen path to restructure its economic base towards
industries and services rather than rely on its traditional agricultural and small industry
underpinning.
The proportion of industries and that of trade and services in Ha Noi GDP in the 1991-1995
period rose sharply to 33.1 per cent and 61.6 per cent respectively.
Meanwhile the agricultural share fell to just 5.3 per cent of the total GDP share, Tung said.
Tung said the change in the economic face of Hanoi was because of the sharp increase in the
annual growth rate for the past five years.
He said that a growth rate of 11.9 per cent was ensured year after year, which is almost double
the figure set for the same period by the Ha Noi Party Committee back in 1991.
Tung told participants that by the year 2000 the growth rate would reach 15 per cent per year
and GDP per capita would be estimated at $1,100.
By that stage the industrial share in Ha Noi GDP should reach 40 per cent, up seven per cent
on the current rate.
Five industries have been targeted as the key industries for the city, Tung said.
They include mechanical engineering and electrical equipment production; textiles, garments
and leather goods; the food processing industry electronics; and construction materials.
In the next five years Ha Noi would need up to $9 billion in investment to develop new
industrial zones, renovate existing industrial zones and build more high rise buildings in the
inner city for office space, trade centers and entertainment centers.
Hanoi has about 10 established and five new industrial zones.
Many of the existing industrial areas need intensive-investment to replace old technology, and
expand their premises for more plants.
However the deputy party secretary for Hanoi reminded participants to the conference that
more effort was needed to keep development in line with what he termed as a socialist-
oriented market economy.
Ha Noi authorities had failed to pay due attention to the consolidation of socialist production
relationships while the administration at all levels remained weak and the role of the Party
in different economic and social organizations remained limited, he said.
Tungs comments were supported by Party General Secretary Do Muoi, who also addressed
the conference.
The party leader told the Ha Noi conference that despite its initial success, Ha Noi should be
more aware of economic development and human resource development.
About six per cent of Hanois population remained unemployed which, Do Muoi said, was a
challenge Ha Noi had to tackle.
Part of the solution was to set up production groups, which could be engaged in small
industries and the services industry.
Deputy Secretary Tung said that in the 1991-1995 period the number of well-to-do families
increased to nearly 19 per cent while those families classified as financially needy dropped to
about two per cent.
 80

ASSIGNMENT 18:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Gardening is a traditional occupation in Vietnam and appeared at the same time or earlier than
water rice cultivation. But VAC (abbreviation for vuon (garden), ao (pond for keeping
fish) and chuong (husbandary) is an economic model that was introduced only 10 years ago.
Foreigners who have come to Vietnam to learn about VAC in Vietnam say it is not very
efficient in production scale and performance, but is a uniform cultivation model bringing
both economic benefit and environmental advantages. From its first days of operation VAC
has continually cemented its role in the national economic development.
VAC now operates in 53 provinces, with over 10 million farmer households using the model.
In recent years, VAC has been expanded in most localities throughout the country. Tens of
thousands of hectares (on average) farms were set up in 13 midland and mountainous
provinces) and -orchards were expanded to 350000-400,000 ha.
This application of VAC became the main fruit suppliers for the country, simultaneously
meeting export demand. According to the FAO, Vietnam's fruit output is at nearly four
million tones per year, world's fruit output per capital at 65 kg, Asia Pacific 31 kg and
Vietnam 61 kg.
VAC has now become significant for the country's poverty alleviation and hunger eradication
campaign providing on - the - spot jobs, prevention of malnutrition, permanent agriculture and
settlement and for plantations for bare hills and barren land.
Living standards of VAC households have improved greatly with revenue from VAC
operations usually providing 60% of household's total income. VAC output value accounts for
one of third of agricultural output value and will probably in-crease further.
VAC has made rapid growth in the last 10 years, but has not penetrated all rural areas. If
intensive cultivation and crop specialization was carried out through out the country,
Vietnam's fruit output could reach 8 million tones per year in the 21st century.
VAC should be considered as a national agricultural programme. If VAC is encouraged to
reach its full potential, it will certainty obtain further effective growth contributing to the
national economy and the environmental protection.
 81

ASSIGNMENT 19:
Translate the following text into English
Hm th Hai va ri, cc nh nghin cu cho rng h c bng
chng kt lun rng ph-ng php iu tr thc nghim bng
cch truyn huyt t-ng lm cho bnh pht trin chm lai cho
bnh nhn nhim HIV d-ng tnh v ko di thm thi gian sng
cho cc bnh nhn AIDS.
Tuy nhin, ng Abraham khoa huyt hc ca H Cambridge, ni
rng mc d cch cha bnh min nhim th ng l s t ph
trong vic iu tr bnh AID S v khng gy phn ng ph no,
th cng khng nn m t n nh- mt ph-ng php cha tr.
Trong phn trnh by ca mnh ti mt hi ngh Lun n ng
ni:Dt khot khng phi l mt ph-ng php cha tr.
Chng thy g l cha tr c, nh-ng hnh nh- n l hnh thc
cha tr tt nht.
ng Karpasni vic nghin cu ca Php v M v cch cha bnh
min nhim th ng -c thng bo ti hi ngh lm cho
nghin cu ban u ca ng vng chc hn.
ng tuyn b trong mt cuc phng vn qua in thoi rng:
Vic nghin cwuws c tnh cht m mm v hn ch bng thuc
trn an chng t rng vic cha tr ny c li cho bnh nhn
mc bnh AID S v ko di thm thi gian sng ca h.
ng ni rng nhng nghin cu do cng ty Hemacare Califonia
v hai bnh vin Pa ri tin hnh cng cho they rng cch cha
tr min nhim th ng gip lm chem. Li s tn cng d di
cuarv bnh AIDS cc bnh nhn khi xt nghim they c HIV
d-ng tnh, loi vi rt gy ra bnh cht ng-i ny.
Qua cch cha tr min nhim th ng, hng thng cc bnh
nhn -c truyn na lt huyt t-ng ly t ng-i khe mnh c
nhim HIV d-ng tnh. Mu -c ly ht cc hng cu v bch
hang cu v khng c vi rt HIV, nh-ng c scws khng trung
ha cao dit -c vi rt.
ng Karpras ni l ln u tin vo nm 1985 ng pht hin
nhng ng-i khe mnh nh-ng b nhim HIV c sc khng ny
mc cao trong mu trong khi cc bnh nhn AID S mt cc khng
th trung ha ny c kh nng chng li bnh truyn nhim.
Bn bnh nhn Cambridge l nhng ng-i u tin -c cha
tr theo cch ny v sau cc th nghim trn qui m nh -c
 82

tin hnh Lun n vo nm 1988 v 1989. Tuy nhin ng

Karpras ni rng ng khng nhn -c quyx dnh cho cc nghin
cu ny n-c Anh do vic nghin cu phi -c tin hnh
M v Php.
Th nghim ca Hemancare nghin cu tnh hiu qu ca cch
cha tr min nhim th ng -c tin hnh trn 220 bnh nhn
AIDS hn 3 nm. Trong 12 thng u cuc thc nghim cho they
mc t vong gim rt nhiu trong khi bnh nhn -c truyn
huyt t-ng, trong khi bnh nhn trong nhm kim ch bng thuc
trn an khng -c cha tr th t l t vong cao gp 5 ln.
Nhm -c iu tr c 1 ng-i b cht trong s 21 ng-i,
trong nhm ng-i -c iu tr bng thuc trn an th c 6
trong tng s 30 b t vong.
Hn na, s bnh ly nhim do bnh AID S gy ra thp hn nhiu
trong nhm -c iu tr v chnh bn thn nhng ng-i hin mu
hnh nh- h cng they c li. Cc nh nghin cu cho rng vic
hin mu c v nh- kch thch vic sn sinh cc khng th trung
ha trong mu ca cc bnh nhn nhim HIV d-ng tnh.
ng Karpras ni rng cc nghin cu ca Php cng em li
nhng kt qu t-ng t. ng ni l cc nghin cu tiu biu ca
M v Php cho bng chng kt lun u tin l cch cha tr
min nhim th ng l mt ph-ng php iu tr bnh AIDS hu
hiu.

ASSIGNMENT 20:
Translate the following text into English
Hm khc, b li k v mt gio s b bit. Vo mt m, ng
ta thc gic v thy mt ng-i l mt ang da vo cui
gi-ng ng. Mt cht lo s, v gio s bnh tnh hi xem
ng-i mun g. Th-a, con mun x-ng ti, vi mt ging
khn khn, ng-i n ng p. V gio s bo ng-i rng hy
i n sng mai v lc ny khng tin x-ng ti. Ng-i n
ng li th-a: Ln tr-c con n x-ng ti, nh-ng v xu h,
con khng nhc n mt ti li con gy ra, v iu ny
lun m nh trong tm tr con cho n gi. V gio s bit
y l mt tr-ng hp rt ti t. Ng-i n ng thiu
thnh tht khi x-ng ti v c l ng ta s phi nhn lnh ti
cht.V gio s chong dy v chun b o qun. n lc ting
g bt u gy ngoi sn, ng nhn quanh nh-ng khng thy ng-i
 83

u c, ch ngi thy mi g chy. ng nhn li gi-ng nh-ng

cng khng thy du i bn tay ang b chy. L do l v ng-i
n ng thiu chn thnh lc x-ng ti. Cu chuyn
li trong ti mt ni kinh hong.
iu ti t nht l lc b Ryan by cho chng ti cch phn
xt l-ng tm. Chng ta ku tn c Cha Tri c v c khng?
Chng ta c phi tho knh vi cha m khng? (Ti hi b ta
l c phi knh trng ng b khng v b bo l c!) C yu
th-ng hng xm nh- chnh cho bn thn mnh khng? (Ti li
ngh n s tin m Nora c -c vo th su hng tun.) Tnh
li th ti cng vi phm 10 iu rn, tt c ch v b ni
ti. V n by gi ti c th nhn ra rng chng no ni ti
cn trong nh ti, chng ti vn cn tip tc phm ti.
Ti s x-ng ti n mt hn va. Ngy c lp i, ti gi v
au rng, hy vng s vng mt ca ti s khng gy s ch .
Nh-ng vo lc 3 gi, khi ti ang cm thy yn n th mt anh
chng chy dn, cng vi li nhn ca b Ryan bo rng ti phi
x-ng ti vo ngy th by t nh nguyn cng v nhng ng-i cn
li. Ti t hn na, m ti khng i cng ti m li l Nora.
Gi y, Nora c cch lm ti au n m m khng h bit.
Nora nm ly tay ti khi chng ti xung chn i, mm c-i
bun b. Ch y t v th-ng hi ti nh- th ch ang -a ti
n bnh vin cho mt ca m.
i Cha i! Xin hy gip chng con! Nora rn r. M cng
chng c g ng tic v em u phi l mt a b ngoan phi
khng Jackie? i, Jackie, tim ch ang nhi au v em y! Em
s ngh nh- th no v ti li ca mnh nh? Ny, ng qun
x-ng ci ti em phm vi b y nh!
em i! , va ni ti c git tay mnh ra khi tay Nora.
Em khng mun i x-ng ti u
Sao li khng, em phi i Jackie ! Nora cng p li vi
ging iu y v th-ng hi . Em phi i, nu khng cha x
s n nh tm em y. C Cha mi bit, ch khng cm thy ti
cho em cht no c. Em c nh ci ln em c git ch bng
con dao ct bnh m khng? V c nhng li l em ni na?
Ch khng bit ri Cha s lm g vi em. C th Cha s gi em
cho c Gim Mc.
 84

Mi tn by gi ti vn cn nh l ti suy ngh mt cch

cay ng n th no. Ti ngh nu ti c i x-ng ti th ch
y s khng bit n mt na nhng g ti s phi ni v lc y
ti bng hiu ti sao ci anh chng trong cu chuyn ca b
Ryan x-ng ti mt cch khng thnh tht. D-ng nhuwtooi cng
cm thy rt xu h v mi ng-i khng ngng ch trch anh
chng y.
Ti vn cn nh nh- in ci i c con dc dn xung nh th.
Ti cn nh c nhng nh t d-ng tri di hai bn ngn i nm
xa xa ci thung lng bn b sng. Trong cnh t-ng y, khi quay
nhn li nhng khong khng ca nhng ngi nh nm cch nhau,
ti bng lin t-ng n ci nhn cui cng ca Adam v v-n a
ng.
Khi Nora ko ti xung ht nhng bc tam cp n sn nh
th, ch y bng i ging. Nora tr nn hung d v c c nh-
chnh con ng-i tht ca ch y. n ri Nora ct cao
ging rt t mn ri quay manh ng-i i nhanh vo ca nh th.
Khi sp b-c i, ch khng qun nm mt cu na: V tau hi
vng Cha s cho my c tht nhiu kinh hi li. ng l h-
n.
Ri th ti bit mnh b lc lng tht s. Ti ang ng
tr-c Ta phn xt. Khi ti b-c vo, cch ca vi nhng
knh y mu sc bng ng sm sau l-ng ti. nh mt tri vt
tt nh-ng ch cho bng ti thm su. Gi c xo xc bn
ngoi lm cho s im lng bn trong d-ng nh- v ra lnh gi
d-i chn ti. Nora ngi , i din vi cu b Jackie, bn
cch ta x-ng ti. Tr-c Nora c thm hai c gi na. Ri bng
nhin, mt bng en trng rt thm hi ang di n ng sau
l-ng ti c nh- th kp ti vo gia ti khng th no thot
-c du ti c can m n u. Ci bng en mi n - mt
ng-i n ng- ng , vng tay li, mt di ln cao cu
nguyn vi mt ging rt i thng hi. Lc y ti t hi mnh
liu ng y c phi l ng-i cng ging ni ti khng. Bi v
ch c b mi khin cho mt chng trai phi c- x mt cch thm
th-ng nh- vy. Nh-ng d sao, anh y vn tt hn ti. t ra anh
ta n y x-ng ti. Cn ti, c th ti s khng x-ng
ti mt cch thnh tht, ri ti s b cht i trong bng m
v lin tc tr v ph phch c.
 85

ASSIGNMENT 21:
Translate the following texts into Vietnamese
1. Generally, after a time of stagnation, HCMC' s private textile embroidery industry has
recovered and develop somewhat since 1991. Yet development is not stable because most
private units work according to foreign orders. Consequently, they can't control their
production plan, and labour price for making garments is limited by foreign partners (the
labour cost of 1995 is equal to 65 - 70% of that in 1991 - 1992). Due to the very nature of the
industry, the average wage of those working in this branch is only about VND 400,000 per
month. Under the current fierce competition, the amount of 15% of total wages for social
insurance and 2% for medical insurance that enterprises must contribute, if the proposed
social insurance scheme comes into effect, will push up production costs to very high levels,
making it difficult for Vietnamese ventures to compete effectively and occupy the market.
To help private textile embroidery businesses survive, Mr. Nam has suggested, the State
should amend the contribution rate of non - State ventures to Social Insurance schemes, as
follows:
- Social Insurance: 10% by enterprise, 3% by employee.
- Medical Insurance: 1 % by enterprises, 1 % by employee
The State should also issue a regulation concerning employees who are trained and recruited
by an enterprise, and are obligated to work for at least two years. It is necessary that
employees working at non-- State ventures should be given a work card. Employer agreement
may be required if an employee want to leave his or her job.
All members of HCMC's Textile - Embroidery Association agree on the implementation of
contributing a part of total wages to Social and Medical Insurance, in compliance with the
Labour Code.
2. Business leaders of big companies in HCMC have voiced difficulties they are facing with
in the fierce competition against foreign companies, especially world giants.
At a meeting on "How to encourage foreign investment and protect domestic production" held
in HCMC last week, producers of Tico and Lux Detergent, P/S Cosmetics, Tribeco Soft
Drink, Viet Thang Textiles, Saigon Beer and HCMC Poultry Company, had the same opinion
that local enterprises are not in an equal footing in competing with foreign counterparts as
they do not enjoy tax incentives as foreign-invested enterprises.
Only a year after the US embargo was lifted, soft drink giants such as Coca Cola and Pepsi
Cola, which have enjoyed superior advantages in capital, marketing policies and preferences
under the Foreign Investment Law, have gradually eaten into the market shares of local
producers. Other products are also in the same situation. Saigon Beer has to compete fiercely
with breweries of foreign Joint-ventures. Local detergent producers, although capable of
meeting domestic demand to the year 2000, have driven into the corner by giants such as
Procter & Gamble and Unilever.
To protect domestic production, local producers have proposed several measures to the
Government. First, the State should devise specific development plans for foreign investment
in terms of business field and geographical area and should not encourage foreign investment
in products, which local enterprises can produce such as soft drink, detergent, paper and
 86

cigarettes. Second, licenses should be granted only to JVs or 100% foreign-owned enterprises,
which involve in projects requiring large capital, advanced technology or producing goods for
export. Third, a law should be enacted against unfair competition that can lead to monopoly,
dumping or price inflation that does not benefit consumers. Fourth, there should be a policy to
encourage domestic investment and to grant domestic enterprises the same tax incentives as
foreign investors enjoy. Fifth, a campaign to motivate local consumers to use domestic goods
should be launched, creating conditions for domestic enterprises to develop.

ASSIGNMENT 22:
Translate the following text into English
Ng-i ngho th-ng c nhiu con hn nhng ng-i thuc gii
trung l-u v th-ng l-u. V dn cc n-c km pht trin th
c nhiu con hn dn ca cc n-c pht trin. Ngy cng c
nhiu chuyn gia v dn s thy -c mi quan h khng kht
gia s con trong gia nh v s pht trin kinh t.
Ti mt vi vng, dch v k hoch ha gia nh ca chnh ph
c l khng c i vi dn ngho do iu kin a l. Chng hn
nh- ng-i dn nng thn sng qu xa trung tm k hoch ha
gia nh. Do vy h khng nhn -c thng tin v cch thc hn
ch sinh . Nhn chung th dn thnh th c nhiu thng tin
hn dn nng thn. Dn thnh th -c h tr dch v k hoch
ha gia nh, v h c gia nh t con hn. V th chng ta c
th ni rng v tr a l ni m ng-i dn sng ng mt vai
tr qan trng trong vic quyt dnh mt gia nh nn sinh bao
nhiu con: Gia nh sng thnh th th c t con hn gia nh
sng nng thn.
Nhng l do khc l g? S pht trin kinh t gia nh, hay
mt phm vi ln hn l ca mt n-c, l mt nhn t quan trng
trong vic quyt nh s con trong gia nh. Ng-i c nhiu
tin th c t con. Ng-c li, ng-i ngho n-c km pht
trin mun c nhiu con. Ti sao? Do h phi l thuc vo s
chm sc ca con ci khi v gi. H khng c bo him, tin
h-u, hay s gip ca chnh ph. Khi h gi c th ai s gip
h. Cu tr li rt n gin. H c th v s quay sang nh con
ci gip . Con ci ca h by gi tr thnh ng-i ln v
ang i lm vic. Tt c con ci ca h u phi chia s v
gnh vc trch nhim chm sc cha m. i vi nhiu ng-i
ngho, mt gia nh ng con l mt cch thc hoch nh cho
t-ng lai. Chng ta c th ni rng gia nh ng con l ngun
bo him cho tui gi.
 87

ASSIGNMENT 23:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Indonesia will face a record food deficit this year as a result of lower harvests and a
financial crisis that has raised the cost of imports, two UN food agencies said yesterday.
In a joint report, the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the world Food
programme (WFP) said large - scale international assistance would be needed to meet a short
fall in rice, the country's main staple food.
" FA0 - WFP urge donor countries to assist Indonesia in managing its drought- and financial
crisis- related food problems " the report by the two Rome - based organizations said. Steep
food price increases and rapidly growing unemployment were adding large numbers of people
to those already living below the poverty line, the report added.
" Approximately 7,5 million poor Indonesians in 15 provinces may experience acute food
short ages during the upcoming dry season ". said the report on the world's fourth - most
populous country whose economy has been shattered. The report was based on findings of an
11-- member mission from the two agencies, which visited the country from March 9 to April
1 in 1998. This years yield would be about 47.5 million tones, 3.6 percent below last year's
production.
The shortfall was due to one of Indonesia's worst droughts this century. The report said the
Indonesian government planned to import about 1.5 million tones of rice between April and
September but this would still leave a deficit of two million tones.
The shortfall would have to be made up by the international community in order to help the
country to revive its battered economy.
The major challenge facing the country was to ensure the food supply for some 7.5 million
poor people since rice and overall food prices have increased by about 60 percent in the last
12 months, the report said.

ASSIGNMENT 24:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Vietnam on Wednesday said it would join the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
(ASEAN) next year, dispelling speculation that Hanoi might put off membership until it. was
better prepared.
"Vietnam is now actively preparing all necessary conditions to become a full member of
ASEAN next year," Deputy Prime Minister Phan Van Khai told business people over lunch
organised by the Switzerland - based World Economic Forum (WEF), which is hosting a three
day meeting here.
Khai said that Hanoi would also participate in other regional organisations and would join the
17 - member Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum "When it is possible".
 88

In Jakarta, Vietnamese Deputy Foreign Minister Vu Khoan was quoted as saying that his
country would file an application for ASEAN membership by the end of this month or early in
November.
Khoan, who was speaking after meeting Jakarta - based ASEAN Secretary - general Ajil,
Singh, said he did not expect any difficulties in joining, as quoted by the Antara news agency.
APEC 's members include the ASEAN countries- - Brunei; Indonesia, Malaysia, the
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand- - as well as the United States, Canada, Japan and China.
An informal APEC leaders meeting will be held in Indonesia next month.
Vietnam, which gained observer status in ASEAN in 1992, has said it is keen to become a full
member of the group, which has ambitious programmes for cooperation, including the launch
of an ASEAN Free Trade Area within 10 years.
ASEAN officials had hoped that Vietnam might join ASEAN before leaders of the group 's
six current members hold their next summit in Thailand in December 1995.
"There are already regulations for cooperation in ASEAN. Once we are a member we will
follow all regulations," Khai told reporters later, adding that Hanoi would work with others in
Southeast Asia to ensure regional peace.
Khai said his government would push ahead with reforms to improve conditions for foreign
investment by putting a new legal framework and better administrative procedures in place.
"We deeply understand that Vietnam is facing great challenges of global economic
competition and so must try hard to do away with the danger of being left far behind by
neighbouring countries, "he said
ASSIGNMENT 25:
Translate the following texts into Vietnamese
1. Ngnh sn xut pht trin ng k trong thi k ti thit nn kinh t ca Philippines sau
Chin tranh Th gii th II. Vic kim sot hng ho nhp khu ca chnh ph thc y s
pht trin ngnh cng nghip nh sn xut cc mt hng tiu dng cho th trng trong nc.
Vo nhng nm 70, chnh ph xy dng bn c khu kinh t nhm tng cng sn xut
hng ho xut khu. Cc ngnh cng nghip trong cc khu ch xut ny c khuyn khch
sn xut cc mt hng xut khu truyn thng. Nhng c khu kinh t ny thu ht vn u
t ca nc ngoi vo Philippines mt phn nh vo chnh sch min thu cho cc doanh
nghip c vn u t nc ngoi. Xy dng thnh cng nhng c khu kinh t ny to tin
cho s ra i cc khu cng nghip c qui m ln hn. Chng hn nh, cn c hi qun
Subic Bay ca M trc y nay tr thnh mt khu thng mi-cng nghip khng l
Manila. Mt khu cng nghip-thng mi ln vi c s h tng hin i v c min thu
thu ht cc ngnh cng nghip sn xut hng xut khu v u t nc ngoi.

2. Vit Nam n lc duy tr s n nh chnh tr x hi, pht trin kinh t v quan h ngoi
giao trong nhng nm gn y. Nhng thay i tch cc ca lut php nh hng khng
nh n tnh hnh sn xut, ti chnh v thng mi. Nh nng nghip thch ng vi th
trng t do nn Vit Nam c xp l nc xut khu go ln th hai trn th gii sau Thi
Lan. Ti Thnh ph H Ch Minh v vng ph cn nhng hot ng dch v v sn xut
pht trin v thay i nhanh chng. Kinh t pht trin mnh mt phn nh vo ngun u t
vn v cng ngh ca gn 2 triu Vit Kiu cc nc trn th gii. a s h quay tr v
Vit Nam u t v lin lc vi b con.
 89

3. Ch 1 nm sau khi lnh cm vn ca M -c bi b, cc cng

ty n-c gii kht khng l nh- Coca-cola, Pep si- Cola -c
h-ng -u i v vn, chnh sch tip th v cc -u i khc
theo lut u T- N-c Ngoi, nn cc cng ty ny dn dn
thm nhp th phn ca cc nh sn xut trong n-c. Cc sn
phm khc cng ri vo hon cnh t-ng t. Bia Si Gn phi
cnh tranh quyt lit vi cc cng ty bia lin doanh vi n-c
ngoi. Cc nh sn xut bt git trong n-c, mc d c th p
ng nhu cu trong n-c n nm 2005, nh-ng li b cc cng ty
khng l nh- Procter & Gamble v Unilever dn vo th b.

4. bo v vic sn xut trong n-c, cc nh sn xut trong

n-c ngh vi chnh ph mt s bin php. Th nht, nh
n-c nn c k hoch pht trin dnh ring cho vic u t- n-c
ngoi v lnh vc kinh doanh v phn b theo vng a l v
khng nn khuyn khch u t- n-c ngoi vo vic sn xut ra
cc sn phm m cc doanh nghip trong n-c c kh nng sn
xut -c nh- n-c gii kht, bt git, giy v thuc l. Th
hai, vic cp giy php nn -c p dng cho cc cng ty lin
doanh hay cc doanh nghip c vn u t- n-c ngoi tham gia
vo cc d n i hi c nhiu vn, cng ngh cao hay sn xut
cc mt hng xut khu. Th ba, l nn c mt o lut chng
i vic cnh tranh khng lnh mnh c th dn c quyn kinh
doanh, ph gi lm hi ng-i tiu dng.

5. Trong ting Vit, t nc va c ngha l quc gia, va c ngha l nc, mt lin kt

v ngn ng m mi rng buc cng thy r rng sau mt chuyn i thm vng t ph nhiu
nht Vit Nam: ng bng sng Cu Long. Do ph sa bi p ca dng sng Cu Long lm
phong ph va la y p ny, tng trng cho ngun lng thc ca c nc cng nh
phong cch sinh hot k cn sng nc ca c dn trong vng. i vi du khch, ng bng
sng Cu Long l mt trong nhng a ch tham quan p nht ng Nam , kt hp ci k
o ca vng sng nc lung linh vi cnh quan y phn khi ca mt nn vn ho vui ti
th hin qua cch sinh hot ca dn a phng cng hot ng thng mi. Trong khi nhng
thnh ph ln nh Cn Th, M Tho, Long Xuyn lp thnh th vng cho cc tnh ca ng
bng sng Cu Long th mng li knh rch mnh mng li l ci duyn c mt khng hai
ca vng ny. Sinh hot vui nhn ca vng ny khng ging my vi cch sinh hot ca
Thnh ph H Ch Minh. Tuy nhin iu khng c ngha l phi kh khn lm mi ti
c ng bng sng Cu Long thot khi ci n o no nhit ca thnh ph ln nht
Min Nam ny. Ch mt chng ba gi ng h bng xe trn Quc l 1 l bn l bn n
M Tho, th ph ca tnh Tin Giang v l im xut pht tt cho cuc thm d vng ng
bng ny.
 90

CHAPTER 3: ASSIGNMENT KEYS

ASSIGNMENT 1:
II. EXERCISES:
A.
1. change of form
2. change of meaning
3. change of form
4. change of meaning
5. change of form
B
6.the jug contains water/ the jug of water/
7. a car was bought by John/ John owned a car/ A car belonged to John.
8. the day is hot/ the day, which is hot
9. a blue long dress of mother/ mother has a blue long dress
10. the house of Peter/ Peter is the owner of the house/ Peter owns the house
C.
1. the place where doctor works/ the docter owns the office
2 someone is treated by the doctor
3. thec doctor owns the book
4. the relative of the doctor/ the kinship
5. the hand is part of the doctor
6. the doctor owns the house
D.
1. the same in meaning
2. different in meaning
3. the same in meaning
4 . the same in meaning
5. the same in meaning
6. the same in meaning
7. the same in meaning
8. different in meaning
9. the same in meaning
10. different in meaning
E.
 91

1. Where did you have/ get your shirt made?

2. Da Lat, which is surrounded by the great/imposing hills and mountains, takes up/covers/is
situated in a large area on the Lam Vien Plateau.
3. Despite the great improvement in the woman status, other things must be done to improve
womens health, nutrition and education.

4. Nowadays, the world has been facing a number of serious problems in spite of the fact that
there have been dramatic progress in science, technologyand knowledge. One of the problems
is the population explosion/boom in the developing countries. The population is growing in
geometric progression while thee production of goods is growing in arithmetic prgression .

5. Charles Dickens, who belongs to the school of critical realism, is one of the greatest
novelists in the world. What we value in his works is the criticism about evils and the contrast
between the wealth and poverty in the English bougeois society of his time. The world he
describes is that of the middle and lower classes in London.

ASSIGNMENT 2:
II.
A. 1. b. 2.a 3. a 4.a
B.
1. Foreign tourists usually at Kinh Do Hotel for this hotel has been recommended by their
friends.
2. Since the USA lifted the embargo against Vietnam, many foreign countries have been
investing in Vietnam.
3. Hue is famous for its delicious dishes and beautiful landscapes.
4. The participants discussed the causes of pollution environment.
5 . A motorcycle rider was robbed at Kampung early yesterday morning.
C.
1. change word order
2. change structure/ change word collocation
3. change set expression
4. change the meaning of the verb and adjective
5. omitting relative clause
D.
1. Thac Mo is a hydroelectric works with a designed of 150000 KW, annually produce 600
million KWH/ has an average annual output of 150000 KWH.
2. To construct this, nearly 15 million cubic meters of earth and stone must be dug up and
banked up; over 350000 cubic meters of filtering layers were embanked; about 220000 cubic
 92

meters of concrete were used and nearly 7000 tons of equipment and metal structures were
installed.
3. Despite such enormous volume, the government has decided to have the construction
finished in two years since the demand in power supply of southern localities has become very
pressing.
4. So far, the construction units have carried out about 90% of the dug-up earth volume,
concreted some 40% of the concrete volume.
5. According Mr. Nguyen Ba Man, head of the work managing committee, nearly all the basic
items have met the demand in construction speed.
6. In mid November 93, the Prime Minister Vo Van Kiet came to inspect the building of Thac
Mo Hydroelectric works.
7. The field leaders assured the Prime Minister that they already have grounds to ensure the
operation of Turbine 1 in June 1994.
8. The task of blocking the current of Song Be River will start in December.
9. Thus, there will be a significant coincidence when Turbine 1 of Thac Mo Hydro-electric
Plant starts operating. The North-South 500 KV transmission line will also be completed
simultaneously.
10. With these sources of power in 1994, the South will basically free itself from the hunger
for electricity.
D.
1. Mc d k t nm 1990, ngn sch nh n-c dnh cho cc
tr-ng hc -c tng ln nh-ng vn cn rt thp so vi nhu
cu trang b y cho tr-ng hc v ci tin cht l-ng o
to.
2. Tng thng Putin khng nh rng n-c Nga lun coi trng
mi quan h vi Vit Nam , ng-i bn truyn thng v l i tc
chin l-c ng Nam .
3. Ng-i ta lp d n tng thm c hi hi nhp cho 3000
tr em khuyt tt ba tnh , mt vng ni, mt vng duyn
hi Min Trung v mt vng su vng xa
4. H tho lun mt lot cc bin php nhm mc ch bo
m s hp tc ton din v kinh t, th-ng mi, khoa hc v k
thut.
5. Ng-i ta ang thc hin mi n lc nng cao nhn thc
ca ph n v vic h c quyn -c h-ng s an ton lao ng ,
hay iu kin v sinh lao ng thng qua mng l-i truyn
thng m rng.
6. R rng rng cc tr-ng hc cc tnh pha nam c nhiu
phng my v phng thc hnh -c dng vo vic ngoi ng hn
cc tr-ng cc tnh pha Bc.
7. c bn d n u t- n-c ngoi cho gio dc. Vn u t-
ch yu t Ngn Hng Th Gii v Ngn hng Pht trin Chu .
 93

8. 38 trong s 50 sinh vin ngoi ng -c bo Vietnam Courier

ni rng h khng thch lm vic cho cc cng ty -c n-c
ngoi u t-.
9. Vit Nam v Trung Quc ng m cc cuc m phn k
kt mt hip nh v lnh th v bin gii v mt hip nh v
lnh hi tr-c nm 2000.
10. Mi y chnh ph d-a ra bin php khch l nh- gim
thu hoc cho vay -u i cho nhng ch nhn s dng nhiu cng
nhn n.

ASSIGNMENT 3:
Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1. Since early in the last lunar month, Tet has already roamed around the vicinities of Hanoi.
2. The peasants in the suburbs are probably the ones to feel the presence of Tet before anyone
else because all their tasks from taking care of vegetables, fruits, grass, flowers to fattening
pigs and poultry are for Tets sake.
3. Moving down from Kinh Bac, we will see immense fields of flowers especially gladioli of
all colors.
4. Adjacent to the inner city are flower districts: Nhat Tan, Nghi Tam, Quang Ba with a
number of varieties: dark pink peach blossoms, juicy golden kamquat, purplish violet and
bright red gerbera .
5. A few year ago, here was a vast land of flowers sufficiently meeting the need of ornamental
plants for Hanoi people.
6. The local inhabitants have long been artisans devoting their lives to growing flowers.
7. It is a regret to see the narrowing flower acreage due to a change in business of a number of
artisans.
8. Some have sold their land and left their occupations forever. Others have turned to building
luxury villas rented out as mini hotels to foreign tourists with their own capital or in
cooperation with those who have capital.
9. Stores and shops have musroomed, selling all kinds of goods from the most popular to the
top-graded ones.
10 No wonder why Hanoi has changed and been developed in the open-door time. Hopefully,
Hanoi and its people will always deserve the land of age-old culture.
B
1. Mn trnh din chnh ca l hi l mt mn din mang tn
t Lnh Chim u d-c trnh din ng thi ba sn khu ln
khu trung tm.
2. Ton b khu vc quanh n tp trung c kn ng-i, ch cha
my khong nh cho nhng nghi l -c tin hnh.
 94

3. gim bt chi ph trong vic tng kh nng tip cn cu

tr em tn tt vi gio dc, chnh ph pht ng ch-ng
trnh gio dc v hi nhp cng ng.

4. Trong nhng nm gn y lp li trt t cng cng, H

Ni di mt s khu ch tm n nhng vng -c qui nh.
Nh-ng trong s 4 khu ch -c qui nh , th ch c ch ng
Tm -c di t khu dn c- ng a sang khu vc i La.

5. Ngoi vic u t- t ngn sch nh n-c, tt c cc tr-ng

hc phi tm cc ngun ti chnh khc mua dng dy hc.
Tuy nhin, cc ngun ny ch bng 13% ngn sch nh n-c dnh
cho cc tr-ng ph thng v 21% cho cc tr-ng i hc.
6. Tng thu nhp ngn sch nh n-c t xp x mc ra ban
u. Nhng ngun chi tiu bnh th-ng vn -c m bo, trong
khi cc khon chi bt th-ng cho cc vng b bo, lt, hn
hn vn -c thc hin. Vic thm ht ngn sch nh n-c -c
gi mc cho php l 3,6% tng thu nhp quc ni vo nm 1998,
thp hn nm 1997 l 4,2%.
7.. S pht trin kinh t ca Vit Nam phi -c xt trong
hon cnh chin tranh ko di. Hon cnh chin tranh y gy
ra nhiu thit hi v sinh mng v ti sn cng nh- cc cng
trnh cng cng v ti nguyn.

8. Mng l-i truyn hnh ang xy dng rng khp c n-c.

Ngoi nhng i truyn hnh t-ng i hin i, c t lu i
nh- i truyn hnh H Ni v Thnh Ph H Ch Minh, cn c 25
i thuc cc tnh -c thnh lp vo nm 1988. Nhng i
truyn hnh ny s truyn nhng ch-ng trnh quan trng ca i
truyn hnh trung -ng v pht ch-ng trnh ca i mnh.

9. Hi Lin Hip Ph N Vit Nam -c c i din Quc Hi

v ch tch hi -c quyn tham d cc cuc hp th-ng k ca
Hi ng B Tr-ng by t quan im ca Hi v ngh nhng
iu l lin quan n ph n.

10. Gia nh Vit Nam chu nh h-ng r rt ca nn vn minh

nng nghip. Do chnh sch m ca, nn vn minh cng nghip
ang tc ng tng ngy, tng gi vo cuc sng gia nh Vit
Nam.

ASSIGNMENT 4:
 95

A.
1. to give information
2. about invironmental protection / to be more exact, it is about deforestation.
3. It depends on the leaners ability.
4. yes/ a bilingual dictionary and the context could help to discover the meanings of these
words.
5.yes
6. ` NN PH RNG
S gia tng dn s l mt nhn t gy ra nn ph rng nhit
i. Tuy nhin, nu cho rng vic m rng mt nn nng nghip
t cung t cp nui sng nhiu ming n hn l nguyn nhn
chnh, th y l mt gii thch v cn c. i b phn rng
Chu M La Tinh, N v Thi Bnh D-ng b tn ph l do vic
khai hoang trng cc loi nng sn xut khu v do cc hot
ng bun bn g , ch khng phi do nn du canh, du c- v t
in gy nn. Hng nm hot ng bun bn g ph hu 4500
km2 rng, phn ln g -c xut khu sang M v Nht.
Mi lin h gia nn ph rng v nhu cu thnh lp x hi phn
vinh -c thy r nt nht Trung M v Brazin ni nhng cnh
rng nhit i b bin thnh ng c chn th v vic nui
gia sc mang li cc khon li nhun xut khu gip tr n n-c
ngoi. Khon n n-c ngoi khng l ang nng ln vai dn
ngho ch yu -c dng trang tri cho cc khon mua sm xa
x ca chnh ph v qun i. Vic xy dng cc in trang chn
th rng ln l nguyn nhn chnh dn n vic ph hu 2000 km2
rng nhit i hng nm Trung v Nam M. t khai hoang ch
yu dng cho vic nui b xut khu phc v cho ngnh cng
nghip thc n nhanh Bc M, Chu u v Nht- vng xng vi
tn gi l vng giao l-u hamburger
A.
1. to give information
2. about Vietnam,its language and people
3. It depends on the leaners ability.
4. yes/ a bilingual dictionary and the context could help to discover the meanings of these
words.
5.yes
COUNTRY
Our ancestors drank the water from the Red River, Da River, Me Kong River and tried hard/
spare no pain to protect them. Just think about the fact that very few languages in the world
enjoy the uniformity as in the case of our mother tongue. In Vietnam, the word nuoc (in the
river, lake and sea) have a synonym and homonym of the word nuoc signifying homeland.
 96

Here like an immortal bloc the rivers and people are closely linked to the nature and people by
a kind of everlasting cement. That is the patriotism of the Vietnamese people.

In the world, there are many countries where people cannot communicate with one another
when they travel from one province to another. In Vietnam, on the contrary, no matter where
they are from, the north or the south, people are able to understand one another right at the
first meeting.

ASSIGNMENT 5:
A.
1. Trong lch s loi ng-i khoa hc -c xem nh- c s mnh
gii phng con ng-i khi s ngu dt, s m tn, gim i ngho
v tng tm hiu bit ca con ng-i v th gii.
2. T N. A ca ngi cc nh khoa hc ca thi i l cc
nh truyn b nh sng, nhng ng-i s xua tan bng m v m
ra con -ng cho con ng-i chinh phc thin nhin. Trong thi
k , nhng pht minh khng t-ng nh- my bay, tu ngm v
in thoi -c d bo tr-c.
3. Nhng ai quan tm n ngnh cng ngh my tnh tin rng
chng ta ang tri qua mt cuc cch mng v my tnh. Ti sao
cuc cch mng ny xy ra ? iu ny c mang li hu qu g cho
x hi? tr li nhng cu hi ny, cn pha s l-c v lch
s my tnh.
4. My tnh u tin -bn tnh , do ng-i Trung Quc pht minh
cch y 5000 nm l tin thn ca my tnh hin i sau ny.
Cho n th k th 17, Chu u ch-a c g c th snh bng
bn tnh v tc cng nh- chnh xc trong tnh ton.
5. My tnh -c pht trin ng thi c, Anh v M tng
thm tc cng nh- chnh xc trong tnh ton cn cho vic
gii m thng ip ca k th.
6. Ngy nay , nhiu cng vic trong cc khu sn xut v dch
v do con ng-i m trch c th -c thc hin nhanh hn v t
tn km hn nh s tr gip ca cng ngh my tnh v cc thit
b -c my tnh kim sot.
7. Ng-i my ang dn thay th cng nhn trong dy chuyn sn
xut nh- nh my ch to t Fiat ca v Nissan ca Nht.
Vo nm 1980, 50 robot -c cc cng ty ca c s dng chng
hn nh- hng General Motors Ford, Nissan v Simpson Pope
8. Cng ty no khng s dng cng ngh my tnh u khng th
cnh tranh -c vi cc i th p dng cng ngh ny. Bng
chng l s tht bi ca cng nghip sn xut ng h Thu S
trong 2 nm va qua do b ng h in t cnh tranh nn
tht thu 200 triu la mi nm.
 97

9. Cng vi vic c gii ho mt s qui trnh sn xut, b-c

u gy ra nn tht nghip vi s l-ng ln. Nhng ngh nhn
lnh ngh trong ngnh tiu th cng nghip vn khan him tr-c
y, nay bng d-ng t h cm thy tha d- v thiu k nng
trong nn cng ngh hin i.
10. Nhng t-ng khoa hc v i ny pht trin vo th k
18 v 19. Cuc cch mng cng nghip Anh vo cui th k 18
cng cng c nim tin vo mt x hi khoa hc k thut mc d
li nhun x hi thu vo khng b -c chi ph x hi b ra .
B
1. Dung Quat Bay is to the northeast of Binh Son District, QN Province. It is 18 km long and
is protected by mountain ranges.
2. To the south of the bay is an area of flat land having geographical structure with an area of
tens of square kilometers.
3. Here will be formed / established heavy industry and chemical zones, oil refineries, sea
products processing zone, light industry zone, and a modern urban residential area with about
600000 inhabitants./ with a population of about 600000.
4. Another advantage is that Dung Quat lies about 12 km from roadway, railway lines, power
transmission line and the trans-Vietnam optic cable. Thev supply of fresh water for this area is
very convenient with a reserve of about 3 billion cubic meters per year taken from the Tra
Bong River.
5. Today, we are going through a period of profound social changes like that of the first
industrial revolution. It may be necessary for us to re-define the very notion of work itself.

ASSIGNMENT 6:
A. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. The silt from the Mekong River helps to bring an ample granary representing the whole
countrys source of food as well as the local inhabitants riverside lifestyle
2. The Mekong river itself with its huge tributaries and small canals navigable for tiny boats
creates a majesty landscape as it flows through VN, the last part of its 4500 km-long journey,
pouring into the East Sea.
3. It is significant that these overseas Vietnamese always direct their attention to their
homeland, cherish a close link with their families and preserve the national identity which
typifies the Vietnamese.
4. In addition to their support for their relatives, a number of overseas Vietnamese have
contributed to the welfare of their country and taken part in relief movements to help those
who suffer from natural calamities. They have also participated in the charity work following
the tradition the luckier should help the sufferer.
5. Before 1988, the effect of the banking system on the development and macro-economic
management was minimal. In order to encourage the banking system to play a more
constructive role, the government has taken new measures including the reorganization of the
 98

banking system, the introduction of restrictive credit policies, and new policies on interest and
free trade of gold in market.
6. The government implemented a comprehensive reconstructuring of wages and salaries of
the governmental employees with a consolidation of consumer subsidies into the nominal
wage structure. Though the monthly minimum wage increased, real salaries have declined
substantially as a result of inflation.
7.The survey conducted by the VWU shows that traditional contraceptive methods have been
widely used. The survey also indicates that 39% of married women used modern methods, the
most frequent method being intra uterine device (IUD).
B.
1. Nhng ng-i khi x-ng ra vic dng nng l-ng nguyn t
nhn mnh rng th gii ny ri y chc cn s tr thnh mt
th gii ca nguyn t. Ng-i ta cng cho rng nhng ng-i
chng i li vic s dng nguyn t ang chng li tro l-u
ca lch s v c mi quan h gn gi vi dng h Luddites -
vn l nhng ng-i ch tr-ng p ph my mc ngay t khi cuc
cch mng cng nghip bt u.

2. Cc bc s cho thy ln u tin h c th ti to cc h

min nhim ca nhng ng-i b nhim vi rt bnh AIDS bng cch
t ngt tng s l-ng t bo mu m vi rt HIV hu dit.
3. Trong lnh vc o to y khoa, nhng vic lm -c trong
nhng nm qua -c nh du bng s kin ni bt l vic nhiu
chuyn gia v o to y khoa , nhiu tr-ng i hc trn th
gii dt vn phi xem xt li ni dung o to i ng
cn b y t .
4. Ng-i thy thuc ngy nay nn l ng-i ca sc kho . V
vy ng-i thy thuc cn phi bit pht hin , gii quyt ,
phc hi nhng vn sc kho ca c nhn v cng ng.
5. R rng rng mt thn th kho mnh gip cho mt tm hn
lnh mnh, v chnh nhng tm hn lnh mnh iu khin h-ng i
ca h thng gi tr. Mt ng-i kho mnh l mt ng-i kho
mnh v mt th cht ln tinh thn.
6. Ngy nay con ng-i c khuynh h-ng lo u v sc kho th
cht. Tuy nhin ti mun nhn mnh ti tm quan trng ca sc
kho tm l. Mnh kho v mt tinh thn l rt quan trng v l
mt ng-i thc s kho mnh l ng-i t -c s thng bng hp
l gia th cht v tinh thn.
 99

ASSIGNMENT 7:
1. The achievements of the renovation process in the past ten years have provided
opportunities for women to obtain their goals. Their lives have been improved and women
have become less burdened. Social services have helped to ease their housework and create
favourable conditions for them to participate in social activities.
2. The Vietnam Womens Union which represents Vietnamese women nationwide , has
renovated their organization and work style , thus attracting more and more women to social
activities. It has also helped women deal with difficult matters of every life. It has proposed to
the state laws and policies that make full use of womens potentials in the process of
renovation.
3. Identification of the factors that leads to fast effective foreign language learning has
become increasingly important because of a majority of learners who are very anxious , as
adults, to learn a foreign language for a specific purpose : business, study, and diplomacy. The
requirements for effective language learning may be taken into account in terms of the
learners, the teachers and the curriculum.
4. The greatest attraction to the tourists is the age-old traditions typical of the Vietnamese
culture. Thousands of historical and revolutionary relics have been graded by the government ,
hundreds of which have high artistic and historical value . Vietnam is a large community
consisting of 54 ethnic groups with different traditions , customs and unique folk culture.
hundreds of traditional handicraft villages have produced thousands of famous handicraft and
fine art products.
5. If tourists go to an ethnic minority region, they will have an opportunity to engage in other
fascinating cultural activities typical of the rainforest region. Take the buffalo stabbing
ceremony as an example. Tourists should have to be present about a week before the
ceremony to join the local inhabitants in looking for a suitable kind of bamboo to repair the
Rong House (The community House) and to make a Neu tree ( The New Year Tree) to chase
evil spirits. The ceremony provides tourists with a chance to observe the decoration of jars and
the way they are chosen to store wine. They also have an opportunity to observe the way
people choose the buffalo for the ceremony.
6. Social welfare is a major policy of Vietnam which has its origin in the age-old national
traditions of solidarity and mutual assistance. The basic principle of the policy is to combine
the responsibility of the state, the community, and the efforts of each individual within the
society. This policy is being gradually extended to all the inhabitants in various forms.
7. Economic backwardness and the danger of lagging behind in the economic development
are the great concerns of all the Vietnamese at home and abroad . If Vietnam lags far behind
other countries, it will be a supplier of raw materials and cheap labour in the international
division of labour. It will have to accept an inferior position and losses in the international co-
operation and competition. This is the great challenge facing Vietnam in the current
international context.
8. The humanism of the Vietnamese diplomatic line constitutes a typical characteristic.
Though the Vietnamese have been victims of countless aggressions, they never lose their
compassion . Also, their compassion is a factor which creates the strength and the diplomacy
of the nation. Nguyen Trai, a national hero of the 15th century, left a legendary guiding
principle which remains today: Using great justice to vanquish cruelty
Humanism to subdue brutality
 100

ASSIGNMENT 8:
Translate the following text into English

Beijing may be the seat of political power, but Shanghai can lay claim to the title of
commercial capital. Historic sites date back less than 80 years in Shanghai, and yet most
visitors fall under the spell of this unique city where ambience is everything. The very name
Shanghai still sends a ripple of excitement down most spines. It was a minor weaving and
fishing town until the mid 19th century, when it began to develop as a trading and industrial
center. Entrepreneurs and carpetbaggers from all over the world descended and developed it
into one of the world's most cosmopolitan and sophisticated cities. From the 1920s on it
became increasingly notorious as the place where anything could - and usually did - happen.
Banks and commercial companies of all kinds built opulent head offices for themselves
overlooking what were then open rice fields beyond the banks of the Huangpu river. This
whole stretch has survived the busy bulldozers and today it forms a unique open - air museum
of 1930s architecture. A stroll along the Bund is a must for everyone who visits what is still
regarded by many as China's leading city.
Skyscrapers, including some of the world's tallest buildings, have sprouted where the rice
used to grow. The most prominent is the Oriental Pearl TV Tower - if time allows, the
panoramic views from the upper levels make an unforgettable experience.
The past is still tangible in sections of the former French concession, with its elegant villas
and tree - lined streets. Around the corner from the Bund, the Peace Hotel and its venerable
Jazz Band Are the best-known survivors from a more gracious age, but Shanghai has many
other exquisite hotels from the 1930s, most of which are being lovingly restored to their
former glory.
Shanghai boasts one of the world's truly great museums, opened in 1996. It would be
impossible to tour the entire treasure huose in a short visit, but even an hour in the galleries
devoted to the bronzes, stones sculptures and ceramics will provide lasting memories.

ASSIGNMENT 9:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Ngy hm qua, trong bi din vn chnh pht biu ti trng i Hc Quc Gia H Ni, Tng
B Th Giang Trch Dn ku gi gii tr Vit Nam v Trung Quc n lc nhm tht cht tnh
hu ngh gia hai nc, gp phn vo s nghip ho bnh v pht trin chu cng nh
trn ton th gii.

Tng B Th-Ch Tch nc Trung Quc ni vi sinh vin: Cc bn tr thn mn, chnh cc
bn l nhng ngi to ra tng lai ti sng v tng lai thuc v cc bn.

Tng B Th Giang Trch Dn nhn mnh rng mi quan h Vit -Trung s pht trin tt p
trong th k 21, trong n lc chung ca thanh nin hai nc l khng th thiu.
 101

ng ni: th h tr c hai nc phi theo ui l tng ca mnh v lao ng khng mt mi

xy dng Ch Ngha X Hi.

ng pht biu rng: Gii tr Trung Quc v Vit Nam cn k tha v pht huy mnh m tinh
thn cch mng ca cha ng, c t tng vng vng, chm ch hc tp, n lc v s nghip
pht trin Ch Ngha X Hi, v s giu c v thnh vng ca mi nc.

ng hy vng gii tr Trung Quc v Vit Nam s gn gi, duy tr v pht trin mi quan h
Vit-Trung, trao i v hc hi ln nhau tng cng hiu bit. ng bo m ng v
Chnh ph Trung Quc s hon ton ng h s trao i .

Ch tch nc Giang Trch Dn ni: Trong lch s, c Vit Nam v Trung Quc u b
quc xm lc nhng chng ta u nh bi chng, gii phng dn tc v thng nht t
nc.
Theo ng tnh hu ngh gia Vit Nam v Trung Quc khng ch xut pht t lch s m cn
t thc tin, nh Ch Tch H Ch Minh tng nhn mnh hai dn tc l ng ch, l anh
em.

ng ni quan h Vit-Trung da trn c s tin tng ln nhau, s n nh lu di, tin ,

tnh lng ging thn thin v s bo m .

ng ni thm: Hp tc trn c s hiu bit ln nhau l cu ni v cng l mc tiu cho tng

lai thnh vng.

Ch Tch nc Giang Trch Dn ri H Ni ngy hm qua n min Trung Vit Nam.

, ng i thm c Hu, c UNESCO cng nhn l di sn th gii, v gp g cc
ng ch lnh o ca thnh ph cng Nng.

Theo lch trnh, ng s n thm ph c Hi An v cng ty dt may Ho Th trc khi kt

thc chuyn i thm ba ngy n Vit Nam.

ASSIGNMENT 10:
Translate the following text into English
Concerning a poor country like ours, practising thrift and fighting against waste must be
always the national policy. In reality, however, waste has still been spreading everywhere.
Waste appears in management, using budget, in basic construction investment, in land and
office management, in State-owned enterprises, and waste also exists in the masses with
costly weddings.
Waste has really been a pressing problem of the society and one of the causes which
considerably affects the economy of our country. As in the first year (1998), after the decree of
 102

practising thrift and fighting against waste passed by the National Assemblys Standing
Committee 10th session in Feb 26th 1998 and taking effective since May 1st 1998, the real
expenses in 1998, according to reports of 12 Ministries and bodies functionally equivalent to
Ministries, reduced in comparison with the balance in 1997, for instance, conference
expenses: VND12.8 billion, business expenses: VND12.43 billion, telephone, fax expenses:
VND9.57 billion, expenses for great reparation of fixed assets: VND80.94 billion, expenses
for purchasing professionally fixed assets: VND153.7 billion. The States budget in 1999 is
estimated to continue economizing 10% of estimated regular expenses. Some regular
expenses have sharply fell from 30% to 70%, e.g. expenses for purchasing office equipment,
for conferences and receptions
Reducing expenses statistics while the Decree of practising thrift and fighting against waste
is being carried out are really speaking numbers, which show that this campaign is taking a
turn for better. These numbers, however, indicate that spending has so far been loose and that
it is necessary to limit expenses.
Financial inspections and annual balance reports helped to find out a breach of rules of
administrative management of many enterprises and administrative bodies. One of the most
pressing and costly expenses nowadays is: expenses for medal reception, branch forming
celebration, conferences Such festivities have cost so much money for hiring halls, parties,
gifts At the end of the year, restaurants are crowded with Gods, most of whom are public
servants, because inhabitants have no such budget for those parties. While free inhabitants
are leading a poor life and spending thriftily, practising thrift and fighting against waste in
subsidy spending mechanism is a must.

ASSIGNMENT 11:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
1. Thnh ph Gaza- Nhng ng-i lnh o ca Israel v Palestin
tin hnh m phn sut m m theo cch ni ca ng Dennis
Ross - Phi vin ca Hoa K l mt m tt lnh cho cng
vic nhm ph v s b tt trong vic Israel tr hon ruts
qun khi th trn West Bank ca Heebron.
ng Ross ri khi vn phng ca nh lnh o Palestin- Yasser
Arafat, sm hm qua sau 3 g ng h c mt trong khi
nhng ng-i tham d m phn vn tip tc cc cuc hi m.
ng A ra fat ni : Cuc gp g din ra theo chiu h-ng
tch cc v c tnh xy dng. ng cn ni thm rng ng v
ng Ross gii quyt mt s khc mc gia ti v ng y,
cp mt cch r rng n gi ca chnh ng tun tr-c l
ng Ross c bnh vc Israel.
ng Ross- d nh s tr v n-c vo ngy hm qua - ng
rng: Chng ti c mt lot cc cuc tho lun tt p.
Khi cp n cc cuc m phn, ng ni: l mt bui ti
 103

lm vic tt p, nh-ng cn mt s vn cn -c gii

quyt.
Bn trong ta tr s chnh ca ng Arafat, nhm i din
Palestin do ng tr-ng on m phn Saeb Erekat dn u tip
tc cc cuc bn tho vi Israel do hai ng MaJ Gen Shaul Muha
faz v Yitzhak c vn cao cp ca Th t-ng Benjamin Netanyahu
dn u. Cc cuc hi m bt u vo chiu Ch Nht Ze ru
sa lem v sau chuyn n Gaza.
Cc c quan truyn thng Israel phng on rng nu cuc
th-ng l-ng thnh cng th ng Ro ss c th hon li chuyn
bay ca ng v hai ng Netanyahu v Arafat c th t chc mt
cuc hp th-ng nh ni trong ngy hm qua hoc hm nay.
Israel sp sa rt qun ra khi Hebron - thnh ph Westbank,
vng cui cng b chim ng- vo thng 3 th phi hon li sau
mt lot tn cng ca bn khng b Israel. ng Netanyahu, mt
nhn vt cng rn -c bu lm th t-ng vo thng 5 va qua,
tr hon vic tip tc rt qun, v n lc bo m an ninh
cho 500 c- dn ang sng trong th trn ca 130.000 ng-i
rp.
Ng-i Palestin t chi vic ni li cc cuc m phn v yu
cu Israel tip tc rt qun nh- cam kt trong bn Hip -c
v quyn t tr -c k kt.
Vo ngy Ch Nht ti Hebron, qun i vy bt khong 100
ng-i Palestin sau khi c k nm 2 qu bom vo lnh th ca
ng-i Do Thi nh-ng khng c ng-i no b th-ng. H b qun
i cha sng thm tra v bt gi trong vng na gi nh-ng sau
phn ln -c th ra. Pht ngn vin ca qun i ni
rng nhiu ng-i Pale stin vn ang cn b bt gi.
Mt ng-i Pale stin ang i ngang qua vng lnh th Beit Hada
ssah th b mt ci thang lm bng kim loi ri hoc ai nm
t mi nh xung lm b th-ng; ng-i ny -c -a n bnh
vin thnh ph cha tr
2. TP H Ch Minh - S l-ng du khch n-c ngoi n Viet Nam
ngy cng tng. Theo s liu thng k gn y ca Tng Cc Du
Lch Vit Nam th l-ng du khch tng bnh qun hng nm l
30%.
Mc d l-ng du kahchs tng, nh-ng tnh trng khch li
khch sn gim ng k so vi nhng nm va ri. Hn 6 nm
qua,, cc khch sn lin doanh v cc nh khch ch khai thc
 104

-c t 85-90% s phng hin c. Hin gi ch cn t mc

60%, thp hn nhiu so vi cc khch sn ca nh n-c v nh
khch t- nhn.
Mt trong nhng nguyn nhn chnh ca s tt gim l-ng khch
l do khch sn lin doanh mc ln nh- nm, iu ny dn n
vic cnh tranh khc lit v gi phng v gi dch v.
Nhiu khch sn c tng doanh thu thp trong khi li chu mc
thu cao, ang tr thnh gnh nng cho cc ng ch v c nhiu
khch sn sp sa buc phi ng ca.
a s du khch n-c ngoi hm h n Vit Nam tm mt ci
g mi m v mun i n nhng vng c v p t nhin v
hoang d trong thi gian l-u li ca h. V l do ny, du lch
Vit Nam cn t chc li vic qun l v t ra nhng mc tiu
nhm tha mn nhu cu hin nay ca du khch.
Mc d l-ng du khch vn tng trong nhng nm qua nh-ng s du
khch tr li Vit nam ln th hai rt t. R rng rng ngnh
du lch Vit Nam vn ch-a sc hp dn du khch. Thm vo ,
cc im du lch v cc ph-ng tin n i li ch-a t n
tiu chun quc t. Vit nam hin c khong 22 tnh v thnh
ph ang hon tt nhng k hoch tng th chi tit xy dng
cc khu ngh mt cho du khch.
Tuy nhin nhng n ny vn ch-a -c trin khai, vn ang
cn ang -c tho lun.
Mc d hng nm chnh ph chi hng chc t ng nng cp
cc di tch lch s quc gia v cc khu ngh mt, nh-ng do s
yu km v chuyn mn qun l nn nhng ni ny vn ch-a c th
thc y s pht trin ca ngnh du lch n-c nh. ci thin
cht l-ng ca cc nh ngh v tng c-ng hot ng ca khch
sn, ngnh du lch Vit nam cn chnh ph u t- nhiu hn na.

Translate the following text into English

More and more Vietnamese people are seeking study abroad at. their own expense. While the
number of people who have already done so is relatively small - 2970 from mid 1992 to May
this year - the numbers are expected to increase within the next. few years a: the Vietnamese
economy strengthens and the government streamlines the procedures to make it. easier. But t
he biggest boost to Vietnamese people courageously investing their money for themselves or
their children to gain an international standard education has come through the staging of a
special overseas education exhibition held in Ho Chi Minh City and Hanoi over the past two
months. Called "Edukasia", the. exhibition featured universities, vocational schools and
school equipment suppliers from Great Britain, France, Australia, The United States and
Switzerland. The exhibition sought to establish what training or education private Vietnamese
 105

students were seeking and the overseas institutions companies explained what they could
offer. Courses in telecommunications, machine building. the hotel industry, tourism and
cooking wt-re particularly featured. Up until now, most Vietnamese students have been going
abroad for further study as recipients of international scholarship or funding from foreign
government. Vietnam has been annually sending about 77 students and 160 senior level
experts abroad through such officially sponsored scheme. Most of the private students have
been going to Russia. Some to eastern European countries and a trickle to the Netherlands.
Belgium, the USA, Denmark and Thailand. But. in April this year, a temporary halt has been
put. on private places being offered to foreign students in Russia and Eastern Europe. While
these existing avenues for Vietnamese students have required secondary school graduation
and intensive courses in the relevant foreign language and computers, often these schemes
were deficient in anticipating the problems foreign private students may encounter,
particularly regarding duration and the level of the courses being offered. There has been an
avoidable waste of time and money, and an attrition rate.

At "Edukasia", the courses on offer are delivered abroad it Vietnam by correspondence or

distant training. Those student who want to go abroad for study must first of all be able to
speak English which is an indispensable condition for initial contact: and assimilation of
knowledge:

Educational standards are also set, such as marks obtained it each subject and health
condition. A number of schools give priority to students with high marks in intelligence tests
and offer them scholarship. But 90% of tested students have to pay education fees.

According to Mr. Charles Wilmot, the director of Edukasia, the fees are high, depending on
the institution and the courses. But they are reasonably calculated. The lowest level is 2500
USD/year; while the most reputed USA schools and purses generally demand 3000 USD/year
to 6000 USD/year. Fees for remote training are less, about 300 USD/year, and graduation
diplomat are also recognized as equivalent to the regular training diplomas These institutions
are ready to receive Vietnamese students and to facilitate entry visas. The remaining question
depends upon a decision by the Vietnamese government. Mr. Wilmot stressed that in general,
the accommodation and studying conditions of students in countries where there were
Vietnamese students were very good. In Great Britain especially, there are organizations
specialized in helping foreign students. Most Vietnamese studying abroad begin their training
at the age of 18 to 19, the lowest allowed aged is 13. There is no limit for a maximum age
studying abroad depends now only on these students willing to receive an advanced
knowledge of the world.

ASSIGNMENT 12:
Translate the following text into English
Poor people often have larger families than middle class and upper class people. And people
in underdeveloped countries have more children than people in developed countries. More and
 106

more experts in population growth see the strong relationship between family size and
economic development.
In some areas, government family planning services may not be available to poor people due
to geographic location. For example, people in rural areas may live too far away from family
planning services. Therefore, they don't receive information about ways to control family size.
In general, people in urban areas have much more information available to them than people
living in rural areas. Urban people have help with family planning, and they have smaller
families. So we can say that geography where people live - plays a part in determining family
size: Urban families are smaller than rural families.
What are the other reasons? Economic development of families and, on a larger scale, of
nations, is an important factor in determining family size. People with a lot of money have
fewer children. On the other hand, poor people in underdeveloped countries choose to have
many children. Why? Because they have to depend upon their children to take care of them in
their old age. They have no insurance, pensions, or government help. When they grow old,
where can they get help? The answer is simple. They can and will turn to their children. Their
children will be adults then, and they will be working. The children can all share the costs and
other responsibilities of taking care of their parents. For many poor people, a large family is a
way of planning and preparing for the future. We could say that a large family is insurance for
old age in some societies.

ASSIGNMENT 13:
Translate the following text into English
China's powerful exporters are training their sights on, Vietnam, seeing their southern
neighbour as ripe for a boost in purchases of consumer goods and machinery, Chinese
executives said here Thursday.
But Vietnam has a long way to go before it sees its exports to China grow as few products are
likely to break into the more developed Chinese market, the executives said at the opening of
a trade fair here.
Some 60 firms from Beijing are showing off their wares ranging from cheap plastic toys and
ornaments to off - road vehicles at the fair in Hanoi in what is the first exhibition of Chinese
goods here since the two countries began patching up their relations.
Beijing Jeep, a Sino - American auto manufacturer, is hoping to squeeze into Vietnam's
growing car market but is facing stiff competition from Japanese firms already entrenched
here, said Beijing Automotive Import Export Corp. (BAIEC) vice president Guo Fengli.
"The market here is opening up quite quickly for our products, particularly as we are very
competitive in pricing with our rivals," Guo said.
BAIEC is looking to set up barter deals with Vietnam but is facing problems finding suitable
moods to trade although Guo thinks he may have found the answer in the humble sweet
potato.
The Chinese firm is planning to trade cars for foodstuffs that will be sold in southern China
but would prefer to exchange higher value goods.
 107

"We don't know much about what Vietnam has to offer, "said Guo, a point repeated by other
traders who were more eager to sell than buy.
Cross border trade has boomed since the frontier was reopened in 1991.
Officially, two - way trade stands at around 500 million US dollars although the illegal
frontier trade is believed to b! much higher, with China enjoying a massive surplus.
During a visit to China last week, Deputy Prime Minister Phan Van Khai called for both sides
to replace the cross border trade with official agreements between trading companies and
manufacturers that would boost sales of Vietnamese products.,
Vietnam wants to step up exports of coal and oil to southern China's booming manufacturing
centres, which are thousands of kilometres (miles) from China's own sources of energy.
Khai also called for more sales of rice and other food products and for Vietnam to import
more manufacturing machinery and other technology from China.

ASSIGNMENT 14:
Translate the following text into English
Saudi Arabia has about 8.,853,000 people. Almost all of these people are Arab Muslims. In
other words, they are followers of the Islamic religion. Saudi Arabia is a religious nation. The
king of Saudi Arabia is both the political leader and one of the religious leaders of the country.
The government laws are Islamic law (Muslim religious law), and the national language is
Arabic.
The Islamic religion is very important in the Saudi educational system. Before 1950 almost all
education in Saudi Arabia was religious education. Students studied the Koran, the Islamic
holy book. They tried to memorize as much as possible from this book. There were no
colleges or universities before 1949 and only a few elementary and secondary schools.
In 1953, the Saudi government established the Ministry of Education. This was really the
beginning of the modern educational system in Saudi Arabia. When engineers discovered oil
in Saudi Arabia, the country started to become very wealthy. Saudi leaders realized that
Western technology was necessary for the country to develop. The leaders still believed that
religious education was very important, but a modern country could not develop
technologically with only a traditional, religious educational system. They decided to add
other subjects to the educational system. They wanted to combine traditional religious
education with modern technological education from the West.
Religion is still an important part of Saudi education. Now, however, Saudi students study all
kinds of other subjects too: languages (especially English), history, science, mathematics,
computer technology, etc. Before 1950, there were about 20,000 students in Saudi Arabia. In
1982, there were 1,780,000 students. The educational system has grown faster in Saudi Arabia
than in almost any other country in the world. All schools in Saudi Arabia are free.

ASSIGNMENT 15:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
 108

Sau khi t nhiu hi vng vo vic khoan trng cc m du kh

ngoi khi Vit Nam, cc cng ty du m khng l trn th
gii nhn ra nhng ri ro. Ci gi u t- khng l nh-ng li
nhn -c mt khon li nhun cm ci. Tm trng gim i
trong s nhng cng ty n-c ngoi tham gia trin lm tr-ng by
cc mt hng ca ngnh cng ngh ti cuc Trin lm Du v kh
t Quc t ln th hai H Ni.
ng Melchior de Matharel, V Tr-ng ng Nam ca hng Total
Php pht biu : Kt qu khng phi l t, nh-ng khng
ln nh- mt s ng-i hy vng.
Nu s ch by gi l khu hiu lm tht vng cc cng
ty du la n-c ngoi c th to ngun an i t nhng khm ph
y khch l va qua v du do cng ty Mitsubishi v cng ty
du Petrornas Cairigali ca Malaisia, v v kh t ca BP,
ngoi b bin nam Vit Nam.
Vic thm d du kh thm lc a Vit nam l ht sc kh
khn. Tuy nhin, ng Matherel ni rng thm lc a Vit Nam l
mt ni cha du. S nhit tnh ca nhng ng-i thm d t
nhin suy gim vo thng 5 tr-c khi cng ty du BHP ca c
thng bo tr l-ng du v tr m i Hng, 375 cy s ng
nam thnh ph HCM l t i hn so vi d tr.
Ti v tr ny, BHP -c tnh s khi l tr l-ng y
khong t 700 n 800 triu thng du, nh-ng hin nay con s y
xung 100 n 200 triu thng.
Vic sn xut -c d kin bt u vo thng ti, mc khim
nh-ng l 25000 thng mt ngy.
iu l mt n ging mnh cho BHP, mt cng ty u
t- n 240 triu la Vit Nam v mt na ca kinh ph ny
-c s dng cho d n i Hng.
BHP n u mt hip hi quc t bu chn vo thng 4/1993 c
trch nhim trin khai tng kinh ph 1,5 t trong lnh vc
ny. BHP chim 43,75% tng s vn ca Hip hi, Petronas chim
20%, cng ty quc doanh Petro-Vietnam chim 15%. Phn 21,25%
cn li chia u cho cng ty Total (Php) v cng ty Sumitomo
ca Nht.
Vo thi im , chnh Nht Bn l khch mua hng chnh ca
du th Vit Nam, l din c -c mt c may tt nht.
 109

Cng ty Du Kh Vit nam- Nht bn (JVPC), mt chi nhnh ca

tp on du kh Mitsubishi thng bo trong thng 6 l c
mt s khm ph rt ha hn ti v tr Rng ng.
Theo kt qu ghi nhn -c t mt t mt ging du thm d,
khu vc khai thc c th c cng cht l-ng nh- v tr m Bch
H gn mt a im duy nht hin gi ang -c kinh doanh
khai thc Vit Nam. Tr l-ng ca Bch H -c tnh mc cao
nht l 3000 triu thng.
Nh-ng t nht cn phi mt nm na v cn n vic khoan d
na th mi c th xc nh chnh xc -c mc tiu vic thm
d ca cng ty Nht.
Nhng ng-i bi quan th cho rng cn n khong 5 nm mi nh
gi ng v y tr l-ng du ca Vit Nam.
Vic thm d v khai thc kh t cng chng t l mt dch
v ang gp kh khn, d c may mm c-i vi vi cng ty BP
Anh, mt n v m trong thng 9 thng bo l pht hin
ra hai ti du kh, -c tnh t -c 57 t mt khi Nam Cn
Sn, pha nam thnh ph HCM.
Cng ty BHP v cng ty Quc gia Na Uy Statoil mua li cc
phn c nh-ng ca cng ty kh t v du kh quc gia n
(ONGC) vo nm 1992.
Lin hip, vi ONGC nm 55% c phn, BP 30% v Statoil 5%
tin hnh thm d v th nghim theo mt hp ng phn chia sn
phm vi Vit Nam, mt n v ln l-t nhn 5% tin gp vo,
cn c trn quyn li ca mi i tc Chu u.

Translate the following text into English

The failure of a space shuttle steering jet Wednesday forced NASA to suspend a radar survey
of Earth as Endeavour's 10 day environmental research flight passed the halfway mark.
The problem was a hindrance to the $384 million space Radar Laboratory but not a danger to
the astronauts, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration said.
Officials said a fuel temperature sensor failed, disabling a leak detection system in the suspect
thruster and triggering a shutdown of five others, called verniers, which are needed to
fine-tune the shuttle's orbital path and precisely point cargo bay instruments at targets on the
planet.
Mission commentator Kelly Humphries late Wednesday called the scientific hiatus
"temporary pause" while ground engineers hastily devised a way for shuttle computers to
ignore the broken sensor.
 110

Maneuvering Endeavour with its 38 larger thrusters would consume too much full and
eliminate hope of extending the natural disasters around the globe, according to flight director
Rich Jackson.
Late Wednesday the shuttle was flying on autopilot and the crew, which has been working in
two shifts around the clock since Friday's liftoff from Florida, was enjoying an unexpected
time-out., Jackson predicted the software patch would be ready by Thursday afternoon, about
24 hours after the malfunction occurred.
"The payloads community and the flight control team are working very hard to regain venire
control and minimise the impact. in the intervening time period". Jackson told reporters at
Mission Control in Houston.
Scientists said the problem would not harm the images but that it would take up to five times
longer to process the radar data in their computers.

ASSIGNMENT 16:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
N-c Anh -c chia lm 651 khu vc bu c ng-i dn mi khu
vc chn ra mt ng-i i din cho mnh h vin. Anh h
thng bu c n gin -c s dng trong cc cuc bu c quc
hi theo ph-ng thc b phiu kn. Hin nay, h thng ny c
nhng iu chnh ngy cng tr nn ti -u hn.
Vic bu c l hon ton t ngun. mi ng-i dn Anh t 18
tui tr nn khng b t-c quyn bu c do phm php, u c
th b phiu bu c.
Nhng ng-i khng c quyn bu c bao gm: thnh vin ca
hong gia, cc nh qu tc l thnh vin ca th-ng ngh vin
hoc l c- dn n-c ngoi. Ngoi ra cn c bnh nhn nm vin
do c vn v tm thn phm nhn ang thi hnh n v nhng
ng-i b kt n, trong vng nm nm tr-c v ti tham nhng.
ng c vin:
Bt c ai trn 21 tui l cng dn n-c Anh cc n-c trong
khi thnh v-ng chung hoc l n-c cng ho Ai Len, c t-
cch th u c th ng c vo quc hi, nhng ng-i khng c
quyn ng c l thnh vin ca th-ng ngh vin, tng l, gio
s thuc gio hi Anh, gio hi Ai Len, gio hi SctLan v
gio hi Thin cha gio La M, nhng ng-i b ph sn, ng-i
lm dch v cng cng v nhng ng-i b kt n t t 1 nm tr
ln cng khng -c tham gia tranh c.
Cc ng c vin trong mt khu vc bu c phi tr mt khong
tin 1000 bng nh- l mt khong tin t cc. Nu dnh -c t
nht 5% phiu bu c th h s -c nhn li s tin .
Tng bu c:
 111

Theo nguyn tc, bu c h ngh vin -c t chc 5 nm mt

ln.
Nh-ng cc cuc bu c th-ng -c t chc tr-c khi kt thc
mt nhim k 5 nm. Th t-ng l ng-i c quyn quyt nh thi
gian t chc tng bu c. N Hong c th gii tn Quc hi v
ku gi mt cuc bu c lp nn quc hi mi.
N-c Anh -c chia thnh cc vng gi l khu vc bu c da
trn s l-ng dn c- xp x nhau. Tng bu c th-ng -c t
chc vo th 5 v mi ng-i vn i lm nh- th-ng l. Do ,
thi gian bu c rt linh ng ko di t 7h n 22h cho tt
c mi ng-i u c th n b phiu. Ti cc a im b
phiu, c tri -c pht phiu bu c in tn cc ng c vin
khu vc bu c , danh sch th-ng sp xp theo th t anphabe
i khi cn c mt bn tm tt v tiu s ng c vin v ng
ca h -c i km vi l phiu.
Sau , cc phiu khng hp l s b loi v ng-i ta s tin
hnh kim phiu i vi s phiu hp l v ng c vin no nhn
-c nhiu phiu ng h nht s l ng-i thng cuc v tr
thnh thnh vin Quc hi i din cho khu vc ca mnh.
Chin dch tranh c:
Chin dch tranh c din ra trong vng 3 tun tr-c ngy tng
bu c. Chin dch tranh c din ra mi khu vc bu c trn
ton quc. Cc ng c vin s dng mi loi ph-ng tin, sch
l-c thu ht s ng h ca ng-i dn.
Vn ng tranh c:
Vn ng tranh c c ngha l nhn vin ca ng a ph-ng
i n tng gia nh v hi ng-i dn v nh ca h, xem th
l h nh bu ai. Bng cch ny, cc ng c vin c th bit
-c nh cng nh- thi ca ng-i dn, t h c th
iu chnh cc chin l-c ca mnh. Ngoi ra nhn vin s
quay tr li nhng gia nh c ng-i ha l s ng h ng
ca h thc gic h b phiu cho ng-i ca ng mnh trong
ngy bu c.
Mt tin:
ng c vin c th t chc mt tin bt c ni no bt c ni
u c th trong sut chin dch bu c. Khch mi ca h bao
gm nhng ng-i c tm nh h-ng ln ttrong ng, nhng ng-i
ni ting ng h h nh- nh vn, din vin gy nh h-ng i
vi c tri. Nhng cuc mt tin nh- th th-ng -c -a trn vn
ln cc ph-ng tin thng tin i chng.
Thng tin i chng:
Do bo v tp ch Anh th-ng l thuc s hu t- nhn v c
lp v mt ti chnh i vi cc ng phi chnh tr nn ng-i
ch bt hoc ng-i bin tp c th ng h bt c ai h mun.
 112

Tuy nhin, i pht thanh v i truyn hnh th khc lun

lun cng bng, khng thin v. Ch-ng trnh tin tc -a tin v
mi mt ca chin dch tranh c ca cc ng. Trong thi gian
ny, cc ng c vin xut hin trn i v tivi sut ngy m,
ta c th thy h nh my, x nghip, tr-ng hc, trung tm
thanh nin v c cc nng tri. H pht biu cc chnh sch
ca ng mnh.
Ch-ng trnh i thoi trc tip trn cho php mi ng-i
t cu hi cho cc nh lnh o chnh tr. Bn cnh , cc
bi t-ng thut, bi bnh lun do cc phng vin ghi li trong
cc cuc phng vn vi cc nh lnh o ca cc ng cng -c
pht sng.
Bn tuyn ngn:
Cc ng ln cho xut bn bn tuyn ngn ca ng mnh trong
sut chin dch bu c. Mi ng u -a ra bn tuyn ngn ca
ng mnh nh- l mt n phm tham kho. N cung cp cho ng-i
dn nhng thng tin v chnh sch ca ng, v nhng g h s
lm nu h c c.
Cc bn tuyn ngn cn bao gm nhng thnh cng tr-c y ca
ng. Ngoi ra i khi n cn cha ng s cng kch ca ng
ny i vi ng i lp.

ASSIGNMENT 17:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
H Ni ang c gng tng gp i GDP ln 1100 la M trong
vng 5 nm ti.
K hoch y tham vng ny -c -a ra trn c s 11,9% t l
tng GDP hng nm ca thnh ph.
Ti i hi i biu ng B thnh ph H Ni -c t chc
va qua, cc i biu -c thng bo: nu t l tng tr-ng
vn tip tc nh- d tnh th GDP s t khong 15% vo u th
k.
iu c ngha l GDP tng gp i.
i hi cng cp n vn c s CN nh truyn thng ca
nn kinh t th tng nhanh b thay th bi cc hot ng CN
v nghnh cng nghip dch v-th-ng mi. Ngoi ra i hi cn
-c bo co l khong 19% s h gia nh H Ni c th xp
vo din h giu.
Mc GDP bnh qun nm ngoi ca thnh ph -c -c tnh l
khong 650 la. Cao hn so vi 470 la nm 1991 (tc tng
tr-ng mnh m).
S tng tr-ng ny l kt qu ca hng lot cc d n u t-
trong n-c v n-c ngoi -c tnh vo khong 32,570VND (khong
3.275 triu USD).
 113

Ph ch tch hi ng Nhn Dn thnh ph H Ni, ng L Xun

Hng bo co vi i hi rng:
Mt phn ca s vn u t- -c s dng cho qu trnh
chuyn giao cng ngh, i mi thit b trong nghnh CN. Phn
ln s vn u t- cn li -c dng vo vic thit lp cng ty
lin doanh vi i tc n-c ngoi.
Vo cui nm 1995 c n hn 210 d n u t- n-c ngoi
-c cp giy php kinh doanh trn a bn thnh ph H Ni vi
tng s tin ln ti 3,3 t la. ng Tng ni trong s l 1
phn 3 t la -c s dng.
iu ny gip H Ni trong vic la chn h-ng c cu li
c s kinh t theo h-ng CN-DV thay cho c cu c vi vai tr
tr ct ca CN nh v nng nghip truyn thng.
Theo li ng Tng, t l sn phm CN, th-ng mi, dch v
trong tng sn phm quc ni ca thnh ph H Ni giai on
1991-1995 tng ln n 33,1% i vi cng nghip v 61,6% i
vi th-ng mi v dch v.
Trong khi t l nng nghip li gim xung cn 5,3% trong
tng GDP.
ng Tng cn ni s thay i ca b mt kinh t H Ni cn nh
vo s tng vt ca t l tng tr-ng hng nm ca 5 nm tr-c.
ng ni t l tng tr-ng 11,9% hng nm cng -c m bo
chc chn, con s ny cao hn gp i so vi t l ra nm
1991.
ng Tng bo co vi cc i biu rng vo nm 2000 t l tng
tr-ng ca thnh ph s t 15% 1 nm. GDP -c tnh t khong
1000 la.
Vo thi im t l sn phm cng nghip tng s GDP ca
thnh ph H Ni s t 40% tng 7% so vi hin ti.
Nm ngnh cng nghip t -c mc ch tr thnh ngnh
cng nghip then cht ca thnh ph bao gm: ngnh sn xut
thit b in, my mc, c kh; ngnh dt; ch bin thc phm;
in t; vt liu xy dng.
Trong 5 nm ti H Ni cn khong 9 t USD u t- xy dng
pht trin nhng khu cng nghip mi, i mi cc khu cng
nghip c, xy dng cc to nh ln trung tm thnh ph
lm cc vn phng i din, khu th-ng mi, khu vui chi gii
tr, H Ni c khong 10 khu cng nghip v 5 ci khc ang
-c xy dng.
Nhiu khu cng nghip hin nay cn nhng khong u t- theo
chiu su thay th cc k thut c, m rng xy dng nhiu
nh my hn na.
 114

Tuy nhin ph b th- ng u thnh ph H Ni cn nhc nh cc

i biu rng cn phi n lc hn na gi vng s pht trin
theo h-ng nn kinh t th tr-ng theo nh h-ng x hi
ch ngha.
ng cn ni chnh quyn thnh ph H Ni tht bi trong
vic xy dng s on kt cc quan h sn xut kinh doanh x
hi ch ngha. Trong khi b my hnh chnh cc cp cn yu v
vai tr ca ng trong cc t chc kinh t x hi khc nhau
vn cn hn ch.
Nhng tham vn ca ng Tng cn -c Tng b th- M-i cng
c thm, ng Tng ch pht biu vi i hi rng:
Bn cnh nhng thnh cng ban u H Ni cn ch n vic
pht trin kinh t v xy dng ngun nhn lc.
ng ch ni 6% nhn dn thnh ph H Ni tht nghip l mt
thch thc m thnh ph cn phi gii quyt.
C th l bng cch lp nn cc nhm sn xut t hnh
thnh cc c s cng nghip nh v pht trin cng nghip dch
v.
ng ch ph b th- L Xun Tng ni rng: trong giai on
1991-1995 s l-ng cc gia nh giu tng ln gn 19%. S h
ngho gim xung ch cn khong 2%.

ASSIGNMENT 18:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Lm v-n l mt ngh truyn thng Vit Nam, n xut hin
ng thi hay sm hn ngh trng la n-c. Nh-ng VAC ( vit tt
ca v-n, ao, chung) l mt m hnh kinh t hin i mi -c
-a vo hoat ng cch y 10 nm.
Ng-i n-c ngoi n Vit Nam nghin cu m hnh VAC y
ni rng: Tuy n khng c hiu qu cao trong vic thc hin qui
m sn xut nh-ng l mt m hnh sn xut ng b mang li li
ch kinh t ln li ch v mi tr-ng.T nhng ngy u tin
ca qu trnh hot ng, m hnh VAC lun gn cht vai tr ca
mnh trong s pht trin ca nn kinh t quc dn.
Hin nay VAC c mt trn khp 53 tnh vi hn 10 triu ch
nng h s dng m hnh ny. Trong nhng nm gn y VAC v
ang -c pht trin trn hu ht cc vng khp c n-c. Vi
hng chc ngn hecta t canh tc cc tnh Trung du v min
ni, v-n cy n qu m rng t 350,000 n 400,000 hecta
 115

M hnh VAC -c p dng tr thnh ngun cung cp rau qu

chnh cho c n-c, ng thi cng p ng cho nhu cu xut
khu..Theo FAO ( T chc L-ng Nng Th Gii) th sn l-ng rau
qu Vit Nam t xp x 4 triu tn mi nm. Sn l-ng rau qu
bnh qun u ng-i trn th gii l 65 Ki l, chu -Thi Bnh
D-ng l 31 kg v Vit nam l 61 kg.
Hin nay VAC c mt ngha quan trng trong vic xa i gim
ngho i vi cc n-c chm pht trin, t chc hot ng ti
ch ngn chn suy dinh d-ng, to dng cc v-n cy hay n
in trn khu t trng i ni trc, to ra s pht trin mt
nn nng nghip lu di v n nh.mc sng ca cc h nng dn
thc hin m hnh VAC -c ci thin ng k vi mc thu
nhp hng nm t hot ng VAC t 60% tng thu nhp. Gi tr
sn phm VAC chim 1/3 gi tr tng sn phm v s tng hn
na.
Mc d m hnh VAC pht trin nhanh trong vng 10 nm qua,
nh-ng n ch-a -c thc hin ng lot tt c cc vng nng
thn. Nu tp trung m rng thm canh v chuyn mn ha cc
loi cy trng tren khp c n-c, th sn l-ng rau qu Vit
nam c th t -c 8 triu tn mi nm th k 21.
VAC nn -c xem nh- l mt ch-ng trnh nng nghip quc gia.
Nu VAC -c khuyn khch pht huy ht mi tim nng ca n
th chc chn s t -c hiu qu cao, gp phn vo vic pht
trin n-c nh v gp phn vo vic bo v mi tr-ng.
 116

ASSIGNMENT 19:
Translate the following text into English
Researchers said on Monday they had conclusive evidence an experimental AIDS treatment
using plasma transfusions delays the onset of the disease in HIV positive patients and
prolongs the lives of AIDS sufferers.
DR. Abraham Karpas of the University of Cambridge's department of haematology said,
however, that although Passive Immune Therapy (PIT) was "breakthrough" in treating AIDS
and had no known side effects it should not be described as a cure.
"It is definitely not a cure. There is no cure in sight, but it looks as if it is the best form of
treatment," he said in his presentation to a London conference.
Karpas said U.S. and French studies on PIT released at the conference confirmed his original
research.
"Their double - blind, placebo - controlled studies showed that this treatment benefits AIDS
patients and prolonged their sure, survival,'' he stated in a telephone interview.
He said the studies, conducted by the Hemacare Corporation of California and two Paris
hospitals, also showed that PIT helped to delay the onset of full - blown AIDS (Acquired
Immune Deficiency Syndrome) in people tested positive for HIV, the virus that causes the
deadly disease.
Under PIT, patients receive a monthly transfusion of half a litre of plasma taken from healthy
HIV - positive individuals. The blood has the red and white cells removes and is free of HIV
but has high levels of neutralising antibodies that kill the virus.
Karpas said he first discovered in 1985 that people with HIV who were otherwise healthy had
high levels of these antibodies in their blood while AIDS patients lost these neutralising
antibodies and their ability to fight infections.
Four patients in Cambridge were the first to receive the treatment and subsequently small
scale trials were carried out in London in 1988 and 1989. But Karpras said he has failed to
receive funding for his research in Britain and studies had therefore been set up in the US and
France.
The Hemancare trial studied the effect of PIT on 220 AIDS patients over 3 years. It found that
in the first 12 months the mortality rate was greatly reduced in the group who received the
plasma transfusion while those in the control group, where no treatment was given, had a
death rate of five time higher.
The treated group had one death in 21 people while the placebo group had six deaths in 30.
Moreover, the number of AIDS - linked infections was far lower in the treated group and the
blood donors themselves also appeared to benefit. The researchers said donating blood
appeared to stimulate the production of neutralising antibodies in the blood of HIV - positive
patients.
The French studies produced similar results, Karpas said he said the U.S. and French studies
represented the "first conclusive evidence that PIT is an effective AIDS treatment".
 117

ASSIGNMENT 20:
Translate the following text into English
Another day she said she knew a priest who woke one night to find a fellow he didn't
recognize leaning over the end of his bed. The priest was a bit frightened -naturally enough -
but he asked the fellow what he wanted, and the fellow said in a deep, husky voice that he
wanted to go to confession. The priest said it was an awkward time and wouldn't it do in the
morning, but the fellow said that last time he went to confession, there was one sin he kept
back, being ashamed to mention it, and now it was always on his mind. Then the priest knew
it was a bad case, because the fellow was after making a bad confession and committing a
mortal sin. He got up to dress, and just then the cock crew in the yard outside, and to and
behold! When the priest looked round there was no sign of the fellow, only a smell of burning
timber, and when the priest looked at his bed didn't he see the print of two hands burned in it!
That was because the fellow had made a bad confession. This story made a shocking
impression on me.
But the worst of all was when she showed us how to examine our conscience. Did we take the
name of the Lord, our God, in vain? Did we honour our father and our mother? (I asked her
did this include grandmothers and she said it did.) Did we love our neighbours as ourselves?
Did we cover our neighbour's goods? (I thought of the way I felt about the penny that Nora got
every Friday.) I decided that, between one thing and another, I must have broken the whole ten
commandments, all on account of that old woman, and so far as I could see-,, 9-n long ac, he
remained in the house, I had no hope of ever doing anything else.
I was scared to death of confession. The day the whole class went I let on to have a toothache,
hoping my absence wouldn't be noticed; but at three o'clock, just as I was feeling safe, along
comes a chap with a message from Mrs. Ryan that I was to go to confession myself on
Saturday and be at the chapel for communion with the rest. To make it worse, Mother couldn't
come with me and sent Nora instead.
Now, that girl had ways of tormenting me that Mother never knew of. She held my hands as
we went down the hill, smiling sadly and saying how sorry she was for me, as if she were
bringing me to the hospital for an operation.
"Oh, God, help us!" she moaned. "Isn't it a terrible pity you weren't a good boy? Oh Jackie,
my heart bleeds for you! How will you ever think of all your sins? Don't forget you have to
tell him about the time you kicked Gran on the shin."
"Let me go!" I said, trying to drag myself free of her, "I don't want to go to confession at all."
"But sure, you'll have to go to confession, Jackie," she replied in the same regretful tone.
"Sure, if you didn't, the parish priest would be up to the house, looking for you. Isnt God
knows, that I'm not sorry for you. Do you remember the time you tried to kill me with the
bread knife under the table? And the language you used to me? I don't know what he'll do with
you at all, Jackie. He might have to send you up to the bishop."
I remember thinking bitterly that she didn't know the half of what I had to tell - if I told it. I
knew I couldn't tell it, and understood perfectly why the fellow in Mrs. Ryan's story made a
bad confession, it seemed to me a great shame that people wouldn't stop criticizing him. I
remember that steep hill down to the church, and the sunlit hillsides beyond the valley of the
river, which I saw in the gaps between the houses like Adam's last glimpse of Paradise.
 118

Then, when she had maneuvered me down the long flight of steps to the chapel yard, Nora
suddenly changed her tone. She became the raging malicious devil she really was.
"There you are!" she said with a yelp of triumph, hunting me through the church door." And I
hope he'll give you the penitential psalins, you dirty little baffler.'
I knew then I was lost, given up to eternal justice. The door with the coloured-glass panels
swung shut behind me, the sunlight went out and gave place to deep shadow, and the wind
whistled outside so that the silence within seemed to crackle like ice under my feet. Nora sat
in front of me by

ASSIGNMENT 21:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
1. Nhn chung sau mt thi gian hot ng tr tr, nn cng
nghip dt thu t- nhn ca Thnh ph H Ch Minh -c khi
phc v pht trin mc nht nh k t nm 1991.Tuy nhin
s pht trin khng n nh bi v hu ht cng vic ca cc x
nghip t- nhn u ph thuc vo n t hng ca n-c ngoi.Do
vy, h khng th kim sot -c k hoch sn xut, v gi lao
ng cho sn phm may mt b cc i tc n-c ngoi qui nh
rt thp ( tin cng lao ng nm 1995 ch bng 65%-70% so vi
cc nm 1991 v 1992.).Do tnh c th ca ngnh ny, nn l-ng
trung bnh ca cng nhn trong ngnh may-thu ch khong
400.000 ng/thng. Vi s cnh tranh gay gt hin nay, bo
him x hi chim n 15% v bo him y t l 2% trong tng s
l-ng m cc doanh nghip phi ng, v nu nh- k hoch d
kin ca bo him x hi -c ph duyt, th gi thnh sn xut
s rt cao gy kh khn cho cc nh sn xut Vit Nam trong
vieec cnh tranh c hiu qu v chim lnh th tr-ng.
gip cc doanh nghip thu-may t- nhn sng cn, ng Nam
ngh nh n-c nn sa i t l ng gp ca cc doanh
nghip ngoi quc doanh i vi chnh sch bo him x hi nh-
sau:

- Bo him x hi: 10% i vi doanh nghip v 3% i vi cng

nhn

- Bo him y t : 1% i vi doanh nghip v 1% i vi

cng nhn
Nh n-c cng nn ban hnh mt qui nh c lin quan n ng-i
lao ng -c cc doanh nghip tuyn dng v o to buc
phi lm vic ti thiu l 2 nm. Cc cng nhn lm vic trong
 119

cc doanh nghip ngoi quc doanh cn phi -c cp th lm

vic. Nu mt cng nhn no mun thi vic th phi -c
doanh nghip c qun ng .
Tt c mi thnh vin ca cc cng ty may-thu Thnh ph H
Ch Minh u ng thc hin y vic ng gp mt phn
l-ng vo bo him x hi v y t, th theo ng qui nh ca
lut lao ng.
2. Cc ch doanh nghip ca cc cng ty ln TP H Ch Minh
nu ra nhng kh khn m h phi -ng u trong vic cnh
tranh gay gt vi cc cng ty n-c ngoi, c bit l vi cc
cng ty khng l th gii.
Ti mt cuc hp bn v : Lm th no khuyn khch u t-
n-c ngoi v m bo sn xut trong n-c -c t chc ti TP
H Ch minh tun qua, cc nh sn xut ca cc cng ty bt git
Tico v Lux, M phm P/S, n-c gii kht Tribeco, dt Vit
Thng, bia Si gn v cng ty gia cm vt nui TP H Ch Minh
u thng nht mt kin l cc doanh nghip trong n-c khng
cn sc trong vic cnh tranh vi cc i tc n-c ngoi v h
khng -c h-ng chnh sch -u i thu nh- cc doanh nghip c
vn u t- n-c ngoi.
Ch 1 nm sau khi lnh cm vn ca M -c bi b, cc cng ty
n-c gii kht khng l nh- Coca-cola, Pep si- Cola -c h-ng
-u i v vn, chnh sch tip th v cc -u i khc theo lut
u T- N-c Ngoi, nn cc cng ty ny dn dn thm nhp th
phn ca cc nahf sn xut trong n-c. Cc sn phm khc cng
ri vo hon cnh t-ng t. Bia Si Gn phi cnh tranh quyt
lit vi cc cng ty bia lin doanh vi n-c ngoi. Cc nh sn
xut bt git trong n-c, mc d c th p ng nhu cu trong
n-c n nm 2000, nh-ng li b cc cng ty khng l nh-
Procter & Gamble v Unilever dn vo th b.
bo v vic sn xut trong n-c, cc nh sn xut trong
n-c ngh vi chnh ph mt s bin php. Th nht, nh
n-c nn c k hoch pht trin dnh ring cho vic u t- n-c
ngoi v lnh vc kinh doanh v phn b theo vng a l v
khng nn khuyn khch u t- n-c ngoi vo vic sn xut ra
cc sn phm m cc doanh nghip trong n-c c kh nng sn
xut -c nh- n-c gii kht, bt git, giy v thuc l. Th
hai, vic cp giy php nn -c p dng cho cc cng ty lin
 120

doanh hay cc doanh nghip c 100% vn u t- n-c ngoi tham

gia vo cc d n i hi c nhiu vn, cng ngh cao hay sn
xut cc mt hng xut khu. Th ba, l nn c mt o lut
chng i vic cnh tranh khng lnh mnh c th dn c quyn
kinh doanh, ph gi lm hi ng-i tiu dng. Th t- nn c
chnh sch khuyn khch u t- trong n-c v cho cc doanh
nghip trong n-c -c h-ng chnh sch -u i thu nh- cc nh
u t- n-c ngoi. Th nm, nn pht ng mt chin dch ng
vin ng-i Vit Nam dng hng ni a, to iu kin cho cc
doanh nghip trong n-c pht trin.

ASSIGNMENT 22:
Translate the following text into English
Poor people often have larger families than middle class and upper class people. And people
in underdeveloped countries have more children than people in developed countries. More and
more experts in population growth see the strong relationship between family size and
economic development.
In some areas, government family planning services may not be available to poor people due
to geographic location. For example, people in rural areas may live too far away from family
planning services. Therefore, they don't receive information about ways to control family size.
In general, people in urban areas have much more information available to them than people
living in rural areas. Urban people have help with family planning, and they have smaller
families. So we can say that geography where people live - plays a part in determining family
size: Urban families are smaller than rural families.
What are the other reasons? Economic development of families and, on a larger scale, of
nations, is an important factor in determining family size. People with a lot of money have
fewer children. On the other hand, poor people in underdeveloped countries choose to have
many children. Why? Because they have to depend upon their children to take care of them in
their old age. They have no insurance, pensions, or government help. When they grow old,
where can they get help? The answer is simple. They can and will turn to their children. Their
children will be adults then, and they will be working. The children can all share the costs and
other responsibilities of taking care of their parents. For many poor people, a large family is a
way of planning and preparing for the future. We could say that a large family is insurance for
old age in some societies.

ASSIGNMENT 23:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Hai c quan l-ng thc ca Lin Hp quc ngy hm qua cho
rng Indonesia s i mt vi s thiu ht l-ng thc trm
 121

trng trong nm nay. l hu qu ca nhng v ma tht thu v

ca cuc khng hong ti chnh lm tng gi nhp khu.
Trong mt bn bo co chung, t chc L-ng Nng th gii (FAO)
v Ch-ng Trnh L-ng Thc Th Gii (WFP) cho rng vic gip
ca th gii l cn thit gii quyt vic thiu ht go tm
thi, ngun l-ng thc chnh ca t n-c.
Bn bo co chung ca hai t chc c vn phng t ti Rome
th hai t chc FAO v WFP thc gic cc n-c ti tr gip
Indonesia gii quyt cc vn lin quan n hn hn v khng
hong ti chnh. Bn bo co ni thm rng gi l-ng thc ngy
cng tng cao, s ng-i tht nghip ngy cng ng lm tng
thm s ng-i sng d-i mc ngho i. Mt bn bo co v mt
n-c ng dn th t- trn th gii m nn kinh t b tn ph
cho rng : Vo khong 7,5 triu ng-i Indonesia ngho kh
15 tnh c th phi sng thiu n trong ma kh. Bn bo co
da trn nhng c liu do mt nhm cng tc gm 11 thnh vin
ca hai t chc ny. Nhm ny n Indonesia t ngy 9
thng 3 n 1 thng 4 nm 1998. Sn l-ng nm nay ch -c t
47,5 triu tn, thp hn 3,6% so vi nm ngoi. S tt gim ny
do mt trong nhng t hn hn nghim trng nht Indonesia
trong th k ny gy nn. Bn bo co cn cho bit mc d chnh
ph Indonesia d nh nhp khu 1,5 triu tn go t thng 4
n thng 9, nh-ng n-c ny vn cn thiu 2 triu tn na.
Khon thiu ht ny s -c cng ng quc t gip nhm
cu vn nn kinh t ang lm vo cnh khn cng. Bn bo co
cho bit thch thc chnh m t n-c ny ang i mt l bo
m cung cp l-ng thc cho 7,5 triu ng-i ngho i v gi
go v cc loi l-ng thc khc tng 50% trong vng 12 thng
qua.

ASSIGNMENT 24:
Translate the following text into Vietnamese
Hm th t-, Vit Nam tuyn b l s gia nhp Hip Hi cc n-c
ng Nam , nhm xua i phng on l H Ni mun ln la vic
tr thnh hi vin chnh thc cho n khi chun b tt mi iu
kin.
Vit Nam hin gi ang tch cc chun b mi iu kin cn
thit tr thnh hi vin chnh thc ca ASEAN vo nm ti.
Ph Th T-ng Phan Vn Khi tuyn b nh- vy vi cc doanh
nhn ti mt ba n tr-a do Din n Kinh t th gii (WEF) -
 122

tr s t ti Thy S- t chc. WEF l c quan ng ra duy tr

cuc hp ko di 3 ngy y.
Ph Th T-ng Phan Vn Khi cho bit Vit Nam cng mun tham
gia vo Din n Hp Tc Kinh T Chu - Thi Bnh D-ng (
APEC) vi 17 thnh vin. khi c iu kin. Ti Jakarta, Th
tr-ng ngoi giao Vit Nam V Khoan ni rng n-c ng s n
xin tr thnh hi vin A SEAN va cui thng ny hay u thng
11.
Th tr-ng V Khoan, sau khi gp ng A Jit Singh Tng th- k A
SEAN- vn phng t ti JaKarta, pht biu rng ng khng
mun c mt tr ngi no trong qu trnh gia nhp A SEAN. Thng
tn x Antara trch dn li tuyn b ca ng.
Cc thnh vin APEC bao gm cc quc gia thuc A SEAN- Bruny,
Indonesia, Malaisia, Phillipine, Xingapore v Thi Lan- cng
cc n-c M, Canada, Nht v Trung Quc. Mt cuc hp khng
chnh thc ca cc nh lnh o cc n-c tham giaAPEC s -c
t chc ti Indonesia vo thng ti.
Vit nam t -c kt qu l tr thnh quan st vin ASEAN
trong cuc hi ngh ca khi ny vo nm 1992, tuyn b l
thit tha mong mun tr thnh hi vin chnh thc ca t chc
ny, c nhng ch-ng trnh vi nhiu hoi bo v s hp tc,
bao gm c vic pht ng khu vc t do mu dch A SEAN trong
vng 10 nm.
Cc vin chc ASEAN cng hy vng l Vit Nam c l s gia
nhp A SEAN tr-c khi cc nh lnh o ca 6 quc gia thnh
vin tham d cuc hp th-ng nh t chc ti Thi Lan vo
thng 12 nm 1995.
sn c nhng qui nh v vic hp tc trong khi A SEAN.
Mt khi chng ti l hi vin th chng ti s tun theo mi
qui nh. Ph Th T-ng ni thm rng H Ni s lm vic vi
cc n-c khc ti ong Nam bo m nn an ninh khu vc.
Ph Th t-ng Phan Vn Khi cho bit chnh ph ca ng s y
mnh cc n lc bng nhng vic ci cch hon thin cc iu
kin cho s u t- n-c ngoi qua s hnh thnh mt c cu lut
php mi v cc th tc hnh chnh thch hp hn.
Ph Th t-ng ni: Chng ti hiu -c l Vit Nam ang i
ph vi nhng th thch ln lao ca s cnh tranh kinh t ton
cu v nh- th chng ti phi c gng tht tch cc gt b
i mi nguy c tt hu ng sau cc n-c lng ging.

ASSIGNMENT 25:
Translate the following texts into English
 123

1. The manufacturing sector expanded significantly during the post-World War II

reconstruction of the Philippine economy. Government controls on imports promoted the
development of light industries that produced consumer goods for the domestic market. In the
1970s the government created four special economic zones designed to stimulate
manufacturing for the export market. Industries in these export-processing zones receive
incentives to produce traditional exports. The zones have helped to stimulate foreign
investment in the Philippine economy, in part because they are exempt from certain taxes and
restrictions on foreign ownership of businesses. The success of these zones has led to the
creation of other types of special economic zones, such as large industrial estates. Businesses
receive tax exemptions and other incentives in these zones. The former U.S. naval base at
Subic Bay, for example, is now a huge industrial-commercial zone in Manila. Its modern
facilities and duty-free economic zone have attracted new export-focused industries and
foreign investment
2. Vietnam has sought to maintain socio-politic stability, develop economic and diplomatic
establishment in recent years. The positive legal changes have had a tremendous influence on
the production, financial and commercial situations. Vietnam ranked as the worlds second-
largest rice exporter to Thailand because its agriculture responded dramatically to free market.
In manufacturing and service activities the rapid growth and change occurred in and around
HCM City. Much economic expansion was partially driven by an influx of investment and
technology from some 2 million overseas Vietnamese in many different countries worldwide,
most of whom had returned to Vietnam for their investment and contacts with their relatives.

Only a year after the US embargo was lifted, soft drink giants such as Coca Cola and Pepsi
Cola, which have enjoyed superior advantages in capital, marketing policies and preferences
under the Foreign Investment Law, have gradually eaten into the market shares of local
producers. Other products are also in the same situation. Saigon Beer has to compete fiercely
with breweries of foreign Joint-ventures. Local detergent producers, although capable of
meeting domestic demand to the year 2005, have driven into the corner by giants such as
Procter & Gamble and Unilever.

3. To protect domestic production, local producers have proposed several measures to the
Government. First, the State should devise specific development plans for foreign investment
in terms of business field and geographical area and should not encourage foreign investment
in products which local enterprises can produce such as soft drink, detergent, paper and
cigarettes. Second, licenses should be granted only to JVs or foreign-owned enterprises which
involve in projects requiring large capital, advanced technology or producing goods for
export. Third, a law should be enacted against unfair competition that can lead to monopoly,
dumping or price inflation that does not benefit consumers.

4. In Vietnamese the word nuoc carry a double meaning of country and water, a
linguistic association recognizable after a journey to the most fertile land in Vietnam- the
Mekong Delta. The silt from the Mekong River helps to bring an ample granary representing
the whole country source of food as well as the local inhabitants riverside lifestyle. For
tourists, the Mekong Delta is one of the most fascinating tourist destinations in South-east
Asia. It offers the marvel of the glittering waters coupled with the gaiety of a culture
demonstrated by the local lifestyle and commercial activities. The big cities such as Can Tho,
 124

My Tho and Long Xuyen provide a vantage for the nine provinces of the Mekong Delta while
the immense network of rivers and canals is regarded as the great boon second to none in this
region. The exciting life in this region is not very similar to that in HCM City. However, it
does not suggest any difficulty in reaching the Mekong Delta to escape the excitement of the
greatest city in Southern Vietnam. It takes only a three-hour drive( by bus, though) on the
National Highway Number 1 to get to My Tho, the capital of Tien giang & an ideal departure
point for exploring this delta region.
 125

REFERENCES

Bolinger, Dwight. 1977. Meaning and Form. Longman, London, UK.

Catford, J.C. 1985. A Linguistic Theory of Translation. Oxford University Press, London,
UK.

Halliday, M.K.A. 1976. Cohesion in English. Longmans, London, UK.

Larson, Mildred L. 1998. Meaning-based Translation.University Press of America. Maryland,

USA.

Newmark, Peter. 1989. A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International, Hertfordside,

USA

Palmer, F.R. 1981. Semantics. Cambridge University Press, London, UK.

Reyburn, D. 1979. Cultural Equivalences in Translation. Oxford University Press, London,

UK.

Rose, Marilyn. 1982. Translation Spectrum. State University of NY Press, New York, USA

Steiner, G. 1985. Aspects of Language and Translation. Oxford University Press, London,
UK.

Tosh, Wayne. 1975. Syntactic Translation. The Hague, Mouton, USA

 CONTENTS

Introduction 1
Chapter 1: THEORY OF TRANSLATION 2
Lesson 1: Form and Meaning 2
Lesson 2: Kinds of Translation 11
Lesson 3: Steps in a Translation Project 21
Lesson 4: Strategies for Translators 27
Lesson 5: Patterns and Sources of Errors 34
Chapter 2: ASSIGNMENTS 49
Assignment 1 49
Assignment 2 51
Assignment 3 54
Assignment 4 55
Assignment 5 57
Assignment 6 58
Assignment 7 59
Assignment 8 60
Assignment 9 61
Assignment 10 62
Assignment 11 63
Assignment 12 65
Assignment 13 66
Assignment 14 67
Assignment 15 68
Assignment 16 70
Assignment 17 71
Assignment 18 73
Assignment 19 73
Assignment 20 74
Assignment 21 76
Assignment 22 77
Assignment 23 78
Assignment 24 78
Assignment 25 79
Chapter 2: ASSIGNMENT KEYS 81
Assignment 1 81
Assignment 2 82
Assignment 3 84
Assignment 4 85
Assignment 5 86
Assignment 6 87
Assignment 7 89
Assignment 8 90
Assignment 8 90
 Assignment 10 91
Assignment 11 92
Assignment 12 94
Assignment 13 95
Assignment 14 96
Assignment 15 98
Assignment 16 100
Assignment 17 101
Assignment 18 102
Assignment 19 103
Assignment 20 104
Assignment 21 105
Assignment 22 106
Assignment 23 106
Assignment 24 107
Assignment 25 107
References 109
Thng tin v tc gi ca gio trnh:
- H v tn: Nguyn Vn Tun
- Sinh nm: 1963
- C quan cng tc: T Bin-phin dch, Khoa Ting Anh, Trng i hc Ngoi
Ng Hu
- a ch email: tuannguyen11863@yahoo.com

Phm vi v i tng s dng gio trnh:

- Gio trnh Translation 1&2 ch yu s dng dy cho sinh vin ngnh Ting
Anh, chuyn ngnh Bin phin dch. Gio trnh ny cn c th dng dy hoc
dng nh ngun tham kho cho sinh vin ngnh Quc t hc, Vit Nam hc.
- Gio trnh c th dng cho cc trng i hc ngoi ng, i hc s phm ngoi
ng, Hc vin quan h quc t.
- Yu cu kin thc trc lc hc mn ny:
hc tt mn ny, ngi hc cn phi c kin thc c bn v ng ngha, ng
dng v din ngn. Ngoi ra ngi hc cn c kinh nghim t nhiu v cng tc
bin-phin dch hoc l ang tham gia cng vic ny hoc l sinh vin ang hc
cc mn bin-phin dch thc hnh
- Cc t kha tra cu:
Source language, Target language, Meaning-based translation, Literal translation,
Translation errors, Exegesis, Translation evaluation, Strategies for translators,
Paraphrase, The 4 T's in translation
- xut bn nm 2001 ti NXB i hc Hu, ti bn nm 2006 ti NXB Nng